CA2430577A1 - Compounds specific to adenosine a1, a2a, and a3 receptor and uses thereof - Google Patents
Compounds specific to adenosine a1, a2a, and a3 receptor and uses thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2430577A1 CA2430577A1 CA002430577A CA2430577A CA2430577A1 CA 2430577 A1 CA2430577 A1 CA 2430577A1 CA 002430577 A CA002430577 A CA 002430577A CA 2430577 A CA2430577 A CA 2430577A CA 2430577 A1 CA2430577 A1 CA 2430577A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- receptor
- substituted
- adenosine
- pharmaceutical composition
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/02—Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/08—Bronchodilators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
- A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
- A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P39/00—General protective or antinoxious agents
- A61P39/06—Free radical scavengers or antioxidants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/38—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the suprarenal hormones
- A61P5/46—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the suprarenal hormones for decreasing, blocking or antagonising the activity of glucocorticosteroids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/06—Antiarrhythmics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/08—Vasodilators for multiple indications
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Anesthesiology (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Psychology (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Otolaryngology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
Abstract
This invention pertains to compounds which specifically inhibit the adenosine A1, A2A, and A3 receptors and the use of these compounds to treat a disease associated with A1, A2A, and A3 adenosine receptors in a subjects, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds.
Description
COMPOUNDS SPECIFIC TO
ADENOSINE Al, AZA, AND A3 RECEPTORS AND USES THEREOF
This application is a continuation-in-part and claims priority of U.S. Serial Nos. 09/728,316, filed December l, 2000, 09/728,607, filed December 1, 2000, and 09/728,616, filed December 1, 2000, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Throughout this application, reference is made to compounds that specifically bind to i) adenosine A1 receptors (such as inter alia, pages 4-76, 130-175, and 257-287), ii) adenosine AZa receptors (such as inter alia, pages 176-201, and pages 288-293), and adenosine A3 receptors (such as inter alia, pages 202-256 and 294-300).
Background of the Invention Adenosine is an ubiquitous modulator of numerous physiological activities, particularly within the cardiovascular and nervous systems. The effects of adenosine appear to be mediated by specific cell surface receptor proteins. Adenosine modulates diverse physiological functions including induction of sedation, vasodilation, suppression of cardiac rate and contractility, inhibition of platelet aggregability, stimulation of gluconeogenesis and inhibition of lipolysis. In addition to its effects on adenylate cyclase, adenosine has been shown to open potassium channels, reduce flux through calcium channels, and inhibit or stimulate phosphoinositide turnover through receptor-mediated mechanisms (See for example, C.E. Muller and B.
Stein "Adenosine Receptor Antagonists: Structures and Potential Therapeutic Applications," Current Pharmaceutical Design, 2:501 (1996) and C.E. Muller "A1-Adenosine Receptor Antagonists, " Exp. Opin. Ther. Patents 7 (5) : 419 (1997) ) .
ADENOSINE Al, AZA, AND A3 RECEPTORS AND USES THEREOF
This application is a continuation-in-part and claims priority of U.S. Serial Nos. 09/728,316, filed December l, 2000, 09/728,607, filed December 1, 2000, and 09/728,616, filed December 1, 2000, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Throughout this application, reference is made to compounds that specifically bind to i) adenosine A1 receptors (such as inter alia, pages 4-76, 130-175, and 257-287), ii) adenosine AZa receptors (such as inter alia, pages 176-201, and pages 288-293), and adenosine A3 receptors (such as inter alia, pages 202-256 and 294-300).
Background of the Invention Adenosine is an ubiquitous modulator of numerous physiological activities, particularly within the cardiovascular and nervous systems. The effects of adenosine appear to be mediated by specific cell surface receptor proteins. Adenosine modulates diverse physiological functions including induction of sedation, vasodilation, suppression of cardiac rate and contractility, inhibition of platelet aggregability, stimulation of gluconeogenesis and inhibition of lipolysis. In addition to its effects on adenylate cyclase, adenosine has been shown to open potassium channels, reduce flux through calcium channels, and inhibit or stimulate phosphoinositide turnover through receptor-mediated mechanisms (See for example, C.E. Muller and B.
Stein "Adenosine Receptor Antagonists: Structures and Potential Therapeutic Applications," Current Pharmaceutical Design, 2:501 (1996) and C.E. Muller "A1-Adenosine Receptor Antagonists, " Exp. Opin. Ther. Patents 7 (5) : 419 (1997) ) .
Adenosine receptors belong to the superfamily of purine receptors which are currently subdivided into P1 (adenosine) and P2 (ATP, ADP, and other nucleot~.des) receptors. Four S receptor subtypes for the nucleoside adenosine have been cloned so far from various species including humans. Two receptor subtypes (A1 and A2a) exhibit affinity for adenosine in the nanomolar range while two other known subtypes AZb and A3 are low-affinity receptors, with affinity for adenosine in the low-micromolar range. A1 and A3 adenosine receptor activation can lead to an inhibition of adenylate cyclase activity, while A2a and A2b activation causes a stimulation of adenylate cyclase.
A few A1 antagonists have been developed for the treatment of cognitive disease, renal failure, and cardiac arrhythmias.
It has been suggested that AZa antagonists may be beneficial for patients suffering from Morbus Parkinson (Parkinson's disease). Particularly in view of the potential for local delivery, adenosine receptor antagonists may be valuable for treatment of allergic inflammation and asthma. Available information (for example, Nyce & Metzger "DNA antisense Therapy for Asthma in an Animal Model" Nature (1997) 385:
721-5)indicates that in this pathophysiologic context, A1 antagonists may block contraction of smooth muscle underlying respiratory epithelia, while A2b or A3 receptor antagonists may block mast cell degranulation, mitigating the release of histamine and other inflammatory mediators. A,b receptors have been discovered throughout the gastrointestinal tract, especially in the colon and the intestinal epithelia. It has been suggested that A~b receptors mediate CAMP response (Strohmeier et al., J. Bio. Chem. (1995) 270:2387-94).
Adenosine receptors have also been shown to exist on the retinas of various mammalian species including bovine, porcine, monkey, rat, guinea pig, mouse, rabbit and human (See, Blazynski et al., Discrete Distributions of Adenosine Receptors in Mammalian Retina, Journal of Neurochemistry, volume 54, pages 648-655 (1990); Woods et al., Characterization of Adenosine A1-Receptor Binding Sites in Bovine Retinal Membranes, Experimental Eye Research, volume 53, pages 325-331 (1991); and Braas et al., Endogenous adenosine and adenosine receptors localized to ganglion cells of the retina, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, volume 84, pages 3906-3910 (1987)). Recently, Williams reported the observation of adenosine transport sites in a cultured human retinal cell line (williams et al., Nucleoside Transport Sites in a Cultured Human Retinal Cell Line Established By SV-40 T Antigen Gene, Current Eye Research, volume 13, pages 109-118 (1994)).
Compounds which regulate the uptake of adenosine uptake have previously been suggested as potential therapeutic agents for the treatment of retinal and optic nerve head damage. In U.S. Patent No. 5,780,450 to Shade, Shade discusses the use of adenosine uptake inhibitors for treating eye disorders.
Shade does not disclose the use of specific A3 receptor inhibitors. The entire contents of U.S. Patent No. 5,780,450 are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
Additional adenosine receptor antagonists are needed as pharmacological tools and are of considerable interest as drugs for the above-referenced disease states and/or conditions.
A few A1 antagonists have been developed for the treatment of cognitive disease, renal failure, and cardiac arrhythmias.
It has been suggested that AZa antagonists may be beneficial for patients suffering from Morbus Parkinson (Parkinson's disease). Particularly in view of the potential for local delivery, adenosine receptor antagonists may be valuable for treatment of allergic inflammation and asthma. Available information (for example, Nyce & Metzger "DNA antisense Therapy for Asthma in an Animal Model" Nature (1997) 385:
721-5)indicates that in this pathophysiologic context, A1 antagonists may block contraction of smooth muscle underlying respiratory epithelia, while A2b or A3 receptor antagonists may block mast cell degranulation, mitigating the release of histamine and other inflammatory mediators. A,b receptors have been discovered throughout the gastrointestinal tract, especially in the colon and the intestinal epithelia. It has been suggested that A~b receptors mediate CAMP response (Strohmeier et al., J. Bio. Chem. (1995) 270:2387-94).
Adenosine receptors have also been shown to exist on the retinas of various mammalian species including bovine, porcine, monkey, rat, guinea pig, mouse, rabbit and human (See, Blazynski et al., Discrete Distributions of Adenosine Receptors in Mammalian Retina, Journal of Neurochemistry, volume 54, pages 648-655 (1990); Woods et al., Characterization of Adenosine A1-Receptor Binding Sites in Bovine Retinal Membranes, Experimental Eye Research, volume 53, pages 325-331 (1991); and Braas et al., Endogenous adenosine and adenosine receptors localized to ganglion cells of the retina, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, volume 84, pages 3906-3910 (1987)). Recently, Williams reported the observation of adenosine transport sites in a cultured human retinal cell line (williams et al., Nucleoside Transport Sites in a Cultured Human Retinal Cell Line Established By SV-40 T Antigen Gene, Current Eye Research, volume 13, pages 109-118 (1994)).
Compounds which regulate the uptake of adenosine uptake have previously been suggested as potential therapeutic agents for the treatment of retinal and optic nerve head damage. In U.S. Patent No. 5,780,450 to Shade, Shade discusses the use of adenosine uptake inhibitors for treating eye disorders.
Shade does not disclose the use of specific A3 receptor inhibitors. The entire contents of U.S. Patent No. 5,780,450 are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
Additional adenosine receptor antagonists are needed as pharmacological tools and are of considerable interest as drugs for the above-referenced disease states and/or conditions.
Su~ary of the Invention The present invention is based on compounds which se_ective'_w bind to adenosine A_ receptor, thereby treating a disease associated with Aa adenosine receptor in a subject by administering to the subject a therapeutics=ly eFfective amount of such compounds. The disease to be treated are associated with cognitive disease, renal failure, cardiac arrhy~thmias, respiratory epithelia, transmitter release, sedation, vasoconstriction, bradycardia, negative cardiac inotropy and dromotropy, branchoconstriction, neutropil chemotaxis, reflex condition, or ulcerative condition.
The present invention is based, at least in part, vn the discovery that certain N-6 substituted 7-deazapurines, described infra, can be used to treat a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state. Examples of such states include those in which the activity of the adenosine receptors is increased, e.g., bronchitis, gastrointestinal disorders, or asthma. These states can be characterized in that adenosine receptor activation can lead to the inhibition or stimulation of adenylate cyclase activity. Compositions and methods of the invention include enantiomerically or diastereomerically pure N-6 substituted 7-deazapurines.
Preferred N-6 substituted 7-deazapurines include those which have an acetamide, carboxamide, substituted cyclohexyl, e.g., cyclohexanol, or a urea moiety attached to the N-6 nitrogen through an alkylene chain.
The present invention pertains to methods for modulating an adenosine receptors) in a mammal by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, such that modulation of the adenosine receptor's activity occurs. Suitable adenosine receptors include the families of Al, A2, or A3. In a preferred embodiment, the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine is a adenosine receptor antagonist.
The invention further pertains to methods for treating N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine disorders, e.g., asthma, bronchitis, allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, renal disorders, gastrointestinal disorders,~and eye disorders, in a mammal by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, such that treatment of the disorder in the mammal occurs. Suitable N-6 substituted 7 deazapurines include those illustrated by the general formula I:
R~~ iR2 N R
s RS
r R ~N~ N
Ra (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. R1 and R2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety or together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety.
Rq is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety. RS and R6 are each independently a halogen atom, e.g., chlorine, fluorine, or bromine, a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety, or RS is carboxyl, esters of carboxyl, or carboxamides, or R9 and R5 or R5 and R6 together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring.
In certain embodiments, Rl and R2 can each independently be a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl or heteroarylalkyl moieties. In other embodiments, R3 is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl moiety. In still other embodiments, R~, R= and Rt can each be _naep=_..~.aer.tlv heteroaryl moieties. In a p-e=e=red w y ernbo~;me~ ~ , R1 a hydrogen atom, RZ is a cyclohexanc_, e.a., t=a~s cyclohexanol, R~ is phenyl, R~ is a ~hydroa_eatom., n. .s a J
methyl group and R6 is a methyl group. I.~. s~i~i another embodiment, R1 is a hydrogen atom, R~ is O
NHMe R3 is phenyl, R4 is a hydrogen atom and R5 and Rr are methyl groups.
1~
The invention further pertains to pharmaceutical compositions for treating a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in a mammal, e.g., asthma, bronchitis, allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, renal disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, and eye disorders. The pharmaceutical composition includes a therapeutically effective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also pertains to packaged pharmaceutical compositions for treating a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in a mammal. The packaged pharmaceutical composition includes a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of at least one N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine and instructions for using the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine for treating a N-6 substituted 7-deaz~purine responsive state in a mammal.
The invention further pertains to compounds o~ 'o~nula I
wherein R1 is hydrogen;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, su~st_tutec o.
unsubstituted alkyl, or R1 and R2 together form a s~,:bstituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring;
R3 is unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Rq is hydrogen; and R5 and R6 are each independently hydrogen or alkyl, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The deazaDU_ines of this embodiment may advantageously be selective A. receptor antagonists. These compounds may be useful for numerous therapeutic uses such as, for example, the treatment of asthma, kidney failure associated with heart failure, and 1~ glaucoma. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is a water soluble prodrug that is capable of being metabolized in vivo to an active drug by, for example, esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
In yet another embodiment, the invention features a method for inhibiting the activity of an adenosine receptor (e. g., A~) in a cell, by contacting the cell with N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine (e. g., preferably, an adenosine receptor antagonist).
In another aspect, the invention features a method for treating damage to the eye of an animal(e.g., a human) by administering to the animal an effective amount of an N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine of formula I. Preferably, the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine is an antagonist of A~ adenosine receptors in cells of the animal. The damage is to the retina or the optic nerve head and may be acute or chronic.
The .damage may be the result of, for example, glaucoma, edema, ischemia, hypoxia or trauma.
3~
The invention also features a pharmaceutical composi~io::
comprising a N-6 substituted compound of formula I.
Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is an ophthalmic formulation (e. g., an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation, a systemic formulation, or a surgical irrigating solution).
In yet another embodiment, the invention features a compound having the formula II:
R~~N/Rz X Q-W
N
R3 N/ N \L
(II) wherein X is N or CR6; R1 and R_~ are each independently hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, aminoalkyl, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl, or together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, provided that both R1 and Rz are both not hydrogen; R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, or aryl;
R9 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1- C6 alkyl; L is hydrogen, substituted or ~unsubstituted alkyl, or RQ and L together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring; R6 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or halogen; Q is CHZ, O, S, or NR~, wherein R~ is hydrogen 'or substituted or unsubstituted C1- C6 alkyl; and W is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, biaryl, heteroaryl, substituted carbonyl, substituted thiocarbonyl, or substituted sulfonyl;
provided that i' R, is pyrrolidinc, ther. z4 _s n'~
methyl. The inventic.~.~. also pe=rains to pra=-rnaceut_cailw acceptable salts and prodruas c_ the cospo::::ds c=- .-.::_ invention.
In an advantageous embodiment, X is CRe and Q is C:i2, C, S, e.
NF: in formula II, wherein R~ is as defined above.
In another embodiment of formula II, X is N.
The invention further pertains to a method for ini:ibitinQ the activity of an adenosine receptor (e. g., an A:b adenosine receptor) in a cell by contacting the cell with a compound of the invention. Preferably, the compound is an antagonist of the receptor.
1~
The invention also pertains to a method for treating a gastrointestinal disorder (e. g., diarrhea) or a respiratory disorder (e. g., allergic rrinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease) in an animal by administering to an animal an effective amount of a compound of formula II (e.g., an antagonist of A,r). Preferably, the animal is a human.
This invention also features a compound having the structure:
NH-R~
N
Ar N N
H
IV
wherein R: is traps-4-hydroxy cyclohexyl, 2-methylamino carbonylamino cyclohexyl, 2-methylamino carbonylamino cyclohexyl, acetamido ethyl, or methylamino carbonylamino ethyl;
wherein Ar is a substtuted o. unsubstitutec fc~.:_ to membered ring.
In one embodiment of the compound, Ar is p:~e:~wl, pv_~=rc_~, thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazoie, py=azc_e, I, ,4-tr iazole , pyridine , 2 ( 1H) -pyridone, 4 ( 1H ) -pyr idone , pyr az _ne , pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxazole, tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, be~.zofuran, benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, _..-indole, 10 indoline, benzopyrazole, 1,3-benzodioxole, be~zoxazole, purine, coumarin, chromone, quinoline, tetrahydroeuinoline, isoquinoline, benzimidazole, ouinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b] pyrazine, pyrido [3, 4-b] pyrazine, pyrido [3, 2-c] pyr idazine, purido [ 3 , 4 -b] -pyridine , 1H-pyrazole [ 3 , 4 -d] pyr imidine , pteridine, 2(1H)-quinolone, 1(2H)-isoQUinolone, 1,4-benzisoxazine, benzothiazole, quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide, quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine, phthalazine, cinnoline, or having a structure:
R2 \ \' ,, Y
wherein Y is carbon or nitrogen;
wherein Rz and R.' are independently H, . substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, halogen, methoxy, methyl amino, or methyl thio; wherein R3 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C(R~) (Ra)XR=, wherein X is 0, S, or NR6, wherein R~ and 3~ Re are each independently H or alkyl, wherein Rs and RE
are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R:, Re and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members;
wherein R4 is H, alkyl, substituted al kyl , cyc=oa=);wi ;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a ores=~c derivative, or a biologically active metabolite; w_t::
the proviso that when R: is acetylamino ethyl, Ar ;s not 4-pyridyl.
This invention also pertains to a compound having the structure:
HO~~~~~~I.
NH
1~
R~~N
V
Rz wherein R. is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl;
wherein R. is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; wherein R. is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (Re) (R7) NR:Rs, wherein RE and R
are each H or alkyl, wherein R; and Rsare each alkyl or cycloal kyl, or R~ R. and the nitrogen together form a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
.
This invention also features a method for inhibiting the activity of an A1 adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting said cell with the above-mentioned compounds.
3~
The features and other details of the inventio: k_11 now be more particularly described and pointed ou~ i:. t ~e c_a~.~.a .
It will be understood that the particular embod_me::ts of the invention are shown by way of illustration a..~.c not as limitations of the invention. The principle featu:es of t!:~s invention can be employed in various embodime.~..s without departing from the scope of the invention.
The present invention pertains to methods for ~rea~i.~.Q a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in a mamcr~al. '.'he methods include administration of a therapeutically eFfective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, desc~;bed infra, to the mammal, such that treatment of the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in the mammal occurs.
The language "N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state"
is intended to include a disease state or condition characterized by its responsiveness to treatment with a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine of the invention as described infra, e.g., the treatment includes a significant diminishment of at least one symptom or effect of the state achieved with a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine of the invention. Typically such states are associated with an increase of adenosine within a host such that the host often experiences physiological symptoms which include, but are not limited to, release of toxins, inflammation, coma, water retention, weight gain or weight loss, .pancreatitis, emphysema, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, multiple organ failure, infant and adult respiratory distress syndrome, allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, eye disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, skin tumor' promotion, immunodeficiency and asthma. (See for example, C.E. Muller and B. Stein "Adenosine Receptor Antagonists: Structures and Potential Therapeutic Applications," Current Pharmaceutical Design, 2:501 (1996) and C.E. Muller "A1-Adenosine Receptor Antagonists," Exp.
Opin. They. Patents 7 (5) :419 (1997) and I. =eoktistove, _,.
Polosa, S. T. Hoigate and I ' ' Piaggyor._ "Ade.~.os_~e AZ
g r eceptor s : a novel therapeutic tar ge t in as thma? " 'r'iPS 19 ;
148 (1998) ) . The effects often associates wiry suc'.~. svr~ctor~s include, but are not limited to, fever, shortness o~ breat!:, nausea, diarrhea, weakness, headache, and ever. dear=.
embodiment, a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive s~a~e includes those disease states which are mediated bw stimulation of adenosine receptors, e.g., A1, A~~, A,b, A;, etc., such that calcium concentrations in cells and%e=
activation of PLC (phospholipase C) is modulates. Tn a preferred embodiment, a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state is associated with adenosine receptor(s), e.g., the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine aces as an 1~ antagonist. Examples of suitable responsive states which can be treated by the compounds of the invention, e.g., adenosine receptor subtypes which mediate biological effects, include central nervous system (CNS) effects, cardiovascular effects, renal effects, respiratory effects, immunological effects, gastro-intestinal effects and metabolic effects. The relative amount of adenosine in a subject can be associated with the effects listed below; that is increased levels of adenosine can trigger an effect, e.g., an undesired physiological response, e.g., an asthmatic attack.
CNS effects include decreased transmitter release (A1), sedation (A1), decreased locomotor activity (A2a), anticonvulsant activity, chemoreceptor stimulation (A2) and hyperalgesia. Therapeutic applications of the inventive compounds include treatment of dementia, Alzheimer's disease and memory enhancement.
Cardiovascular effects include vasodilation (AZa) , (AZb) and (A3), vasoconstriction (Al), bradycardia (Al), platelet inhibition (A2a), negative cardiac inotropy and dromotropy (A1), arrhythmia, tachycardia and angiogenesis. Therapeutic applications of the inventive compounds include, fo: exa~:_c_=, prevention of ischaemia-induced impa_rmen~ or she heart a cardiotonics, myocardial tissue protection anc =estoratio::
of cardiac function.
Renal effects include decreased GFR (Al), mesan"_a_ cel;
contraction (A, ) , antidiuresis (A1 ) and inhibi tior. c. --enir.
release (Al). Suitable therapeutic applicatio:.s of the inventive compounds include use of the inventive compounds as diuretic, natriuretic, potassium-sparing, kidney-protective/prevention of acute renal failure, antihypertensive, anti-oedematous and anti-neph==tic agents.
Respiratory effects include bronchodilation (AZ), 1~ bronchoconstriction (A1), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, mucus secretion and respiratory depression (A2). Suitable therapeutic applications for the compounds of the invention include anti-asthmatic applications, treatment of lung disease after transplantation and respiratory disorders.
Immunological effects include immunosuppression (A,), neutrophil chemotaxis (A1), neutrophil superoxide generation (A2a) and mast cell degranulation (A,b and A3) Therapeutic applications of antagonists include allergic and non allergic inflammation, e.g., release of histamine and other inflammatory mediators.
Gastrointestinal effects include inhibition of acid secretion (A1) therapeutic application may include reflex and ulcerative conditions Gastrointestinal effects also include colonic, intestinal and diarrhea) disease, e.g., diarrhea) disease associated with intestinal inflammation (A=p).
Eye disorders include retinal and optic nerve head injury and trauma related disorders )A,). In a preferred embodiment, the eye disorder is glaucoma.
Other therapeutic applications o. the compouns cf th_ invention include treatment of obesity (lioc,z'.L_~
properties), hypertension, treatment c. deb=essio:., sedative, anxiolytic, as antileptics and as laxa~_ves, e.g., effecting_ motility without causing diarrhea. ' The term "disease state" is intended to include those conditions caused by or associated with unwanted levels o--__ adenosine, adenylyl cyclase activity, increased physiological 10 activity associated with aberrant stimulation o. adenosine receptors and/or an increase in cAMP. In one embodiment, the disease state is, for example, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, broncritis, renal disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, or eye disorders.
l~ Additional examples include chronic bronchitis and cystic fibrosis. Suitable examples of inflammatory diseases include non-lymphocytic leukemia, myocardial ischaemia, angina, infarction, cerebrovascular ischaemia, intermittent claudication, critical limb ischemia, venous hypertension, varicose veins, venous ulceration and arteriosclerosis.
Impaired reperfusion states include, for example, any post-surgical trauma, such as reconstructive surgery, thrombolysis or angioplasty.
2~ The language "treatment of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state" or "treating a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state" is intended to include changes in a disease state or condition, as described above, such that physiological symptoms in a mammal can be~significantly diminished or minimized. The language also includes control, prevention or inhibition of physiological symptoms or effects associated with an aberrant amount of adenosine. In one preferred embodiment, the control of the disease state or condition is such that the disease state or condition is eradicated. In another preferred embodiment, the control is selective such that aberrant levels of adenosine receptor activity are controlled while other physiologic systems and parameters are unaffected.
The term "N-6 subst_tt:ted 7-deazapurine" is arc rec - .~ze~
and is intended to include hose compounds ha~-_na ~h~ ..,.-:u?a I:
R'\N/R2 N-6 ---~ Rs "7 deaza site"
N
Rs R N~ N
.
(I) 1~
"N-substituted 7-deazapurine" includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and, in one embodiment, also includes certain N-6 substituted purines described herein.
In certain embodiments, the N-6 substituted 7-deazaDUrine is not N-6 benzyl or N-6 phenylethyl substituted. In other embodiments, R~ is not benzyl or phenylethyl substituted. In preferred embodiments, R1 and R2 are both not hydrogen atoms.
In still other preferred embodiments, R3 is not a hydrogen atom.
The language "therapeutically effective amount" of an N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, described infra, is that amount of a therapeutic compound necessary or sufficient to perfozzn its intended function within a mammal, e.g.; treat a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state, or a disease state in a mammal. An effective amount of the therapeutic compound can vary according to factors such as the amount of the causative agent already present in the mammal,~the age, sex, and weight of the mammal, and the ability of the therapeutic compounds of the present invention to affect a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in the mammal.
One cf ordinary skip in the ar t would be able tc stu3v t::=
aforementioned factors and make a determination r~ca_d:nc effective amount o. the therapeutic compound without undue experimentation. An in vitro or in vivc assaw a_sc car. b=
used to determine an "effective amount" o' the tzeraoe~.:tic compounds described infra. The ordinarily skilled art=sa::
would select an appropriate amount of the th~raD_eutic compound for use in the aforementioned assay or as a therapeutic treatment.
A therapeutically effective amount preferably diminishes at least one symptom or effect associated with the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state or condit;on being treated by at least about 20%, (more preferably by at least 1 ~ about 4 0 % , even more preferably by at least about 6 0 % , and still more preferably by at least about 80%) relative to untreated subjects. Assays can be designed by one skilled in the art to measure the diminishment of such symptoms and/or effects. Any art recognized assay capable of measuring such 30 parameters are intended to be included as part of this invention. For example, if asthma is the state being treated, then the volume of air expended from the lungs of a subject can be measured before and after treatment for measurement of increase in the volume using an art recognized 25 technique. Likewise, if inflammation is the state being treated, then the area which is inflamed can be measured before and after treatment for measurement of diminishment in the area inflamed using an art recognized technique.
30 The term "cell" includes both prokaryotic .and eukaryotic cells.
The .term "animal" includes any organism with adenosine receptors or any organism susceptible to a N-6-substituted 7-35 deazapurine responsive state. Examples of animals include yeast, mammals, reptiles, and birds. It also includes transgenic animals.
The term "mammal" is art =ecognized and is _..te:.de~ t~
include an animal, more preferably a warm-blooded an_r"a_, most preferably cattle, sheep, pins, horses, dons, ;.ats, rats, mice, and humans. Mammals susceptible tc a N-o substituted 7-deazapurine responsive' state, ir.~' ammatio::, emphysema, asthma, central nervous system cor.~_~=ons, c~
acute respiratory distress syndrome, for example, are included as part of this invention.
In another aspect, the present invention pertains to methods for modulating an adenosine receptors) in a mammal by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, such that modulation of the adenosine receptor in the mammal occurs.
Suitable adenosine receptors include the families of A1, A~, or A,. In a preferred embodiment, the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine is an adenosine receptor antagonist.
The language "modulating an adenosine receptor" is intended to include those instances where a compound interacts with an adenosine receptor(s), causing increased, decreased or abnormal physiological activity associated with an adenosine receptor or subsequent cascade effects resulting from the modulation of the adenosine receptor. Physiological activities associated with adenosine receptors include induction of sedation, vasodilation, suppression of cardiac rate and contractility, inhibition of platelet aggregbility, stimulation of gluconeogenesis, inhibition of lipolysis, opening of potassium channels, reducing flux of calcium channels, etc.
The terms "modulate", "modulating" and "modulation" are intended to include preventing, eradicating, or inhibiting the resulting increase of undesired physiological activity associated with abnormal stimulation of an adenosine receptor, e.g., in the context of the therapeutic methods of the invention. In another embodiment, the term modulate includes antagonistic effects, e.g., dimirishme.~.~ c. ~h_ activity or production of mediators of allerg}~ any alter=~_ inflammation which results from the overstimu~a~ior. c=
adenosine. receptor(s). For example, the she=aDe~tc S deazapurines of the invention can interact wi~r ar. aae.~.os_ne receptor to inhibit, for example, adenylate cyc~ase ac~i~-ity.
The language "condition characterized by aberrant adenosine receptor activity" is intended to include those diseases, disorders or conditions which are associated with aber=ant stimulation of an adenosine receptor, in that the s~imulatior.
of the receptor causes a biochemical and or physiological chain of events that is directly or indirectly associated with the disease, disorder or condition. This stimulation of 1~ an adenosine receptor does not have to be the sole causative agent of the disease, disorder or condition but merely be responsible for causing some of the symptoms typically associated with the disease, disorder, or condition being treated. The aberrant stimulation of the receptor can be the sole factor or at least one other agent can be involved in the state being treated. Examples of conditions include those disease states listed 'supra, including inflammation, gastrointestinal disorders and those symptoms manifested by the presence of increased adenosine receptor activity.
Preferred examples include those symptoms associated with asthma, allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, emphysema, bronchitis, gastrointestinal disorders and glaucoma.
The language "treating or treatment of a condition characterized by aberrant adenosine receptor activity" is intended to include the alleviation of or diminishment of at least one symptom typically associated with the condition.
The treatment also includes alleviation or dimini$hment of more than one symptom. Preferably, the treatment cures, e.g., substantially eliminates, the symptoms associated with the condition.
The present invention per;.ains to compounds, N-6 subs=_t~~e3 7-deazapurines, having the formula I:
R'\ / R2 Rs N~ \
Ra (I) wherein R1 and R2 are each independently a hydrogen atom 1~ or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety or together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; R3 is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety; Rq is a hydrogen atom or a substituted 20 or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety. R5 and R6 are each independently a halogen atom, e.g., chlorine, fluorine, or bromine, a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety or Rq and R5 or RS and R6 together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring. Also included, are pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurines.
In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 can each independently be a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl or heteroarylalkyl moieties. In other embodiments, R3 is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl moiety. In still other~embodiments, Rq, RS and R6 can each be independently a heteroaryl moiety.
In one embodiment, R1 is a hydrogen atom, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexane, cyclopentyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopropane moiety, R3 is a substituted or urs::bst_t::te~
phenyl moiety, Rq is a hydrogen atom and R: and F~5 are .".~..
methyl groups.
In another embodiment, R2 is ' a cyclohexa.~.ol, a cyclohexanediol, a cyclohexylsulfonamide, a cycichexanam_de, a cyclohexylester, a cyclohexene, a cyclopentano'_ o. a cyclopentanediol and R3 is a phenyl moiety.
In still another embodiment, R1 is a hydrogen atom, R2 is a cyclohexanol, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, pyridine, furan, cyclopentane, or thiophene moiety, Rq is a hydrogen atom, a substituted alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl moiety, and RS and R6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a 1~ substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety.
In yet another embodiment, R1 is a hydrogen atom, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkylamine, arylamine, or alkylarylamine, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamide, arylamide or alkylarylamide, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonamide, arylsulfonamide or alkylarylsulfonamide, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylurea, arylurea or alkylarylurea, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbamate, arylcarbamate or alkylarylcarbamate, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarboxylic acid, arylcarboxylic acid or alkylarylcarboxylic acid, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl moiety, Rq is a hydrogen atom and R5 and R6 are methyl groups.
In still another embodiment, R2' is guanidine, a modified guanidine, cyanoguanidine, a thiourea, a thioamide or an amidine.
is In one embodiment , R2 can be N_ / R2d Ri, Rxc wherein R2a-R2c are each independently a hydroQer. atom cr a saturated or unsaturated alkyl, aryl or alkylary_ moiety anc R2d is a hydrogen atom or a saturated or unsaturated alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety, NR2eR~f, or OR2c, where_r. R=E-R2c are each independently a hydrogen atom or a sa~::rated or unsaturated alkyl, aryl or alkylaryl moieties.
Alternatively, R2a and R2b together can form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring having a ring size between about 3 and 6 members, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl groups.
In one aspect of the invention, both RS and R6 are not methyl groups, preferably, one of RS and R6 is an alkyl group, e.g., a methyl group, and the other is a hydrogen atom.
In another aspect of the invention, when Rq is 1-phenylethyl and R1 is a hydrogen atom, then R3 is not phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl or 4-methoxyphenyl or when Rq and R1 are 1-phenylethyl, then R3 is not a hydrogen atom or when Rq is a hydrogen atom and R3 is a phenyl, then R1 is not phenylethyl.
In another aspect of the invention, when RS and R6 together form a carbocyclic ring, e.g., N
N\
~, r R~ N N
or pyrimido(4,5-6]indole, then R3 is not phenyl when Rq is 1-(4-methylphenyl)ethyl, phenylisopropyl, phenyl or 1-phenylethyl or when R3 is not a hydrogen atom when~Rq is 1-phenylethyl. The carbocyclic ring formed by RS and R6 can be either aromatic or aliphatic and can have between 4 and 12 carbon atoms, e.g., naphthyl, phenylcyclohexyl, etc., preferably between 5 and 7 carbon atoms, e.g., cycl:,centw; cr cyclohexyl. Alternatively, R~ and R~ together ca:: fc_;:, a heterocyclic ring, such as those disclosed below. Typical heterocyclic rings include between 4 and I2 carbon atoms, S preferably between S and 7 carbon atoms, and ca:: be either aromatic or aliphatic. The heterocyclic ring ca:. be r~~r~he_ substituted, including substitution of one or mc=a carbo~
atoms of the ring structure with one or more hete_oatoms.
In still another aspect of the invention, R1 and R;, form a heterocyclic ring. Representative examples include,-but are not limited to, those heterocyclic rings listed below, such as morpholino, piperazine and the like, e.g., 4 hydroxypiperidines, 4-aminopiperidines. Where R, and R..
together form a piperazino group, R~
N
N
l wherein R~ can be a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl or alkylaryl moiety.
In yet another aspect of the invention Rq and R5 together can form a heterocyclic ring, e.g., R~~N~R1 N
/~ /
R~ N
wherein the heterocyclic ring can be either aromatic or aliphatic and can form a ring having between 4 and 12 carbon atoms, e.g., naphthyl, phenylcyclohexyl, etc. and can be either aromatic or aliphatic, e.g., cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl.
The heterocyclic ring can be fu_ther substituted, ir,~_u~z::~
substitution of carbon atoms of the ring structure wits c-:e or more heteroatoms. Alternatively, R~ and R~ together ca-form a heterocyclic ring, such as those disclosed below.
In certain embodiments, the N-6 substituted 7-deazao_::r_ne is not N-6 benzyl or N-6 phenylethyl substituted. 'n other embodiments, R4 is not benzyl or phenylethyl substituted. Ir.
preferred embodiments, R1 and R2 are both not hydroa_er. atoms.
In still other preferred embodiments, R3 is not F:.
The compounds of the invention may comprise water-soluble prodrugs which are described in WO 99/33815, International Application No. PCT/US98/04595, filed March 9, 1998 and 1~ published July 8, 1999. The entire content of WO 99/33815 is expressly incorporated herein by reference. The water-soluble prodrugs are metabolized in vivo to an active drug, e.g., by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis. Examples of potential prodrugs include deazapurines with, for example, R2 as cycloalkyl substituted with -OC(O)(Z)NH2, wherein Z is a side chain of a naturally or unnaturally occurring amino acid, or analog thereof, an a, Q, Y, or c~ amino acids, or a dipeptide. Preferred amino acid side chains include those of glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, lysine, a-methylalanine, aminocyclopropane carboxylic acid, azetidine-2-carboxylic acid, a-alanine, Y-aminobutyric acid, alanine-alanine, or glycine-alanine.
In a further embodiment, the invention features deazapurines of the formula (I), wherein R1 is hydrogen; R~ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or R1 and R2 together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; R3 is unsubstituted or substituted aryl; R4 is hydrogen; and R5 and R6.are each independently hydrogen or alkyl, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The deazapurines of this embodiment may potentially be selective A; receptor antagonists.
In one embodiment , R2 is subs tituted ( a . ,: . , :nyc= ~xw substituted) or unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In ar. adva:.taceous ~ subembodiment, R, and Rq are hydrogen, R~ is u.~.s~.:bstitute,: c_ substituted phenyl, and R5 and R6 are each alkyl. P=eferab_y R2 is mono-hydroxycyclopentyl or mono-hydroxycyclohexvl. R' also may be substituted with -NH-C(=0)E, wherein E ~s substituted or unsubstituted C1-Cq alkyl (e.g., a?kylar;.ine, 10 e.g., ethylamine.).
R1 and R2 may also together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, which may be substituted with an amine or acetamido group.
In another aspect, R~ may be -A-NFiC(=O)B, wherein A is unsubstituted C1-CQ alkyl (e.g., ethyl, propyl, butyl), and B
is substituted or unsubstituted C;-C4 alkyl (e. g., methyl, aminoalkyl, e.g., aminomethyl or aminoethyl, alkylamino, e.g., methylamino, ethylamino), preferably when Rl and Rq are hydrogen, R3 is unsubstituted or substituted phenyl, and R5 and R6 are each alkyl. B may be substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, e.g., cyclopropyl or 1-amino-cyclopropyl.
In another embodiment, R3 may be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably when RS and R6 are each alkyl.
Preferably, R3 may have one or more substituents (e.g., o-, m- or p- chlorophenyl, o-, m- or p- fluorophenyl).
Advantageously, R3 may be substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, preferably when Rg and R6 are each alkyl.
Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, thioazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, furanyl, methylenedioxyphenyl and thiophenyl. Preferably, R3 is 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl or 3- pyrimidyl.
Preferably in one embodiment, R, and Ro are eacW -d=c~e_-..
In another, R6 and Rd are each methyl.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, ~he deazapu~ines e~
~ the invention are water-soluble prodrugs ~ha~ cap be metabolized in vivo to an active drug, e.g. bw es~e=ase catalyzed hydrolysis. Preferably the prodrug comp=ises a.~. R~
group which is cycloalkyl substituted with -OC(O?(Z)NH-,, wherein Z is a side chain of a naturally o~ unnaturally occurring amino acid, an analog thereof, an a, :, ~~, o.
amino acid, or a dipeptide. Examples of preferred side chains include the side chains of glycine, alanin~, valine, leucine, isoleucine, lysine, a-methylalanine, aminocyclopropane carboxylic acid, azetidine-2-carboxylic l~ acid, Q-alanine, Y-aminobutyric acid, alanine-alanine, or glycine-alanine.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, Z is a side chain of glycine, R2 is cyclohexyl, R3 is phenyl, and R5 and R6 are methyl.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(cis-3-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo (2,3d]pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(cis-3-(2-aminoacetoxy) cyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d] pyrimidine trifluoroacetic acid~salt.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(3-acetamido)piperidinyl-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(2-N'-methylureapropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine.
In another embo3=ment, the deazapurine .s :~-;I
acetamidobutyl)amino-~,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyr=c_o;I,3d:
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment , the dea~zapur ine i= .~ - ( ~ -r" -methylureabutyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyr=c_o(2,3d) pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(~
aminocyclopropylacetamidoethyl)amino-2-phenyl-7'r.'-pyrrolo [2,3d]pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(traps-4 hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(4-pyridyl)~-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine.
2~ In yet another embodiment, the invention features a method for inhibiting the activity of an adenosine receptor (e. g., A:, A_;,, A=e, or, preferably, A,) in a cell, by~ contacting the cell with N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine (e.g., preferably, an adenosine receptor antagonist).
In another aspect, the invention features a method for treating damage to the eye of an animal(e.g., a human) by administering to the animal an effective amount .of an N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine. Preferably, the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine is an antagonist of A: adenosine receptors in cells of the animal. The damage is to the ret_na c. t~=
optic nerve head and may be acute or chronic. The damage r,~aw be the result of, for example, glaucoma, edema, ische~:_a, hypoxia or trauma.
In a preferred embodiment, the invention =ea_;:res a deazapurine having the formula II, suara, wherein. ~; is r e_-CR6; R1 and R= are each independently hydrogen, o. substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, aminoalkyl, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl, or together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, provided that both R1 and R: are both not hydrogen; R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, or aryl; R4 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C.
alkyl; L is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or 1~ R4 and L together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring; R6 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or halogen; Q .is CHI, 0, S, or NR~, wherein R, is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; and W is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, biaryl, heteroaryl, substituted carbonyl, substituted thiocarbonyl, or substituted sulfonyl, provided that if R3 is pyrrolidino, then Rq is not methyl.
In one embodiment, in compounds of formula II, X is CR6 and Q is CH,, 0, S, or NH. In another embodiment, X is N.
In a further embodiment of compounds of formula II, W is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, 5- or 6- member heteroaryl, or biaryl. W may be substituted with one or more substituents. Examples of substituents include: halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, aminoalkyl, aminocarboxyamide, CN, CF3 , . C02R8 , CONHRB , CONRBR9 , SORB , SORB , and SO~NRoR9 , where in RB and Ro are each independently hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl.
Preferably, W may be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, e.g., methylenedioxyphenyl. W also may be a substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered he~eroa=-yl ring, e.a., pyrro;e, pyrazole, oxazole, imidazoie, triazole, ~etrazcle, ~Lran, thiophene, thiazole, and oxadiazoie. Preferably, 4. may be a 6-member - heteroaryl r ing, e. g. , . pyr idy l , pvr imidyl , pyridazinyl, pyrazinal, and thiophenyl. I:: a _re'erred embodiment, W is 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pwridyl, '?-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, or 5-pyrimidyl.
In one advantageous embodiment of compounds or formula i_, Q
is NH and W is a 3-pyrazolo ring which is unsubsti~u~ed or N-substituted by substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl.
In another embodiment of compounds of formula iI, Q is 1~ oxygen, and W is a 2-thiazolo ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl.
In~ another embodiment of compounds of formula II, W is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl e.g:, cyclopentyl, or arylalkyl. Examples of substituents include halogen, hydroxy , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or NHRlo, wherein Rlo is hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl.
In yet another embodiment, the invention features a deazapurine of formula II wherein W is -(CH.)a-C(=O)Y or - (CH,) s-C (=S) Y, and a is an integer from 0 to 3, Y is aryl, alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, alkynyl, NI3R11Ri2~
or, provided that Q is NH, OR13 , wherein R11, R1= and R13 are each independently hydrogen, or unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkyl. Preferably, Y is a 5-or 6- member heteroaryl ring.
3~
Furthermore, W may be -(CH:)r-S(=0)JY, wherein j is 1 or 2, b is 0, 1, 2, or 3, Y is aryl, alkyl, arylalkyl, cv~ioaikmi, al kynyl , heter oa=-yl , N'rIRl~Ri; , provided that when r . _ , CFil, , and wherein R14, R,;, and R:6 are each .naepende.~.t~w hydrogen, or unsubstituted or substituted aikvl, ar~_~', 5 arylalkyl, or cycloalkyl.
In another embodiment, R, is selected from the crow consisting of substituted and unsubstituted phenyl, pyridy;, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinal, pyrrolyl, ~riazolyl, 10 thioazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, ~uranyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, and thiophenyl. When R: is phenyl, it may be substituted with, for example, hydroxyl, alkoxy (e. g., methoxy), alkyl (e.g., tolyl), and halogen,(e.g., c-, m-, or p- fluorophenyl or o-, m-, or p- chlorophenyl).
1~ Advantageously, R, may be 2-, 3-, or 4- pyridyl or 2- or 3-pyrimidyl.
The invention also pertains to a deazapurine wherein R6 is hydrogen or C1-C; alkyl. Preferably, R6 is hydrogen.
The invention also includes deazapurines wherein R1 is hydrogen, and R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkylamine, arylamine, or alkylarylamine, substituted or unsubstituted aminoalkyl, amino aryl, or aminoalkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylamide, arylamide or alkylarylamide, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonamide, arylsulfonamide or alkylarylsulfonamide, substituted or unsubstituted alkylurea, arylurea or alkylarylurea, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbamate, arylcarbamate or alkylary3carbamate, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarboxylic acid, arylcarboxylic acid or alkylarylcarboxylic acid.
Preferably, R~ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, e.g., mono- or dihydroxy-substituted cyclohexyl or cyclopentyl (preferably, monohydroxy-substituted cyclohexyl or monohydroxy-substituted cyclopentyl).
Advantageously, Rz may be o. the following for-mu;a:
A ' J ~ B or A' O
Ri7 wherein A is Cl-C~ alkyl, C;-C~ cycloalkyl, a chair. o~ one ~o seven atoms, or a ring of three to seven atoms, optionali~~
substituted with Cl-C~ alkyl, halogens, hydroxyl, carboxyl, thiol, or amino groups; wherein B is methyl, N(Me)I, N(Et)2, NHMe , NHEt , ( CH, ) :NH3+ , NH ( CHZ ) ; CH3 , ( CH, ) : NH, , ( CHI ) :
CHCH,NH~ , (CH2):NHMe, (CH~)rOH, CH:CN, (CH~)nCO,H, CHRIgR,o, or. - CHMeOH, wherein r is an integer from 0 to 2, m is 1 or 2, R13 is 1~ alkyl, R:~ is NH:+ or CO,H or Rle and Rlo together are:
CH NH---(CHZ)P
wherein p is 2 or 3 ; and R1~ is Ci-Co alkyl , cycloalkyl, a chain of one to seven atoms, or a ring of three to seven atoms, optionally substituted with C1-Cp alkyl, halogens, hydroxyl, carboxyl, thiol, or amino groups.
Advantageously, A is unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 alkyl.
B may be unsubstituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl.
In a preferred embodiment, R, is of the formula -A-- NFiC(=O)B.
In a particularly advantageous embodiment, A is -CH,CFi2- and B is methyl. ' ' The compounds of the invention may comprise water-soluble prodrugs which are metabolized in vivo to an active drug, e.g., by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis. Examples of potential prodrugs include deazapurines with, for example, R2 as cycloalkyl substituted with -OC(0)(Z)NH2, wherein Z is a side chain of a naturally or unnaturally occ~ur_ing a.;.i.~.c acid, or analog thereof , an a, G , ~~, or c.~ amino acid, c. a dipeptide. Preferred amino acid side chains ;nc_ude those cf glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, lysine, a-methylalanine, aminocyclopropane carboxylic acid, aze~id_ne-2-carboxylic acid, Q-alanine, Y-aminobutyric aci;:, alarine-alanine, or glycine-alanine.
In another embodiment, R: and R, together are:
~n N
wherein n is 1 or 2, and wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with one or more hydroxyl, amino, thiol, carboxyl, halogen, CH20H, CH~NFiC(=O)alkyl, or C~#~NHC (=O) NHalkyl groups . Preferably, n is 1 or 2 and said ring is substituted with -NHC(=O)alkyl.
In one advantageous embodiment, R1 is hydrogen, R, is substituted or unsubstituted C_,-Co alkyl, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, R4 is hydrogen, L is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, Q is 0, S or NR~, wherein R? is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C;-C6 alkyl, and W is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
Preferably, RZ is -A-NHC(=0)B, wherein A and B are each independently unsubstituted or substituted C1-C4 alkyl. For example, A may be CH~CH;. B may be, for example, alkyl (e. g., methyl), or aminoalkyl (e.g., aminomethyl). Preferably, R3 is unsubstituted.phenyl and L is hydrogen. R6 may be methyl or preferably, hydrogen. Preferably, Q is O, S, or NR~
wherein R~ is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1- C6 alkyl, e.9., methyl. W is unsubstituted or substituted phenyl (e.g., alkoxy, halogen substituted). Preferably, W is p-f 1 uorophenyl , p-chlor ophenyl , or p-methoxypheny_ . H ;-aw also be heteroa:-yl, e.g., 2-pyridyl.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapu__ne _s ~_ (2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-phenoxymethyl-a-phenyl-7F:-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapu=ine is ~
(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)methyl-2 phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(4-chlorophenoxy)methyl-2-phenyl- 7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine.
1~
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl-2-phenyl - 7H-pyrrolo [ 2 , 3d] pyrimidine .
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(2-pyridyloxy)methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine .
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4 (2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(N-phenylamino)methyl-2-phenyl 7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine .
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4 (2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(N-methyl-N-phenylamino)methyl 2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(2-N'-methylureaethyl) amino-6-phenoxymethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
The invention further pertains to a method for inhibiting the activity of an adenosine receptor (e.g., an A~ adeaosi~e receptor) in a cell by contacting the cell witi: a cor"~ou:.~ c~
the invention. Preferably, the compound is an ar.~aaonis~ o.
the receptor.
The invention also pertains to a method for ~r~atina_ a gastrointestinal disorder (e.g., diarrhea) in gr. a..~.ima'_ b~~
administering to an animal an effective amount of a comDOUnd of the invention (e.g., an antagonist of A~b) . P=eferably, the animal is a human.
In another embodiment, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition containing an N-6 substituted '7 deazapurine of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also pertains to a method for treating a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in an animal, by administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a deazapurine of the invention, such that treatment of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in the animal occurs. Advantageously, the disease state may be a disorder mediated by adenosine. Examples of preferred disease states include: central nervous system disorders, cardiovascular disorders, renal disorders, inflammatory disorders, allergic disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, eye disorders, and respiratory disorders.
The term "alkyl" refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups. The term alkyl further includes alkyl groups, which can further include oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorous atoms replacing one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorous atoms. In preferred embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbo~ m oms .a its backbone (e.g., C_-C3~, for straight chaff.~., C3-C~~ fcr branched chain), and more preferably 20 0. fewe_. ~ik~w=se, preferred cycloalkyls have from 4-10 carbon atoms in ~hei:
5 ring structure, and more preferably have 5, o o. 7 carbons '~
the ring structure.
Moreover, the term alkyl as used throughout the spec_ficatior.
and claims is intended to include both "unsubstituted alkvi~'~
10 and "substituted alkyls", the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can include, for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, 1~ aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, 20 arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. It will be understood by those 25 skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. Cycloalkyls can be further substituted, e.g., with the substituents described above. An "alkylaryl" moiety is an alkyl substituted with an aryl (e.Q_. t~henvlmPthvl 30 (benzyl)). The term "alkyl" also includes unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively.
35 The term "aryl" as used herein, refers to the radical of aryl groups, including 5- and 6-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, benzene, py_roie, furan, thiophene, i".idazcle, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, ;.riazole, tetrazoie, p~~raz~=e, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, anc the like.
Aryl groups also include polycyclic fused a=omatic a_rou~s such as naphthyl, quinolyl, indolyl, and the like. Those aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring struc~u_e may also be referred to as "aryl heterocycles", "hete~oa=vls" o.
"heteroaromatics". The aromatic ring can be substitutes at one or more ring positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl 1~ amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety Aryl groups can also be fused or bridged with alicyclic or heterocyclic rings which are not aromatic so as to form a polycycle (e. g., tetralin).
The terms "alkenyl" and "alkynyl" refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively. For example, the invention contemplates cyano .and propargyl groups .
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower alkyl" as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably.from one to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure, even more preferably one to three carbon atoms in its backbone structure. Likewise, "lower alkenyl" and "lower alkynyl"
have similar chain lengths.
T he terms "alkoxyalkyl", "polyaminoalky_" a::~
"thioalkoxyalkyl" refer to alkyl groups, as desc=ibec above, which further include oxygen, nitrogen or sul''.:r atom=
replacing. one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon: backbone, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms.
The terms "polycyclyl" or "polycyclic radical" re~e= to the radical of two or more cyclic rings (e. g., cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls? i~
which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings, e.g., the rings are "fused rings". Rings that are joined through non-adjacent atoms are termed "bridged" rings. Each of the rings of the polycycle can be substituted with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, 1~ hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, a=-ylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, vitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety The term "heteroatom" as used herein means an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus.
The term "amino acids" includes naturally and unnaturally occurring amino acids found in proteins such as glycine, alanine, valine, cysteine, leucine, isoleucine, serine, threonine, methionine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, glutamine, asparagine, lysine, arginine, proline, histidine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan. Amino acid analogs include amino acids with lengthened o_- shortened side c:.ai:a or variant side chains with appropriate func~iora~ a:oL~s.
Amino acids also include D and L stereoisome=s o. ar. aminc acid when the structure of the amino acid admits of stereoisomeric forms. The term "dipeptide" includes two o~
more amino acids linked together. Preferably, dipep~ides are two amino acids linked via a peptide linkage. Pa«icula_iy preferred dipeptides include, for example, ala~=ne-alanine and glycine-alanine.
It will be noted that the structure of some of the comDOUnds of this invention includes asymmetric carbon atoms and thus occur as racemates and racemic mixtures, single enantiomers, diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomers. All l~ such isomeric forms of these compounds are expressly included in this invention. Each stereogenic carbon may be of the R
or S configuration. It is to be understood accordingly that the isomers arising from such asymmetry (e.g., all enantiomers and diastereomers) are included within the scope of. this invention, unless indicated otherwise. Such isomers can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically controlled synthesis.
The invention further pertains to pharmaceutical compositions for treating a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in a mammal, e.g., respiratory disorders (e. g., asthma, bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder, and allergic rhinitis), renal disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, and eye disorders. The pharmaceutical composition includes a therapeutically effective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, described supra, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. It is to be understood, that all of the deazapurines described above are included for therapeutic treatment. It is to be further understood that the deazapurines of the invention can be used alone or in combination with other deazapurines of the invention or in combination with additional therapeutic comaourds, such a:
r antibiotics, ant=in~lamma~ories, or anticancer aoents, _~i example.
The term "antibiotic" is art recognized and is _..bender ~c include those substances produced by growinc mic=~~rganisms and synthetic derivatives thereof, which eliminate o. in'.~.ib_t growth of pathogens and are selectively toxic to the oathoae.~.
while producing minimal or no deleterious efrect= uDO.~. the infected host subject. Suitable examples or a::tibiotics include, but are not limited to, the principle c'asses of aminoglycosides, cephalosporins, chloramphenicols, ~uscidic acids, macrolides, penicillins, polymixins, tetracyclines and streptomycins.
1~
The term "antiinflammatory" is art recognized and is intended to include those agents which act on body mechanisms, without directly antagonizing the causative agent of the inflammation such as glucocorticoids, aspirin, ibuprofen, NSAIDS, etc.
The term "anticancer agent" is art recognized and is intended to include those agents which diminish, eradicate, or prevent growth of cancer cells without, preferably, adversely affecting other physiological functions. Representative examples include cisplatin and cyclophosphamide.
When the compounds of the present invention are administered as pharmaceuticals, to humans and mammals, they can be given per se or as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for example, 0.1 to 99.5% (more preferably, 0.5 to 90%) of active ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used 3~ herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a compounds) of the present invention wit'.~_in or to the subject su:.t::a=
perfor-ms its intended fLnction. Typically, Suc: c;~.T.D.~,~.:;.d=
are carried or transported From one organ, or ocrt_~_. cy tea body, to another organ, or portion o. the bony. sac:: carr_e_ F must be "acceptable" in the sense of~ being co~;patirie wt::
the other ingredients of the formulation and no~ i.~.: ~ ~ _o~,a tc the patient. Some examples of materials which ca:: serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: sucrars, suci: as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as ccr:: spar c::
10 and potato starch; cellulose, and its derivatives, suc'.~. as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelati.~.; talc;
excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oi~, sesame 1~ oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; glycol s, such as propylene glycol; polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, marinitol and polyethylene glycol; esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid;
20 pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol; phosphate buffer solutions; and other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.
25 As set out above, certain embodiments of the present compounds can contain a basic functional group, such as amino or alkylamino, and are, thus, capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable 30 salts" in this respect, refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified 3~ compound of the invention in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed. Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, steaYate, ~a_rat_, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, cit=a=e, ",a~eat~, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, rapthylate, TesW ate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulpho:~a~e salts a.~.d ( 1 9 7 7 ..
~ the like. (See, e.g. , Herge et a1. ) P!~a<<-"aceutical Salts", J. Pharm. Sci. 66:1-19).
In other cases, the compounds of the present inventior maw contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, a=a capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These 1~ salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like. Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable esters" refers to the relatively non-toxic, esterified products of the compounds of the present invention. These esters can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form or hydroxyl with a suitable esterifying agent.
Carboxylic acids can be converted into esters via treatment with an alcohol in the presence of a catalyst. Hydroxyl containing derivatives can be converted into esters via treatment with an esterifying agent such as alkanoy_ halides.
The term is fur ther intended to include lower hycr o~arb~::
groups capable of being solvated unde_ p::ysioioc~~a?
conditions, e.g., alkyl esters, methyl, e~hy~ a:c propyl ~ esters. (See, for example, Berge et~al., supra.!
The invention further contemplates the use of proarugs wish are converted in vivo to the therapeutic compounds o.
invention (see, e.g., R.B. Silverman, 1992, "The Oraaric Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action", Academic Press, Chapter 8). Such prodrugs can be used to alter the biodistribution (e.g., to allow compounds which would not typically enter the reactive site of the protease) or the pharmacokinetics of the therapeutic compound. For example, 1~ a carboxylic acid group, can be esterified, e.g., with a methyl group or an ethyl group to yield an ester. When the ester is administered to a subject, the ester is cleaved, enzymatically or- non-enzymatically, reductively or hydrolytically, to reveal the anionic group. An anionic group can be esterified with moieties (e. g., acyloxymethyl esters) which are cleaved to reveal an intermediate compound which subsequently decomposes to yield the active compound.
In another embodiment, the prodrug is a reduced form of a sulfate or sulfonate, e.g., a thiol, which is oxidized in vivo to the therapeutic compound. Furthermore, an anionic moiety can be esterified to a group which is actively transported in vivo, or which is selectively taken up by target organs. The ester can be selected to allow specific targeting of the therapeutic moieties to particular reactive sites, as described below for carrier moieties.
Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricants, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as' coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable antioxidar_~s l water soluble antioxidants, such as asco=bic aci;:, c~_~stA~ne hyarochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium metabis;:'_.fite, sodi~.:r..
sulfite and the like; oil-soluble antioxiaar.~s, suci: as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (B:iA;~, bum-~a~ed hydroxytoluene (HFiT), lecithin, propyl gallate, aioha-tocopherol, and the like; and metal chelating agents, suc.: as citric acid, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acic (EL"'A), sorbitol, tartaric acid, phosphoric acid, and the dice.
Formulations of the present invention include those suitable for oral, nasal, topical, transdermal, buccal, sublingual, rectal, vaginal and/or parenteral administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage 1~ form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred per cent, this amount will range from about 1 per cent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, preferably from about 5 per cent to about 70 per cent, most preferably from about 10 per cent to about 30 per cent.
Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a compound of the present invention with the carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a compound of the present invention with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-i~-water o_~ water-i~-cil __ _..
emulsion, or as an elixir o_- syrup, or as past_'__es i~~s~n~_ a::
inert base, such as gelatin and g_yceri:., e. s;:=rose a::c acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, eac= cc::ta_n_nc a predetermined amount of a compound of the preser__ _~ve::t;cn as an active ingredient. A compound of the present _nver.t_on may also be administered as a bolus, electuary o. baste.
In solid dosage forms of the inventic.~. =or oral administration (capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules and the like), the active ingredient is m_xed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, 1~ sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia;
humectants, such as glycerol; disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, aTginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate;
solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; wetting agents, such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; absorbents, such as kaolin and bentonite clay;
''S lubricants, such a talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof; and coloring agents. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the ?ike.
3~ A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium stare::
glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellu;ose.'~, surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets maw_ be made by molding in a suitable machine a m=xt~.:re of the 5 powdered compound moistened with an inert 1=cuid d=luent.
The tablets, and other solid dosage forms of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be 10 scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying 15 proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved 30 in' sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use. These compositions may also optionally contain opacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the active ingredients) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of the 25 gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. The active ingredient can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration of the compounds of the invention include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active ingredient, the liquid 3~ dosage forms may contain inert dilutents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, ~,3-butv_e_~_e glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerc_, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and ~at~y acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
Besides inert dilutents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsi'ying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the invention with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
Formulations of the present invention which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants. The active compound may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, i:.
addition~to an active compound of this invention, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, ~araf:_ns, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, po'_yethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, tale and zinc oxide,~or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a compound of this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as 1~ chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound of the present invention to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispersing the compound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the active compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, solutions and the like, are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention. Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is an ophthalmic formulation (e.g., an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation, a systemic formulation, or a surgical irrigating solution).
The ophthalmic formulations of the present invention may include one or more deazapurines and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. Various types of vehicles may be used.
The vehicles will generally be aqueous in nature. Aqueous solutions are generally preferred, based on case of formulation, as well as a patient's ability ~~ eas__w administer such compositions by means of instil'__::g one tc two drops of the solutions in the affected eyes. However, the deazapurines of the present invention may a_so be readily incorporated into other types of compositions, suci: as suspensions, viscous or semi-viscous gels or other types of solid or semi-solid compositions. The ochthalmic compositions of the present invention may also include various other ingredients, such as buffers, preservatives, co-solvents and viscosity building agents.
An appropriate buffer system (e. g., sodium phosphate, sodium acetate or sodium borate) may be added to prevent pH d-ift under storage conditions.
Ophthalmic products are typically packaged in multidose form.
Preservatives are thus required to prevent microbial contamination during use. Suitable preservatives include:
benzalkonium chloride, thimerosal, chlorobutanol, methyl paraben, propyl paraben, phenylethyl alcohol, edetate disodium, sorbic acid, polyquaternium-1, or other agents known to those skilled in the art. Such preservatives are typically employed at a level of from 0.001 to 1.0%
weight/volume ("°s w/v") .
When the deazapurines of the present invention are administered during intraocular surgical procedures, such as through retrobulbar or periocular injection and intraocular perfusion or injection, the use of balanced salt irrigating solutions as vehicles are most preferred. BSS° Sterile Irrigating Solution and BSS Plus Sterile Intraocular Irrigating Solution (Alcon Laboratories, Inc., Fort Worth, Texas, USA) are examples of physiologically balanced intraocular irrigating solutions. The latter type of solution is described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,550,022 (Garabedian, et a1.), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated in the present specification by reference. Retrobulbar and periocular injections are known to those skilled in the art and are described in numerous publications inc_ud_:,g, fcr example, Ophthalmic Surgery: Principles of Practice, Ec., L. Spaeth. W. B. Sanders Co., Philadelphia, Pa., LT.S.A., pages 85-87 (1990).
As indicated above, use of deazapurines to prevent cr ~e~~,:ce damage to retinal and optic nerve head tissues at the cellular level is a particularly important aspect of one embodiment of the invention. Ophthalmic conditions which may be treated include, but are not limited to, retinopathies, macular degeneration, ocular ischemia, glaucoma, and damage associated with injuries to ophthalmic tissues, such as ischemia reperfusion injuries, photochemical injuries, and injuries associated with ocular surgery, particularly injuries to the retina or optic nerve head by exposure to light or surgical instruments. The compounds may also be used as an adjunct to ophthalmic surgery, such as by vitreal or subconjunctival injection following ophthalmic surgery.
The compounds may be used for acute treatment of temporary conditions, or may be administered chronically, especially in the case of degenerative disease. The compounds may also be used prophylactically, especially prior to ocular surgery or noninvasive ophthalmic procedures, or other types of surgery.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention suitable for parenteral administration comprise one or more compounds of the invention in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions~or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers which may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, aad the _ike), a-~
suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. P=ope_ fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance o~
the required particle size in the case of dispersions, a.~.:: by the use of surfactants.
These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as 10 preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to 1~ include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material having poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally-administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the subject compounds in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular~polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled.
Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the d.;:~ _..
liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with bodes tissue.
The preparations of the present invention may be c_ve~
orally, parenterally, topically, or rectally. They are o~
course given by forms suitable for each admiristra~ion route.
For example, they are administered in tablets or capsule form, by injection, inhalation, eye lotion, ointment, suppository, etc. administration by injection, infusion or inhalation; topical by lotion or ointment; and rectal by suppositories. Oral administration is preferred.
The phrases "parenteral administration" and "administered parenterally" as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous,. subcuticular, intraarticular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrasternal injection and infusion.
The phrases "systemic administration," "administered systematically," "peripheral administration" and "administered peripherally" as used herein mean the administration of a compound, drug or other material other than directly into the central nervous system, such that it enters the patient's system and, thus, is subject to metabolism and other like processes, . for example, subcutaneous administration.
These compounds may be administered to humans and other animals for therapy by any suitable route of administration, including orally, nasally, as by, for example, 'a spray, rectally, intravaginally, parenterally, intracisternally and topically, as by powders, ointments or drops, including buccally and sublingually.
Regardless of the route of administration seiec~ed, compounds of the present invention, which may be Lsec .r. a suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceu~i~ai compositions of the present invention, are formu'_a~ed in~c pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by corve:~tional methods known to those of skill in the art.
Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be va=ied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
1~ The selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound of the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compound employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
A physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required For example, the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
In general, a suitable daily dose of a compound of the invention will be that amount of the compound which is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the =aches~
described above. Generally, intravenous and subc~,:taneo::s doses of the compounds of this invention for a patient, whey.
used for the indicated analgesic effects, wil'_ range 'rom about 0.0001 to about 200 mg per kilogram of body weighs per day, more preferably from about 0.01 to about 150 mQ per kg per day, and still more preferably from about 0.2 to about 140 mg per kg per day.
If desired, the effective daily dose of the active compound may be administered as two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered separately at appropriate intervals throughout the day, optionally, in unit dosage forms.
1~ While it is possible for a compound of the present invention to be administered alone, it is preferable to administer the compound as a pharmaceutical composition.
The present invention also pertains to packaged pharmaceutical compositions for treating a N-6 substituted 7 deazapurine responsive state, e.g., undesirable increased adenosine receptor activity in a mammal. The packaged pharmaceutical compositions include a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of at least one deazapurine as described supra and instructions for using the deazapurine for treating the deazapurine responsive state in the mammal.
The deazapurines of the invention can be prepared using standard methods for organic synthesis. Deazapurines can be purified by reverse phase HPLC, chromatography, recrystallization, etc. and their structures confirmed by mass spectral analysis, elemental analysis, IR and/or NMR
spectroscopy.
Typically, synthesis of the intermediates as well as the deazapurines of the invention is performed in solution. The addition and removal of one or more protecting group is also typical practice and is known to those skilled i~ t:~e a. ~ .
Typical synthetic schemes for the preparation of deazap;:r_~e intermediates of the invention are outlined below in Scheme I.
This invention further provides a compound having the structure !IV):
NH-R~
Ra N
N
Ar N H
Iv wherein R: is trans-4-hydroxy cyclohexyl, 2-methylamino carbonylamino cyclohexyl, acetylamino ethyl, or methylamino carbonylamino ethyl;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring, phenyl, pyrrole, thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, 2(1H)-pyridone, 4(1H)-pyridone, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxazole, tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, 1H-indole, indoline, benzopyrazole, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzoxazole, purine, coumarin, chromone, ~ quinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, isoquinoline, . benzimidazole, quinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,2-c]pyridazine, purido[3,4-b]-pyridine, 1H-pyrazole[3,4-d]pyrimidine, pteridine, 2(1H)-quinolone, 1(2H)-isoquinolone, 1,4-benzisoxazine, benzothiazole, quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide, quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine, phthalazine, cinnoline, or having a structure ,, wherein Y is carbon or nitrogen;
10 wherein R. and R.' are independently H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, halogen, methoxy, methyl amino, or methyl thio; wherein R. is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl 1~ is -C (R7 ) (R: ) XR_, wherein X is 0, S, or NR~, wherein R-and R~ are each independently H or alkyl, wherein R~ and Ro are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or NRsRe is a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members;
wherein R< is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a prodrug derivative, or a biologically active metabolite, with proviso that when R. acetylamino ethyl, Ar is not 4 pyridyl.
In one embodiment of the compound having structure IV, NRsRc is a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members which is selected from the group consisting of:
\O
~s~~~ m ~~~J
wherein m is o, i, or 2, n5 \N
wherein n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; wherein Re is hydrogen, -OH, -CHzOH, -C (=O) NRsRio, NHRii; wherein Rii is -C (=O) CHa, or -SOzMe, or ~NR
3o wherein R is H, alkyl, or aryl.
J
In another embodiment of the compound having struc~::_e T_V, Ar has the structure:
Rz to Y
15 wherein Y is carbon or nitrogen; wherein Rz is H, or halogen, -0-alkyl group, amine group, or sulfide group;
wherein R3 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said 20 substituted alkyl is -C (R~ ) (Re ) NR:Rs, wherein R~ and Rs are each independently H or alkyl, wherein Rs and R are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or Rs, Rs and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members.
2j In another embodiment of the compound, Y is carbon.
In another embodiment of the compound, R. is hydrogen.
30 In another embodiment of the compound, Ra is hydrogen.
In another embodiment of the compound, Ra is hydrogen.
In another embodiment of the compound, R3 and R9 are each 35 methyl.
In another embodiment of the compound, R3 is -C (R-) (Re) NRsRE, wherein R, and Re are each independently H or alkyl, wherein Rs and R are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R , and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubs~i~::~ed ring of between 4 and 7 members.
In another embodiment of the compound,.Rz is halogen.
In another embodiment of the compound, Y is nitrogen.
In yet another embodiment of the compound, Rz is hydrogen.
In a further embodiment of the compound, R~ and Rt are each hydrogen.
This invention also provides a compound having the structure (v>
V
wherein R: is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl;
wherein R~ is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,, or cycloalkyl;
wherein R3 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (R6) (R,) NR<R:, wherein Re and R~ are each H or alkyl, wherein R< and R~ are each alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R4 Rs and the nitrogen together form a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
Ii In one embodiment of the compound having structure t', R,t a::~
R- are each H; wherein Ra is H and Rs is -R:~C (=O! R.. .
In another embodiment of the compound.having structure V, and R- are each H; wherein the ring system is morpholino, thiomorpholino, N-4-substituted piperazino, 2-substituted piperazine, or Re substituted pyrrolidino, piperadine, wherein Re is H, OH, CH~OH, -C (=O) NRsR~o, NRm, wherein Ru is -C (=O? CH3 , -S02Me.
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the following structure:
F\
(Compound 706) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
''~~HN
CHI
N
~CH~
~F
~N N
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound ha= ~::e structure:
H~ii.,,.
'NH
(Compound 1318-a) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
~5 H
N
--.H
N~
(Compound 1318-b) In another embodiment of the compound, the compounc has t::e structure:
NII~~"...
OH
N
(Compound 1319) N
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
c1 (Compound 1320) HNl~iu~...
OH
N
N/ _N
H
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has structure:
HN .."~mnpH
N~
I N H
(Compound 1321) A compound having the structure:
NH
~NH
N
RZ rv H
VI
wherein RZ is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring; wherein R3 and R, are independently H, or alkyl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compounc has :.he structure:
CH ~
HN O
NH
CHI
N
~CH~
~N ~N
H
is (Compound 1500) 20 In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
30 ~~,~ % H' N
CHI
~N N
I H
In another embodiment of the compound, the composnd has ~::_ structure:
cH, HN' ~IN/N
~~H
NN
In another embodiment of compound 1500, the compound has the 15 structure:
In a further embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
CHI
HN' 'O
~Ir/"
',,~~~NH
',~'~~H
NII
This invention also provides a compound having the st=uc_u=e:
NH
RZ
VII
wherein Rz is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring; wherein R;
and R~ are independently H, or alkyl; alkyl; with the proviso that RZ is not 4-pyridyl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HOC O
HN
NH
N _' I
N
(Compound 1501) This invention further provides a compound havirc ~~e structure:
O
NH
HN NH CHg I Ra N
VIII
1~ wherein R, is a substituted 5-6 membered aromatic ring;
wherein R: and R~ are independently H, or alkyl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
~NH
HN~ NH-CHI
N 'N
H
(Compound 1520) This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
HO~~~~~,.
NH
X
IX
1~
wherein RZ is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring; wherein X is oxygen, or sulfur.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
,a ~ .
35 (Compound 1503) This invention also provides a compound having the st=uc:.u=~:
HO
J
.~,~~~~~NH
' X
X
wherein RZ is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring; wherein X is oxygen, or sulfur.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
'75 ..I ,~~~~~NH
35 (Compound 1504) This invention further provides a method for __eati..~.c a disease associated with A= adenosine receptor in a su~iec~, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutica'_1~~
effective amount of a compound having.the formula =V, V, V;, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
In one embodiment of the method, the subject is a mammal. In another embodiment of the method, the mammal is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the A~ adenosine receptor is associated with cognitive disease, renal failure, cardiac arrhythmias, respiratory epithelia, transmitter release, sedation, vasoconstriction, bradycardia, negative cardiac inotropy and dromotropy, branchoconstriction, neutropil chemotaxis, reflux condition, or ulcerative condition.
This invention also provides a combination therapy for asthma, comprising compounds IV and V, and a steroid, ~i2 agonist, glucocoticoid, lucotriene antagonist, or anticolinegic agonist. Diseases associated with adenosine Ai, P.za, A2b and A3 receptors are disclosed in WO 99/06053 and WO
09822465, WO-09705138, WO-09511681, WO-09733879, JP-09291089, PCT/US98/16053 and U.S. Patent No. 5,516,894, the entire content of which are fully incorporate herein by reference.
This invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of a compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X, wherein said water-soluble prodrug that is .metabolized in vivo to an active drug which selectively inhibit A~ adenosine receptor.
In orie embodiment of the prodrug, said prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
This invention further provides a method for inhibit'_ng tze activity of an A1 adenosine receptor in a celi, wr_c::
comprises contacting said cell with a compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
In one embodiment of the method, the compou~d is an antagonist of said A~ adenosine receptor.
This invention also provides for a method for treating a 10 gastrointestinal disorder in an subject, comprising administering to the an effective amount of a compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is diarrhea.
1~
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another method of the method, the compound is an antagonist of A~ adenosine receptors.
This invention also provides a method for treating respiratory disorder in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
2~
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory disorder. .
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said compound is an antagonist of Ai adenosine receptors.
This invention further provides a method for treating damage to the eye of a subject which comprises administering to said subject an effective amount of a compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
In one embodiment of the method, said damaa_e cor.;_or_ses retinal or optic nerve head damage.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is acute or chronic.
In another embodiment of the method, wherein said damage is the result of glaucoma, edema, ischemia, hypoxia or trauma.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of A~ adenosine receptors.
This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat a respiratory disorder or a gastrointestinal disorder.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said gastrointestinal disorder is diarrhea.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said respiratory disorder is asthma, allergic rhinitis, or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
In yet another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formu~atio::.
In a further embodiment of the pharmaceutical p_eparatio:., said pharmaceutical composition is ~a surgical ___iga~_ng solution.
This invention also provides a packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with Ai adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising: (a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of an adenosine A1 specific compound; and (b) instructions for using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
As used herein, °A compound is A1 selective." means that a compound has a binding constant to adenosine A1 receptor of at least ten time higher then that to adenosine A~a, A~b or A3.
This invention also provides a method of preparing the.
compound having structure IV, comprising the steps of CN R, a) reacting O
HZN N Ra and Ar P
NC R, O
to provide Ar ~N~ ~Ra P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide OH
N~
~R3 Ar N N
H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide CI Rs N
NrR~ : and Ar N H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NH2R1 to provide NHR~
Ra N
~R3 Ar N/
wherein R: is trarls-4-hydroxy cyclohexyl, 2-methylamino carbonylamino cyclohexyl, acetylamino ethyl, or methylamino carbonylamino ethyl;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring;
wherein R< is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a prodrug derivative, or a biologically active metabolite; with the proviso that when R: is acetylamino ethyl, Ar is not 4-pyridyl.
1~
This invention also provides a method of preparing the compound having structure V, comprising the steps of CN Rz a) reacting O
HzN N Ra and Ar P
NC Rz O
to provide Ar ~N~ ~Ra P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide OH R
Z
N ~
~R~
Ar N NN
H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide CI R
z N
N,"'-Ra ; and Ar N H
HOi~~~~~, d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NHR, NH=
to provide N
Ar wherein R. is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl;
wherein R is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein R3 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (Rs) (R-) NR;R:, wherein Re and R- are each H or alkyl, wherein R; and R~ are each alkyl or cycloalkyl, or NR;R= is a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
Compounds represented by formula VI, VII, and VIII can be synthesized by any of the Schemes I-VIII. Compounds represented by formula IX, and X can be prepared by Scheme IX.
The invention is further illustrated by the following examples which in no way should be construed as being further limiting. The contents of all references, pending patent applications and published patent applications, cited throughout this application, including those referenced in the background section, are hereby incorporated by reference.
It should be understood that the models used throughout the examples are accepted models and that the demonstration of efficacy in these models is predictive of efficacy in humans.
This invention will be better understood from the Experimental Details which follow. However, one skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the specific methods and results discussed are merely illustrative of the invention as described more fully in the claims which follow thereafter.
The deazapurines of the invention can be prepared usi.~.c standard methods for organic synthesis. Deazapurines car. be purified by reverse phase HPLC, chromatography, recrystallization, etc. and their structures cor.rirmed by mass spectral analysis, elemental analysis, IR and/or NMR
spectroscopy.
Typically, synthesis of the intermediates as well as the deazapurines of the invention is performed in solution. The addition and removal of one or more protecting group is also typical practice and is known to those skilled in the art .
Typical synthetic schemes for the preparation of deazapurine intermediates of the invention are outlined below in Scheme I .
Scheme I
NC
Rs NC
O
O
R
HEN N s R~ Rs X R N N
M Ph pyridine. CH:CI= HM Ph X= halide O
H
MeOH. H:SO, ~ PPA
Rs --.-~N N I10° C
R~
Me Ph c~
N ~ ~~- Rs POCI, ~ /
NH
I OS° C R~ N
wherein R3, R5 and Rd are as defined above.
In general, a protected 2-amino-3-cyano-pyrrole ca~ be treated with an acyl halide to form a carboxyamido-3-cyano-pyrrole which can be treated with acidic methanol to effect ring closure to a pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine-4 (3H) -one (Mul ler , C.E. et al. J. Med. Chem. 40:4396 (1997)). Removal of the pyrrolo protecting group followed by treatment with a chlorinating reagent, e.g., phosphorous oxychloride, produced substituted or unsubstituted 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidines. Treatment of the chloropyrimidine with amines afforded 7-deazapurines.
For example, as shown in Scheme I, a N-(1-d1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-cyano-pyrrole was treated with an acyl halide in pyridine and dichloromethane. The resultant N-(1-dl-phenylethyl)-2-phenylcarboxyamido-3-cyano-pyrrole was treated with a 10:1 mixture of methanol/sulfuric acid to effect ring closure, resulting in a dI-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine-4 (3H) -one. Removal of the phenylethyl group by treatment of the pyrimidine with polyphosphoric acid (PPA) followed by POC13 afforded a key intermediate, the 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
Further treatment of the 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine with various amines listed in Table 1 gives compounds of formula (I) and (II) .
R M- + H R N.- ~ H
343.2 35.27 N ~ 'NH
I N/ vn~~
I
343.18 430.35 i I
337.21 ~ 359.44 ~N
NN
ww OH
364.19 404.32 M
~ 'N
M ' VA
I
N
O NN-''''~ NO:
N 330.18 \ 330.45 HN ~ ~N
i H i N
~ 347.22 i 339.47 I N v \ N
N
I
350.28 353.41 a'I
344.19 0 324.4=
NH
~ ww HN~
i N
o / 394.16 / 359.38 ~~~~ ~/
o 371.12 379.40 N
~~N
Nhf-359.39 387.41 -NN
N~~_ ON
403.33 344.48 N
N NN
'..~~''bN N/
351.49 337.53 Nfe-~- -yHN
..,...
~~~OH HO~~~
330.37 295.2 I N' ~N
N ~ H
407.23 32=.~
/~N
H
I \
G
355.45 N~ 337.53 NN' ...4i~
f~/~~ / I 441.33 0 350.2 ~N \
~~ N
N
413.24 ~ 343.2 N
N
H
~N ,N
/ 372.48 /°N 373.2 ~\ ~N ~ ~ ~ v N
N
hi 307.2 /N
A general approach to prepare 6-substituted pyrroles is depicted in the following scheme (Scheme II).
Scheme II
~o 0- + oi~ o-R, --r Rs NG NC
O
~ off NH
R * ~ HCh N ~ ~s0 O R, NH, IJ
NC R N NHIO
OH
H
N ~ ~ Rs ----~ N ---N
~N
R, I HCI R, ~ H H
NR,R~
H
N~ I
Rs ~N~ N
R, H
wherein R1 through RS are as defined above.
Transesterification and alkylation of ethyl cyanoacetate with an a-haloketone affords a ketomethylester. Protection of the ketone followed by treatment with an amidine (e. g., alkyl, aryl or alkylaryl) hydrochloride produced the resultant ketal protected pyrimidine. Removal of the protecting group, followed by cyclization and treatment with phosphorous oxychloride afforded the chloride intermediate which could be further treated with an amine to afford an amine 6-substituted pyrrole. Additionally, alkylation of the py_=c_=_ nitrogen can be achieved under art recognized conditions.
A general approach to prepare 5-substituted pyrroles is S depicted in the following scheme (Scheme III).
Scheme III
O NC CN NC CN
I O NC CN ~ ~ ----.-R Br R~
s R~
Br NC R NC Rs s -~ / \ - -- ~ / \
1S ~
R~~CI R~ N ~H
NN= N H
R
R
CI
R~
~0 N
\N N
R~
N
NR,RT R
s 2S N ~ H
~ N
R~~N
Fi 30 wherein R1 through R6 are defined as above and R is a removable protecting group.
Condensation of malononitrile and an excess of a ketone followed by bromination of the product afforded a mixture of 3S starting material, monobrominated and dibrominated.products which were treated with an alkylamine, arylamine or alkylarylamine. The resultant amine product was acylated with an acid chloride and the monacylated pyrrole was cyclized in the presence of acid to afford the corresponc_.-.c pyrimidine. The pyrrole protecting group was removed w=~..
polyphosphoric acid and treated with phosphorous oxychloride to produce a chlorinated product. The chlorinated py=role could subsequently be treated with an~ amine to p=oduce an amino 5-substituted pyrrole. Alkylation of the pyr~ole nitrogen can be achieved under art recognized conditions.
Schemes IV and V depict methods for preparing the deazapurines 1 and 2 of the invention.
HO
HO
NH
NH Re H
N
N / /
~ ~H
~r N
N/ _N/ N H
wherein RS and R6 are as described above, e.g., CH3.
Specific Preparation of 6-methyl nvrroloflvrim;r~~npa.
The key reaction toward 6-methylpyrrolopyrimidines (1) [RS =
CH3] was cyclization of a cyanoacetate with benzamidine to a pyrimidine. It was believed methyl cyanoacetate would cyclize more efficiently with benzamidine to a pyrimidine than the corresponding ethyl ester. ' Therefore, transesterification and alkylation of ethyl cyanoacetate in the presence of NaOMe and an excess of an a-haloacetyl moiety', e.g., chloroacetone, gave the desired methyl ester (3) in 79% yield (Scheme IV). The ketoester (3) was protected as the acetal (4) in 81% yield. A new cyclization method to the pyrimidine (5) was achieved with an amidine hydrochloride, e.g., benzamidine hydrochloride, with 2 equivalents of DBU to afford the 5 in 54% isolated yie_::.
This method improves the yield from 20% using the published conditions, which utilizes NaOMe during the cyclization with guanidine. C~rclization to the pyrrole-pyrimidine (6) was S achieved via deprotection of the acetal in aqueous HCl in '78%
yield. Reaction of (6) with phosphorous oxychloride at reflux gave the corresponding 4-chloro derivative (7). Coupling with traps-4-aminocyclohexanol in dimethyl sulfoxide at 135°C
gave (1) in 57o from (7). One skilled in the art will 10 appreciate that choice of reagents allows for great flexibility in choosing the desired substituent R5.
Scheme IV
o c~
NG
!IN
°"
NN= N ~ O
HC.
~N NN
o~
NO
NN
N
_ N
N I
H
\ 1 Knoevengel condensation of malononitrile and an excess ketone, e.g., acetone in refluxing benzene gave a in 50°s yield after distillation. Bromination of 8 with N-S bromosuccinimde in the presence of benzoyl peroxide in chloroform yielded a mixture of starting material, mono- (9), and di-brominated products (5/90/5) after distillation (COs>.
The mixture was reacted with an a-methylalkylamine or a-methylarylamine, e.9., a-methylbenzylamine, to deliver the aminopyrrole (10). After passing through a short silica gel column, the partially purified amine (31% yield) was acylated with an acid chloride, e.g., benzoyl chloride to deliver mono- (11), and diacylated (12) pyrroles, which were separated by flash chromatography. Acid hydrolysis of the disubstituted pyrrole (12) generated a combined yield of 29%
for the acylpyrrole (11). Cyclization in the presence of concentrated sulphuric acid and DMF yielded (13) (23°s), which was deprotected with polyphosphoric acid to (14). Reaction of (14) with phosphorous oxychloride at reflux gave the corresponding 4-chloro derivative (15). Coupling with trans-4-aminocyclohexanol in dimethyl sulfoxide at 135°C gave (2) [R6 = CH3) in 30% from (14) (See Scheme V). One skilled in the art will appreciate that choice of reagents allows for great flexibility in choosing the desired substituent R6.
Scheme V
O NC~CH NC CN NC CN
NC~CN ~ _ & Br Br O
/ \c H ~ -a NC NC
12 ~
H
H ~ N N
\N N
O 1l OH
OH
N/
~H
N
H -~. / ~N N
\N . I 1~ H
--~ 2 Alternative S~~thetic Route to Ro-SubstitLted Pt-~ro~es a g This alternative route to R6-substituted pyrroles, e.g., methylpyrrolopyrimidines, involves transesterification and alkylation of ethyl cyanoacetate to (16) (Scheme vI). The condensation of (16) with benzamidine hydrochloride with 2 equivalents of DBU affords the pyrimidine (17). Cyclization to the pyrrole-pyrimidine (14) will be achieved via deprotection of the acetal in. aqueous HC1. Reaction of (14) with phosphorous oxychloride at reflux gave the corresponding 4-chloro derivative (15). Coupling with trans-4-aminocyclohexanol in dimethyl sulfoxide at 135°C gives 2.
This procedure reduces the number of synthetic reactions to the target compound (2) from 9 to 4 steps. Moreover, the yield is dramatically improved. Again, one skilled in the art will appreciate that choice of reagents allows for great flexibility in choosing the desired substituent R6.
Scheme VI
ci o ~o NC
NH
~ NHZ
I N
OH
N ~N
H
NR~RZ H
A general approach to prepare des-methyl pyrrole is depicted N ~
in the following scheme (Scheme VII) ~N N
Rs H
Scheme VII
Et ~
O
O ~ er~\~ ~ t ~~..// 0 Et NC v~Et R~ ~NHZ
Ra .._. R; .__.
HNR ~ R, R~
H
wherein R1 through R3 are defined as above.
Alkylation of an alkyl cyanoacetate with a diethyl acetal in the presence of a base afforded a cyano diethyl acetal which was treated with an amidine salt to produce a methyl pyrrolopyrimidine precursor. The precursor was chlorinated and treated with an amine to form the des-methyl pyrrolopyrimidine target as shown above.
For example, Scheme VIII depicts the synthesis of compound (18) .
Scheme VIII
Et ~O
O
O
O B~ O-Et O
t NC
NC O~Et \NH~ / C~ H
N H
IS ~ ~ N
--~ ~ ~N N H
~N N
H ( ~ ~ HCI
?1 H
OH
NH
N~
~H
~N N
18 ~ .
Commercially available methyl cyanoacetate was alkylated with bromoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal in the presence of potassium carbonate and NaI to yield (19). Cyclization to the pyrimidine (20) was achieved in two steps. Initially, the pyrimidine-acetal was formed via reaction of (19) with benzamidine hydrochloride with 2 equivalents of DBU. The resultant pyrimidine-acetal was deprotected without purification with aqueous 1 N HC1 and the resultant aldehvde cyclized to the pyrrolo-pyrimidine (20), which was isolated by filtration. Reaction of (20) with phosphorous oxychloride at reflex afforded the corresponding 4-chloro derivative (21). Coupling of the chloro derivative with trans-4-aminocyclohexanol in DMSO at 135°C gave compound (18) from compound (21).
Schemes II-VIII demonstrate that it is possible to functionalize the 5- and 6-position of the pyrrolopyrimidine ring. Through the use of different starting reagents and slight modifications of the above reaction schemes, various functional groups can be introduced at the 5- and 6-positions in formula (I) and (II). Table 2 illustrates some examples.
Table 2. Selected list of 5- and 6-substituted pyrrolopyrimidines.
Starting Rea ent RS R~
/o ~ H
° H Substituted Ar 0 o H CH2C(O)OCH3 o ° C (O) OCH3 CH3 i a 0 o C (O) NHCH3 CH3 H
A skilled artisan will know that metabolism of the com~ouncs disclosed herein in a subject produces certain biologically active metabolites which can serve as. drugs.
The invention is further illustrated by the following examples which in no way should be construed as being further limiting. The contents of all references, pending patent applications and published patent applications, cited throughout this application, including those referenced in the background section, are hereby incorporated by reference.
It should be understood that the models used throughout the examples are accepted models and that the demonstration of efficacy in these models is predictive of efficacy in humans.
~.~~~ ~ ficat? on Preparation 1:
A modification of the alkylation method of Seel a and Li:pke was used.l To an ice-cooled (0'C) solution o' e~~:yi .. $ cyanoacetate (6.58 g, 58.1 mmol) in .MeOH (20 mL) was slowly added a solution of NaOMe (25% w/v; 58.1 mmol). A-ter 10 min, chloroacetone (5 mL; 62.8 mmol) was slowly added. After 4 h, the solvent was removed. The brown oil was diluted the EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with H20 (100 mL). The organic fraction was dried, filtered, and concentrated to a brown oil (7.79 g; 79%). The oil (3) (Scheme IV) was a mixture of methyl/ethyl ester products (9/1), and was used without further purification. 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_4.24 (q, J
- 7.2 Hz, OCHZ), 3.91 (dd, 1H, J = 7.2, 7.0 Hz, CH), 3.62 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.42 (dd, 1H, J = 15.0, 7.1 Hz, 1 x CH2); 3.02 (dd, 1H, J = 15.0, 7.0 Hz, 1 x CH2); 2.44 (s, 3H, CH3), 1.26 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, ester-CH3).
lSeela, F.; Lupke, U. Chem. Ber. 1977, 110, 1462-1469.
Preparation 2:
The procedure of Seela and Lupke was used.l Thus, protection of the ketone (3) (Scheme IV; 5.0 g, 32.2 mmol) with ethylene glycol (4 mL, 64.4 mmol) in the presence of TsOH (100 mg) of forded (4 ) as an oil (Scheme IV; 5 . 2 g, 81. 0 ) after f lash chromatography (Si02; 3/7 EtOAc/Hex, Rf 0.35). Still contains -5% ethyl ester: 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 4.24 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, OCHZ), 3.98 (s, 4H, 2 x acetal-CH2), 3.79 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.62 (dd, 1H, J = 7.2, 7.0 Hz, CH), 2.48 (dd, 1H, J = 15.0, 7 . 1 Hz, 1 x CH2 ) , 2 . 32 (dd, 1H, J = 15 . 0, 7 . 0 Hz, 1 x CH2 ) ;
1.35 (s, 3H, CH3) , 1.26 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, ester-CH3) ; MS (ES) 200.1 (M'+1) .
-Seela, F.; Lupke, U. Chem. Ber. 1977, 110, 1462-1469.
Preparation 3:
A solution of acetal (4) (Scheme IV, 1 g, 5.02 mmcl;, benzamidine (786 mg, 5.02 mmol), and DBU (1.5 mL, 10.04 mmol!
in dry DMF .(15 mL) was heated to 85°C for 15 h. The mixture 5 was diluted with CHC13 (30 mL) and washed with 0.5 h Na;i: (10 mL) and H20 (20 mL). The organic fraction was dried, Fil~ered and concentrated to a brown oil. Flash chromatography (SiO~;
1/9 EtOAc/CH2C12, Rf 0.35) was attempted, but material crystallized on the column. The silica gel was washed with 10 MeOH. Fractions containing the product (5) (Scheme IV) were concentrated and used without further purification (783 mg, 54.3%) : 1H NN~t (200 I~iz, CDC13) S 8.24 (m, 2H, A_Y-H) , 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 5.24 (br s, 2H, NH2), 3.98 (s, 4H, 2 x acetal CH2), 3.60-3.15 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.38 (s, 3H, CH3); MS (ES):
15 288.1 (M'+1) .
Preparation of compound (20) (Scheme VIII): A solution of acetal (19) (4.43 g, 20.6 mmol)1, benzamine hydrochloride (3.22 g, 20.6 mmol), and DBU (6.15 mL, 41.2 mmol) in dry DMF
20 (20 mL) was heated to 85°C for fifteen hours. The mixture was diluted with 100mL of CHC1,, and washed with H_O (2 x 50 mL).
The organic fraction was dried, filtered, and concentrated to a dark brown oil. The dark brown oil was stirred in 1N HC1 (100 mL) ..for 2 hours at room temperature. The resulting 25 slurry was filtered yielding the HC1 salt of (20) as a tan solid (3 .60 g, 70.6°x) ; 1H NNfft (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) 11.92 (s 1H) , 8.05 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 7.05 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H) ; MS (ES) : 212.1 (M'+1) .
30 Preparation 4:
A solution of acetal (5) (700 mg, 2.44 mmol) in 1 N HC1 (40 mL) was stirred for 2 h at RT. The resultant slurry was filtered yielding the HC1 salt of 2-phenyl-6-methyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one as a tan solid (498 mg, 35 78.0%): 1H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 11.78 (s, 1H), 8.05 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 6.17 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 2.25 (s, 3H, CH3) ; MS (ES) : 226.1 (M'+1) .
Preparation 5:
A modification of the Chen et a1. cyclization method was used.l To an ice-cooled (0°C) solution of bromide ;9), (Scheme V; 20.0 g, 108 mmol; 90% pure) in isopropyl alcohol (60 mL) was slowly added a solution of a-methylbenzylarr,ine (12.5 mL, 97.3 mmol). The black solution was allowed to warm to RT and stir for 15 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed with 0.5 N NaOH (50 mL). The organic fraction was dried, filtered, and concentrated to a black tar (19.2 g; 94%). The residue was partially purified by flash chromatography (Si02; 4/96 MeOH/CH2C12, Rf 0.35) to a black solid (6.38 g, 31%) as the compound d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-cyano-4-methylpyrrole: MS (ES): 226.1 (M-+1).
'Chen, Y. L.; Mansbach, R. S.; Winter, S. M.; Brooks, E.;
Collins, J.; Corman, M. L.; Dunaiskis, A. R.; Faraci, W. S.;
Gallaschun, R. J.; Schmidt, A.; Schulz, D. W. J. Med. Chem.
1997, 40, 1749-1754.
Preparation 6:
To a solution of d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole' (14.9 g, 62.5 mmol) and pyridine (10.0 mL) in dichloromethane (50.0 mL) was added benzoyl chloride (9.37 g, 66.7 mmol) at 0'C. After stirring at 0°C for 1 hr, hexane (10.0 mL) was added to help precipitation of product.
Solvent was removed in vacuo and the solid was recrystallized from EtOH/H,O to give 13.9 g (65%) of dI-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-phenylcarbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole. mp 218-221°C;
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b_1 .72 (s, 3H) , 1.76 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 5.52 (q, J - 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.54 (m, 9H), 7.68-7.72 (dd, J = 1.4 Hz, 6.9 Hz , 2H), 10.73 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 344.4 (M'+1) .
' Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1986, 1485-1505.
The following compounds were obtained in a similar mar.:~e_.
Preparation 6A:
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(3-pyridyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-S dimethylpyrrole.'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) S_1.83 (d, J - 6.B Hz, 3H) , 2.02 (s, 3H) , 2.12 (s, 3H) , 5.50 (q, J - 6.8 Hz, 1H) , 7.14-7.42 (m, 5H), 8.08 (m, 2H), 8.75 (m, 3H); MS (ES): 345.2 (M'+1) .
dI-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(2-furyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole. 'H NM~t (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.84 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H) , 1.92 (s, 3H) , 2. 09 (s, 3H) , 5.49 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H) , 6.54 (dd, J - 1.8 Hz, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.47 (m, 7H); MS
(ES): 334.2 (M'+1), 230.1.
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(3-furyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 1.80 (d, J = 7 Hz 3H), 1.89 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 5.48 (q, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.40 (m, 6H), 7.93 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 334.1 (M'+1) , 230Ø
dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-cyclopentylcarbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole.-H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 1.82 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1,88 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 1.63-1.85 (m, 8H), 2.63 (m, 1H) , 5.43 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H) , 6 .52 (s, 1H) , 7.05-7.20 (m, 5H) ; MS (ES) : 336.3 (M'+1) .
dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(2-thieyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole, 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) S 1.82 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 5.49 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7. 05-7.55 (m, 8H) ; MS (ES) : 350.1 (M~+1) , 246. 0.
dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(3-thienyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole.
'H NN~t (200 MHz, CDCl~) b 1.83 (d, J = 7. 0 Hz, 3H) , 1.99 (s, 3H) , 2 . 12 (s, 3H) , 5.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H) , 6.90 (m, 1H) , 7.18-7.36 (m, 6H), 7.79 (m, 1H); MS (ES): 350.2 (M~+1), 246.1.
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)carbonylamino-3-cva::c-4,5-dimethylpyrrole.
iH NMR (200 MHz, CDClz) S 1.83 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H) , 1. 96 (s, 3H) , 2.08 (s, 3H) , 5.51 (q. J - 7.4 Hz, 1H) , 7.10'-7.55 (m, 9H) ; MS (ES) : 362.2 (M'+1) , 258.1.
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(3-fluorophenyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole.
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1.83 (d, J = 7.4 Hz 3H) , 1. 97 (s, 3H) , 2.10 (s, 3H) , 5.50 (q, J = 7.4 H2, 1H) , 7. 05-7.38 !m, 7 H), 7.67-7.74 (m, 2H); MS (ES): 362.2 (M'+1), 258.1.
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(2-fluorophenyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4, 5-dimethylpyrrole. 'H NNLR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.85 (d, J -7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 5.50 (q, J = 7.2 hz, 1H), 7.12-7.35 (m, 6H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.77 (m, 1H), 8.13 (m, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 362.2 (M'+1) , 258. 0.
dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-isoproylcarbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole.~H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.19 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H), 1.82(d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 5.39 (m, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 7.11-7.36 (m, 5H); MS (ES): 310.2 (M'+1), 206.1 .
In the case of acylation of d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-cyano-4-methylpyrrole, monoacylated dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-benzoylamino-3-cyano-4-dimethylpyrrole and diacylated pyrrole d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-dibenzoylamino-3-cyano-4-~methylpyrrole were obtained. Monoacylated pyrrole: 1H NNgt (200 MHz, CDC13) b_7.69 (d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz, Ar-H), 7.58-7.12 (m, 8H, Ar-H), 6.18 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 5.52 (q, 1H, J = 7.2 Hz, Cg-CH3), 2.05 (s, 3H, pyrrole-CH3), 1.85 (d, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz, CH-C$3);
MS (ES): 330.2 (M'+1); Diacylated pyrrole: 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_7.85 (d, 2H, J = 7.7 Hz, Ar-H), 7.74 (d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz, Ar-H), 7.52-7.20 (m, 9H, Ar-H), 7.04 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 6.21 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 5.52 (q, 1H, J = 7.2 Hz, Cg-CH3), 1.77 (d, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz, CH-C$3), 1.74 (s, 3H, pyrrole-CH3); MS DES;:
434 .1 (M-+1 ) .
Preparation 7:
To a solution of dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-phenylcarboxyamido-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole (1.0 g, 2.92 mmol) in methanol (10.0 mL) was added concentrated sulfuric acid (1.0 mL) at 0'C. The resulted mixture was refluxed for 15 hr and cooled down to room temperature. The precipitate was filtered to give 0.48 g (48%) of d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl ) pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidin-4 ( 3H) -one . 'H NMR ( 200 MHz , CDC13) b_2.02 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 6.25 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.50 (m, 9H), 8.07-8.12 (dd, J = 3.4 Hz, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 10.51 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 344.2 (M'+1).
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Preparation 7:
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-pyridyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b-2.03 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 6.24 (q, J - 7.2 Hz, 1H) , 7.09-7.42 (m, 5H) , 8.48 (m, 2H) , 8.70 (m, 3H) ; MS (ES) : 345.1 (M'+1) .
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-furyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) S
1. 98 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 3H) , 1.99 (s, 3H) , 2.37 (s, 3H) , 6 .12 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (dd, J=1.8 Hz, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.55 (m, 7H) , 9.6 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 334.2 (M'+1) .
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-furyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) S 1 . 99 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 6.24 (q, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 334.2 (M'+1) .
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-cyclopentyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMFt (200 MHz, CJC13 ' b 1.95 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), _.66-1.88 (m, 8H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 6.10 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.30 (m, 5H) , 9.29 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 336.3 (M-+1) .
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-thienyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) 2.02(d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 6.13 (q, J - 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J = 4.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.32 (m, 5H) , 7.44 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H) , 8. O1 (d, J = 2. 8 Hz, 1H) 11.25 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 350.2 (M'+1) .
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-thienyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 2.00 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 6.24(q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H) , 7.24-7.33 (m, 5H) , 7.33-7.39 (m, 1H) , 7.85 (m, 1H) , 8.47 (m, 1H) , 12.01 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 350.2 (M'+1) .
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 2.01 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H) , 2.05 (s, 3H) , 2.42 (s, 3H) , 6.26 (q, J - 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.36 (m, 7H), 8.23-8.30 (m, 2H), 11.82 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 362.3 (M'+1) .
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 2. 02 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H) , 2.06 (s, 3H) , 2.44 ~ (s, 3H) , 6.29 (q, J - 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.51(m, 7H), 8.00-8.04 (m, 2H), 11.72 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 362.2 (M'+1) .
d1-5,.6-dimethyl-2-(2-fluorophenyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one . 'H NMR (200 MHz, . CDC13) b 2.00(d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 6.24 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18 - 7.45 (m, 8 H), 8.21 (m, 1H), 9.54 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 362.2 (M'+1) .
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-isopropyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)py==c_c [2, 3d]pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one.
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDCl:) b 1.30 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H) , 1.32 (d, J - 7.0 Hz, 3H) , 2.01 (s, 3H) , 2.34 (s, 3H) , 2.90 (m, 1H) , 6.13 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.34 (m, 5H), 10.16 (s, 1H); MS (ES):
310 . 2 (M'+1 ) .
Preparation 8:
A solution of d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-benzoylamino-3-cyano-4-dimethylpyrrole (785 mg, 2.38 mmol) with concentrated H~SOq (1 mL) in DMF (13 mL) was stirred at 130°C for 48 h. The black solution was diluted with CHC13 (100 mL) and washed with 1 N NaOH (30 mL), and brine (30 mL). The organic fraction was dried, filtered, concentrated, and purified by flash chromatography (Si02; 8/2 EtOAc/Hex, Ri 0.35) to a brown solid (184 mg, 24%) as dl-5-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_8.18 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.62-7.44 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 7.40-7. 18 (m, 5H, Ar-H) , 6.48 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H) , 6.28 (q, 1H, J
- 7.2 Hz, C~-CH3), 2.18 (s, 3H, pyrrole-CH3), 2.07 (d, 3H, J
- 7.2 Hz, CH-C~3) ; MS (ES) : 330.2 (M+ + 1) .
Preparation 9:
A mixture of dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole (9.60 g, 40.0 mmol) and of formic acid (50.0 mL, 98%) was refluxed for S.hr. After cooling down to room temperature and scratching the sides of flask, copious precipitate was formed and filtered. The material was washed with water until washings showed neutral pH to give dl-5,6-dimethyl-7H-7- (1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1. 96 (d, J = 7.4 hz, 3H) , 2.00 (s, 3H) , 2.38 (s, 3H) , 6.21 (q, J - 7.4 Hz, 1H) . 7:11-7.35 (m, 5H) , 7.81 (s, 1H) , 11.71 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 268.2 (M'+1) .
Preparation 10:
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) py----oi~
[2 , 3d] pyrimidin-4 ( 3H) -one ( 1. 0 g, 2 . 91 mmol ) was suspended i.~.
polyphosphoric acid (30.0 mL). The mixture was heated at 100'C
for 4 hr. The hot suspension was poured onto ice water, stirred vigorously to disperse suspension, and basified to pH
6 with solid KOH. The resulting solid was filtered and collected to give 0.49 g (69%) of 5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d~) b_2.17 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 7.45 (br, 3H), 8.07 (br, 2H,), 11.49 (s, 1H) , 11.82 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 344.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Preparation 10:
5-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. MS
(ES) : 226.0 (M'+1) .
5, 6-dimethyl-2- (3-pyridyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. MS (ES) : 241.1 (M'+1) .
5, 6-dimethyl-2- (2-furyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one.
'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.13 (s, 3H) , 2.18 (s, 3H) , 6.39 (dd, J = 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (dd, J = 1.8 Hz, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J - 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H,), 11.45 (s, 1H), 11.60 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 230.1 (M'+1).
5, 6-dimethyl-2- (3-furyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one.
'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 6.66 (s, 1H) , 7.78 (s, 1H) , 8.35 (s, 1H) , 11 .3 (s, 1H) , 11.4 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 230.1 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-cyclopentyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 1.57-1. 91 (m, 8 H) , 2.12 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 2.99 (m, 1H), 11.24 (s, 1H), 11.38 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 232.2 (M'+1).
5, 6-dimethyl-2- (2-thienyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidin-4 ;;:~; -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-de) b 2.14 (s, 3H) , 2.19 (s, 3H) , 7.14 (dd, J = 3.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 5.2 Hz 1H), 8.10 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 11.50 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 246.1 (M'+1).
5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-thienyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidin-4t3H)-one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.17 (s, 3H) , 2.21 (s, 3H) , 7.66(m, 1H), 7.75 (m, 1H), 8.43 (m, 1H), 11.47 (s, 1H), 11.69 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 246. 1 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.17 (s, 3H) , 2.21 (s, 3H), 7.31 (m, 2H), 8.12 (m, 2H), 11.47 (s, 1H); MS (ES):
258.2 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-dE) b 2.18 (s, 3H) , 2.21 (s, 3H), 7.33 (m, IH), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.95 (m, 2H), 11.56 (s, 1H) , 11.80 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 258.1 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.18 (s, 3H) , 2 .22 (s, 3H), 7.27-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.53 (m 1H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 11.54 (s, 1H) , 11.78 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 258.1 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-isopropyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d)pyrimidin-4(3H)-one.
'H NMIt (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 1.17 (d, J= 6 .6 Hz, 6H) , 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.81 (m, 1H), 11.20 (s, 1H), 11.39 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 206.1 (M'+1) .
5, 6-dimethyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one . 'H NMR
(200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.13 (s, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 7.65 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 164.0 (M'+1) .
Preparation 11:
A solution of 5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d) pyrimidin-4 ( 3H) -one ( 1. 0 g, 4 . 2 mmol ) in phospaor vs oxychloride (25.0 mL) was refluxed for 6 hr and the::
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. Water was added to the residue to induce crystallization and the resulting solid was filtered and collected to give 0.90 g (830) of 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-ds) b_2.33 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 7.46-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.30-8.35 (m, 2H) , 12.20 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 258.1 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Preparation 11:
4-chloro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS
(ES) : 244.0 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-6-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS
(ES) : 244.0 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8.35 (2, 2H), 7.63 (br s, 1H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 6.47 (br s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 230.0 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-pyridyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. MS (ES): 259.0 (M'+1).
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-furyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.35 (s; 3H) , 2.35 (s, 3H) , 6.68 (dd, J = 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J = 1.8 Hz; 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J = 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H); MS (ES): 248.0 (M'+1).
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-furyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
'H I~t (200 MHz, DMSO-dE) b 2.31 (s, 3H) , 2.31 (s, 3H) , 6.62 (s, 1H) , 7.78 (s, 1H) , 8.18 (s, 1H) , 12. 02 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) 248.1 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-cyclopentyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 1.61- 1.96 (m, 8H) , 2.27 (s, 3H) , 2.27 (s, 3H) , 3 .22 (m, 1H) , 11. 97 (s, lri) ; M=
(ES) : 250.1 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-thienyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine . 'H NN~ ( 2 0 0 MHz , DMSO-d6 ) b. 2 . 2 9 ( s , 3 H ) , 2 . 31 ( s , 3H), 7.14 (dd, J = 3.1 Hz, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H) , 7.82 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H) , 12.19 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 264 . 1 (M'+1 ) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-thienyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.32 (s, 3H) , 2.32 (s, 3H), 7.62 (dd, J = 3.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 1H); MS (ES): 264.0 (M'+1).
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.33 (s, 3H) , 2.33 (s, 3H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 8.34 (m, 2H), 12.11 (s, 1H); MS (ES):
276 . 1 . (M'+1 ) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NNfft (200 MHz, DMSO-do) b 2.31 (s, 3H) , 2.33 (s, 3H), 7.29(m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 8.14(m, 1H), 11.57 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 276.1 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.34 (s, 3H) , 2.34 (s, 3H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.99 (m, 1H), 12.23 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 276. 1 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-isopropyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
'H NNIR (200 MHz, DMSO-ds) b 1.24 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H) , 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 3.08 (q, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 11.95 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 224.0 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidine. 'H NMR
(200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 8.40 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 182.0 (M'+1) .
d1-4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethy_)pyr=c_o [2,3d]pyrimidine.
Preparation 12:
To a solution of d1-1,2-diaminopropane (1.48 g, 20.0 mmol) and sodium carbonate (2.73 g, 22.0 mmol) in dioxane (100.0 mL) and water (100.0 mL) was added di-tert-dicarbonate (4.80 g, 22.0 mmol) at room temperature. The resulted mixture was stirred for 14 hr. Dioxane was removed in vacuo. The precipitate was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was triturated with EtOAc and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness to give a mixture of d1-1-amino-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonylamino-propane and dl-2-amino-1-(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonylamino-propane which were not separable by normal chromatography method. The mixture was used for the reaction in Examt~le 8.
Preparation 13:
To solution of Fmoc-a-Ala-OH (1.0 g, 3.212 mmol) and oxalyl chloride (0.428 g, 0.29 mL, 3.373 mmol) in dichloromethane (20.0 mL) was added a few drops of N,N-dimethylformamide at 0"C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr followed by addition of cyclopropylmethylamine (0.229 g, 0.28 mL, 3.212 mmol) and triethylamine (0.65 g, 0.90 mL, 6.424 mmol). After 10 min, the mixture was treated with 1 M
hydrochloride (10.0 mL) and the aqueous mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 30.0 mL). The organic solution was concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was treated with a solution of 20% piperidine in N,N-dimethylforamide (20.0 mL) for 0.5 hr. After removal of the solvent in vacuo, the residue was treated with 1 M hydrochloride (20.O.mL) and ethyl acetate (20.0 mL) . The mixture was separated and the aqueous layer was basified with solid sodium hydroxide to pH
_ 8. The precipitate was removed by filtration and the aqueous solution was subjected to ion exchange column eluted with 20% pyridine to give 0.262 g (57%) cf I~-cyclopropylmethyl ~i-alanine amide. 'H NMR (200 MHz, cD~OC;
b-0.22 (m, 2H), 0.49 (m, 2H), 0.96 (m, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2. 92 (t, 2H) , 3 . 05 (d, 2H) ; MS (ES) : 143 . 1 (M-T1 ) .
Preparation 14:
N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-traps-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine.
traps-1,4-cyclonexyldiamine (6.08 g, 53.2 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (100mL). A solution of di-t-butyldicarbonate (2.32 g, 10.65 mmol in 40 mL
dichloromethane) was added via cannula. After 20 hours, the reaction was partitioned between CHC1, and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHC1 (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO"
filtered and concentrated to yield 1.20 g of a white solid (53%) . 'H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1,) : b 1.0-1.3 (m, 4H) , 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.8 -2.1 (m, 4H), 2.62 (brm, 1H), 3.40 (brs, 1H), 4.37 (brs, 1H0; MS (ES) : 215.2 (M'+1) .
4-(N-acetyl)-N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-traps-1,4-cyclohexyl diamine.
N-tent-butoxycarbonyl-traps-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine (530 mg, 2.47 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL). Acetic anhydride (250 mg, 2.60 mmol) was added dropwise. After 16 hours, the reaction was diluted with water and CHC13. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHC1; (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated. Recrystallization (EtOH/H_O) yielded 190 mg of white crystals ~(30%). 'H NMR
(200 MHz, CDC13): b 0.9 - 1.30 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.96-2.10 (m, 7H), 3.40 (brs, 1H), 3.70 (brs, 1H), 4.40 (brs, 1H), 4.40 , (brs, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 257.2 (M'+1) , 242.1 (M' - 15) , 201.1 (M' - 56 ) .
4-(4-traps-acetamidocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(N-acetyl)-N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-traps-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine (190 mg, 0.74 mmol), was dissclvec ...
dichloromethane (5 mL) and diluted with TFA (6 ml). Ate= ;_ hours, the reaction was concentrated. The crude solid, DMSC
(2mL), NaHCO, (200 mg, 2.2 mmol) and 4-chloro-5,6-dimethvl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine (35 mg, 0.14 mmol) were combined in a flask and heated to 130 °C. After 4.5 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and d=luted with EtOAc and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated.
Chromatography (silica preparatory plate; 20:1 CHCI::EtOH) yielded 0.3 mg of a tan solid (1% yield). MS (ES): 378.2 (M'+1) .
4-(N-methanesulfonyl)-N-tent-butoxycarbonyl-trans-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine.
trans-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine (530 mg, 2.47 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml) and diluted with pyridine (233 mg, 3z0 mmol). Methanesulfonyl chloride (300 mg, 2.60 mmol) was added dropwise. After 16 hours, the reaction was diluted with water and CHC1:. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHC1~ (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated. recrystallization (EtOH/H,O) yielded 206 mg of white crystals (29%). 'H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1,): b 1.10-1.40 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.00-2.20 (m, 4H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 3.20-3.50 (brs, 2H) , 4.37 (brs, 1H) ; MS (ES) 293.1 (M'+1) , 278.1 (M'-15 ) , 237 . 1 (M'-56 ) .
4-(4-trans-methanesulfamidocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(N-sulfonyl)-N-tent-butoxycarbonyl-trans-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine (206 mg, 0.71 mmol), was dissolved in dichloromethane (5m1) and diluted with TFA (6 ml). After 16 hours, the reaction was concentrated. The crude reaction mixture, DMSO (2 ml), NaHCO, (100 mg, 1.1 mmol) and 1-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine were combined in a flask and heated to 130 °C. After 15 hours, reaction was cooled to room temperature, and diluted w:~
EtOAc (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated. Chromatography (silica preparatory plate, 20:1 CHClj/EtOH) yielded 2.6 mg of a tar.
solid (5°s yield) . MS (ES) : 414.2 (M'+1) .
Example l:
A solution of 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]
pyrimidine (0:50 g, 1.94 mmol) and 4-traps-hydroxy cyclohexylamine (2.23 g, 19.4 mmol) in methyl sulfoxide (10.0 mL) was heated at 130°C for 5 hr. After cooling down to room temperature, water (10.0 mL) was added and the resulted aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x10.0 mL). The combined EtOAc solution was dried (MgSO,) and filtered, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness, the residue was chromatographed on silica gel to give 0.49 g (75%) of 4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine. mp 197-199°C; 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) S_1.25-1.59 (m, 8H) , 2. 08 (s, 3H) , 2.29 (s, 3H) , 3 .68-3. 79 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.88 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.40-8.44 (dd, J = 2.2, 8 Hz, 2H), 10.60 (s, 1H); MS
(ES) : 337.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner to that of Example 1:
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-6-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine.lH NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b-11.37 (s, 1H, pyrrole-NH), 8.45 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.55 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 6.17 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 4.90 (br d, 1H, NH), 4.18 (m, 1H, CH-O), 3.69 (m, 1H, CH-N), 2.40-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.19-1.98 (m, 2H), 2 .25 ~(s, 3H, CH3 ) 1. 68-1.20 (m, 4H) ; MS (ES) : 323 .2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.lH NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_11.37 (s, 1H, pyrrole-NH), 8.40 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 5.96 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H) , 4.90 (br d, 1H, NH) , 4.18 (m, lii, CH-C~ , 3.69 ,(m, 1H, CH-N), 2.38-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.18-1.98 (m, 2-), 2.00 (s, 3H, CH3) 1.68-1.20 (m, 4H) ; MS (ES) : 323.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]
pyrimidine. mp 245.5-246.5°C; 'H NMR (200MHz, CD,OD) b 8.33(m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.42 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 7.02 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz, pyrolle-H), 6.53 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz, pyrolle-H), 4.26 (m, 1H, CH-O), 3.62 (m,lH, CH-N), 2.30-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.12-1.96 (m, 2H) , 1.64-1.34 (m, 4H) ; MS, M+1=309.3; Anal (C::H_~N;O) C, H, N.
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-pyridyl) -7H-pyrrolo (2, 3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b_1.21-1.54 (m, BH); 2.28 (s, 3H); 2.33 (s, 3H); 3.70 (m, 1H) , 4. 31 (m, 1H) , 4. 89 (d, 1H) , 7.40 (m, 1H) , 8 .61 (m, 2H) , 9.64 (m, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
4-'(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-furyl)-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1;) b 1 . 26-1. 64 (m, 8H) , 2.22 (s, 3H) , 2.30 (s, 3H) , 3 . 72 (m, 1H) , 4.23 (m, 1H), 4.85 (d, 1H), 6.52(m, 1H), 7.12 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H) , 9.28 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 327.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-furyl)-7H-pyrrolo (2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1. 25-1.63 (m, 8 H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 3.71.(m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 4.84 (d, 1H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 7.45(m, 1H), 8.13(m, 1H) , 10.38 (m, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 327.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2 cyclopentyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. =H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1.26-2.04 (m, 16 H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.27 ~(s, 3H), 3.15(m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 4.75(d, 1H); MS
(ES) : 329.2 (M'+1) .
4- (4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl) amino-5, 6-dimethyl-2- (2-~.._e.~.~._v -7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidin-4-amine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC_3) 1.28-1.59 (m, 8H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.74 (m, 1H), 4.19 (m, 1H), 4.84 (d, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H) , 9.02 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 343 .2 (M-+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-thienyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) S 1.21-1.60 (m, 8H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 3.66 (m, 1H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.86 (m, 1H), 8.09 (m, 1H), 11.23 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 343.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.26- 1.66 (m, 8H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 3.73 (m, 1H) , 4.33 (m, 1H) , 4 .92 (d, 1H) , 7.13 (m, 2H) , 8.41 (m, 2H) , 11.14 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 355.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5 ,6-dimethyl-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) S 1.26-1.71 (m, 8H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.30(s, 3H), 3.72 (m, 1H) , 4 .30 (m, 1H) , 4 .90 (d, 1H) , 1H) 7.39 (m, 7. 09 (m, , 1H), 8.05 (m, 1H), 8.20 (m, 1H), 10.04 (s. 1H); MS (ES):
355.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2 fluorophenyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.30-1.64 (m, 8H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.73 (m, 1H) , 4.24 (m, 1H) , 4 . 82 (d, 1H) , 7.28 (m, 2H) , 8 .18 (m, 1H) , 9.02 (m, 1H) , 12.20 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 355.3 (M'+1) .
4-(4-~trans-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-isopropyl 7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b . 1.31 (d, J - 7.0 Hz, 6H), 1.30-1.65 (m, 8H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H) , 3 . O1 (m, J = 7. 0 Hz, 1H) , 3 . 71 (m, 1H) , 4 . 14 (m, 1H) , 4.78 (d, 1H); MS (ES): 303.2.
d1-4-(2-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dime:.'.'.~.vi-isopropyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine 'H NMR (200 M.uz, C~~I~) d 1.31-1.42 (br, 4H), 1.75-1.82 (br, 4H), 2.02 is, 3H), ...
(s, 3H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 4.02 (m, 1H), 5.08 (d, 1H), 7.41-7.48 S (m, 3H), 8.30 (m, 2H), 10.08 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 337.2 (M+-1).
4-(3,4-traps-dihydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyi-2-phenyi-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 353.2 (M++1).
4-(3,4-cis-dihydroxylcyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 353.2 (M++1) .
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
mp 196-199°C; 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b_1.72 (s, 3H) , 1.97 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 5.63 (br, 1H), 7.44-7.47 (m, 3H), 8.36-8.43 (dd, J = 1 Hz, 7 Hz, 2H), 10.76 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 324.5 (M'+1) .
d1-4-(2-traps-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine.' 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b-1.62 (m, 2H) , 1.79 (br, 4H) , 1.92 (s, 3H) , 2.29 (s, 3H) , 4.11 (m, 1H) , 4.23 (m, 1H) , 5.28 (d, 1H), 7.41-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.22 (m, 2H), 10.51 (s, 1H); MS (ES):
323.2 (M'+1) .
' For preparation of 2-traps-hydroxycyclopentylamine, see PCT
9417090. ' d1-4-(3-traps-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine . ' -H NMR (200 Ngiz,' CDC1~) b_1.58-1.90 (br, 6 H, ) , 2.05 ' (s, 3H) , 2.29 (s, 3H), 4.48-4.57 (m, 1H), 4.91-5.01 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.46 (m, 3H), 8.42-8.47 (m, 2H), 10.11 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 323.2 (M'+1) .
For preparation of 3-tracts-hydroxycyclopentylamine, see C_-A-322242.
d1-4-(3-cis-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenvl-7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine .
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b_1.82-2.28 (br, 6H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 4.53-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.95-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.85-5.93 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.47 (m, 3H), 8.42-8.46 (m, 2H), 10.05 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 323.2 (M'+1) .
' For preparation of 3-cis-hydroxycyclopentylamine, see EP-A-322242.
4-(3,4-traps-dihydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine.' 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 1 . 92-1.99 (br, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.20 (br, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.41-2.52 (br, 2H), 4.35 (m, 2H), 4.98 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.47 (m, 3H) , 8.38-8.42 (m, 2H) , 9.53 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 339.2 (M'+1) .
For preparation of 3,4-traps-dihydroxycyclopentylamine, see PCT 9417090.
4-(3-amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b-2.02 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.71 (t, 2H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 5.75-5.95 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.48 (m, 3H), '_5 8.37-8.41 (m, 2H) , 10.42 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 310.1 (M'+1) .
4-(3-N-cyclopropylmethylamino-3-oxopropyl)amino-.5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CD,OD) b_0.51 (q, 2H), 0.40 (q, 2H), 1.79-1.95 (br, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.72 (t, 2H), 2.99 (d, 2H), 4.04 (t, 2H), 7.58-7.62 (m, 3H), 8.22-8.29 (m, 2H); MS (ES): 364.2 (M'+1).
4-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine 'H NMR (200 MHz, CD,OD) b 2.31 (s, 3H) , 2.38 (s, 3H) , 4.26 (s, '2H) , 7.36 (m, 3H.) , 8.33 (m, 2H) ;
MS (ES) : 396.1 (M'+1) .
4-(2-N-methylamino-2-oxoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phe.~.y'_-~r pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. ~H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b_1 .99 (s, 3H), 2.17 .(s, 3H), 2.82 (d, 3H), 4.39 (d, 2H), 5.76 (t, =H), 6.71 (br, 1H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.40 (m, 2H), _0.60' is, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 310.1 (M'+1) .
4-(3-tert-butyloxyl-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyi-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) ~-1.45 is, 9H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.71 (t, 2H), 4.01 (q, ~H), 5.78 (t, 1H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.22-8.29 (m, 2H); MS (ES):
367.2 (M'+1) .
4-(2-hydroxyethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 1.92 (s, 3H) , 2.29 (s, 3H) , 3 . 81-3 . 98 (br, 4H) , 5.59 (t, 1H) , 7.39-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.37 (m, 2H), 10.72 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 283.1 (M'+1) .
4-(3-hydroxypropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 1. 84 (m, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.35 (t, 1H), 7.39-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.36 (m, 2H), 10.27 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 297.2 (M-+1) .
4-(4-hydroxybutyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1.71-1.82 (m, 4H) , 1.99 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.68-3.80 (m, 4H), 5.20 (t, 1H), 7.41-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.41(m, 2H), 10.37 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 311.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-acetylaminocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyzrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(4-traps-methylsulfonylaminocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-%-;=-phenylethyl)pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(4-traps-hydoxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-.
S phenylethyl)pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(3-pyridylmethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(2-methylpropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
Example 2:
To a stirred suspension of triphenylphosphine (0.047 g, 0.179 mmol) and benzoic acid ( 0 . 022 g, 0 .179 mmol ) in TFiF ( 1 . 0 mL) cooled to 0°C was added 4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (0.05 g, 0.149 mmol) at 0°C. Diethyl azodicarboxylate (0.028 ml, 0.179 mmol) was then added dropwise over 10 minutes. The reaction was then allowed to warm to room temperature. After reaction was complete by -TLC the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous sodium bicarbonate (3.0 mL). The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with ether (2 X 5.0 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried, and concentrated in vacuo to dryness. To the residue was added ether (2.0 mL) and hexane (5.0 mL) whereupon the bulk of the triphenylphosphine oxide was filtered off. Concentration of the filtrate gave a viscous oil which was purified by column ,chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1) to give 5.o mg (7.6%) of 4-(4-cis-benzoyloxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrol,o [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 441.3 (M'+1) . The reaction also produced 50.0 mg (84%) of 4-(3-cyclohexenyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 319.2 (M'+1 ) .
Example 3:
To a solution of 4-(4-cis-benzoyloxycyclohexyl)a~:ino-9,c-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (5.0 mg, 0.0=14 mmol ) in ethanol ( 1. 0 mL) was added. 10 drops or 2M sodiu;r S hydroxide. After 1 hr, the reaction mixture was ex~=ac~ec with ethyl acetate (3 x 5.0 mL) and the organic layer was dried, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate=4:1) to give 3.6 mg (94%) of 4-(4-cis-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 337.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Example 3:
4-(3-N,N-dimethyl-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 2.01 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.73 (t, 2H), 2.97 (s, 6H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 6.09 (t, 1H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.43 (m, 2H), 10.46 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
4-(2-formylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 3.59-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.88-4.01 (m, 2H), 5.48-5.60 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.57 (m, 3H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.30-8.45 (m, 2H) , 8.82 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 310.1 (M'+1) .
4-(3-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
Example 4:
4-(3-tent-butyloxy-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-pheny~-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (70.0 mg, 0.191 mmol)) was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid:dichloromethane (1:1, 5.0 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. and then refluxed for 2 hr. After cooling down to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (EtOAc:hexane:
AcOH=7:2.5:0.5) to give 40.0 mg (68%) of. 4-(3-hydroxy-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CD,OD) b 2.32 (s, 3H) , 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 4.01 (t, 2H), 7.55 (m, 3H), 8.24 (m, 2H);
MS (ES) : 311.1 (M'+1) .
The following compound was obtained in a similar manner as that of Example 4:
4-(3-aminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7X-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 296 .1 (M'+1) , 279.1 (M'-NI33) .
Example 5:
4-(3-hydroxy-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (50.0 mg, 0.161 mmol) was dissolved ?5 in a mixture of N,N-dimethylformamide (0.50 mL), dioxane (0.50 mL) and water(0.25 mL). To this solution was added methylamine (0.02 mL, 40% wt in water, 0.242 mmol), triethylamine (0.085 mL) and N,N,N'N'-tetramethyl uronium tetrafluoroborate (61.2 mg, 0.203 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, the solution was concentrated and the residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (EtOAc) to give 35.0 mg (67%) of 4-(3-N-methyl-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200MHz,CDC13) b 1.92 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.65 2H), 4.08(t, 2H), 5.90 (t, 1H), (t, 6. 12 (m, 1H) , 7.45 (m, 3H) 8.41 (m, 2H) 10.68 (s, 1H) ;
, , MS
(ES) : 311.1 (M'+1 ) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Example 5:
4-(2-cyclopropanecarbonylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 350.2 (M-+1).
4-(2-isobutyrylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 352.2 (M'+1) .
4-(3-propionylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) S 1 . 00-1 . 08 (t, 3H), 1.71-2.03 (m, 4H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 3.26-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.96 (m, 2H), 5.53-5.62 (m, 1H),_6.17-6.33 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.57 (m, 3H), 8.31-8.39 (m, 2H), 9.69 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 352.2 (M'+1) .
4-(2-methylsulfonylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 3.39-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.88 (m, 2H), 5.31-5.39 (m, 1H), 6.17-6.33 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.43 (m, 3H), 8.20-8.25 (m, 2H), 9.52 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 360.2 (M'+1).
Example 6:
A mixture of 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine (0.70 g, 2.72 mmol) and 1,2-diaminoethane (10.0 mL, 150 mmol) was refluxed under inert atmosphere for 6 hr.
The excess amine was removed in vacuo, the residue was washed sequentially with ether and hexane to give 0.75 g (98%) of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo,[2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES) ; 282.2 (M'+1) , 265.1 (M'-NH3) .
Example 7:
To a solution of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (70.0 mg, 0.249 mmol) and triethylamine (50.4 mg, 0.498 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added propionyl chloride (25.6 mg, 0.024 m~, ,;.
mmol) at 0'C. After 1 hr, the mixture was concentrated _..
vacuo and,the residue was subjected to preparative thin laye.
chromatography (EtOAc) to give 22,0 mg (26%) o_' 4-(2-propionylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Example 7:
4-(2-N'-methylureaethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H
pyrrolo [ 2 , 3 d] pyrimidine . 'H NMR ( 2 0 0 MHz , CDC1 ~ ) b 2 . 13 ( s , 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.53 (d, 3H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.88 (m, 2H), 4.29 (m, 1H), 5.68 (t, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 8.36 (dd, 2H) , 9.52 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 339.3 (M'+1) .
4-(2-N'-ethylureaethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 353.2 (M'+1).
Example 8:
To a solution of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodi-imide hydrochloride (41.1 mg, 0.215 mmol), dimethylamino-pyridine (2.4 mg, 0.020 mmol) and pyruvic acid (18.9 mg, 0.015 mL, 0.215 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine (55.0 mg, 0.196 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr. Usual workup. and column chromatography (EtOAc) then gave 10.0 mg (15°s) of 4-(2'-pyruvylamidoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-~2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.. MS (ES) : 352.2 (M'+1) .
Examp'1 a 9 To a solution of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (60.0 mg, 0.213 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added N-trimethylsilyl isocyanate (43.3 mg, 0.051 mL, 0.320 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr followed by adc_t_o::
aqueous sodium bicarbonate. After fyltration thro~.~cn sna_1 amount of silica gel, the filtrate was concentrated yn vacuc to dryness to give 9.8 mg (14%) of 4-(2-ureaethyl)amino-5,e-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidine. MS (ES): ;25.2 (M'+1 ) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Example 9:
dI-4-(2-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1 .28-1 .32 (d, J=8 Hz, 3 H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H) 3.76-3.83 (m, 2H), 4.10-4.30 (m, 1H), 5.60-5.66 (t, J=6 H2, 1H) , 7.40-7.51 (m, 3H) , 8.36-8.43 (m, 2H) , 10. 83 (s, 1H) ; MS
(ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
(R)-4-(2-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1 .31 (d, 3H) , 1.66 (s, 3H) 1.99 (s, 3H) , 2.31 (s, 3H) , 3 . 78-3 .83 (m, 2H), 4.17-4.22 (m, 1H), 5.67 (t, 1H), 7.38-7.5 (m, 3H), 8.39 (m, 2H), 10.81 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 338.2 (M'+1).
(R)-4-(1-methyl-2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. -H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1.41 (d, 3H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 3.46-3.52 (br, m, 2H),, 4.73 (m, 1H), 5.22 (d, 1H), 7.41-7.46 (m, 3H) , 8.36-8.40 (m, 2H) , 8.93 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
(S)-4-(2-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 1 .31 (d, 3H), 1.66 (s, 3H) 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 3.78-3.83 (m, 2H), 4'.17-4.22 (m, 1H), 5.67 (t, 1H), 7.38-7.5 (m, 3H), 8.39 (m, 2H) , 8.67 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
(S)-4-(1-methyl-2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NNgt (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 1.41 (d, 3H),1.68 (s, 3H), 2.05 3H), 2.32 (s, 3::), _.
(s, 3 . 52 (m, 4 (m, 1H) , 5 .22 1 H) , 7 . 41-7 . 46 2H) , . (d, im, _... , 8.36-8.40 2H), 10.13 (s, 1H); (ES): 338.2 (M-+1).
(m, MS
Example 10:
Reaction of 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine with the mixture of d1-1-amino-2-(1,~-dimethyl ethoxy)carbonylamino-propane and dl-2-amino-1-(1,1-dimethyl ethoxy)carbonylamino-propane was run in a similar manner as that of Example 1. The reaction gave a mixture of d1-4 - ( 1-methyl-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonylamino)ethylamino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine and dl-4-(2-methyl-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonylamino)ethylamino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine which were separated by column chromatography (EtOAc:hexanes=1:3). The first fraction was d1-4-(1-methyl-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy) carbonylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine: 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) S 1 . 29 - 1.38 (m, 12 H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H) 3.34-3.43 (m, 2H), 4.62-4.70 (m, 1H), 5.36-5.40 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 5.53 (br, 1H), 7.37-7.49(m, 3H), 8.37-8.44(m, 2H), 10.75 (s, 1H). MS 396.3 (M'+1) ; The second fraction was d1-4- (2- (1, 1-dimethylethoxy)carbonylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine: -H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1_,) S
?S 1.26-1.40 (m, 12 H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H) 3.60-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.95-4.10 (m, 1H), 5.41-5.44 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.65(br, 1H), 7.40-7.46(m, 3H), 8.37-8.44(m, 2H), 10.89 (s, 1H); MS
(ES) : 396.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Example 10:
(S,S)-4-(2-acetylaminocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo (2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b_1 .43 (m, 4 H), 1.60 (s, 3 H), 1.83 (m, 2 H), 2.18 (s, 3 H), 2.30 (m, 2 H), 2.32 (s, 3 H), 3.73 (br, 1H), 4.25 (br, 1H), 5.29 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.35-8.40 (m, 2H), 9.05 (s, 1 H).
4-(2-methyl-2-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phen~~__ 7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d) pyrimidine . -H NMR ( 200 MHz , CDCI _: ) b_1 . 51 ( s , 6H), 1.56 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 3.76 (d, 2ri), 5.78 (t, 1H) , 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H) , 7. 93 (s, 1H) , 8.39 (m, 2H) , 10.07 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 352.3 (M~+1) .
Example 11:
d1-4-(1-methyl-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl aminoethyl) amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidine (60.6 mg, 0.153 mmol) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) for 14 hr. The organic solvent was removed in vacuo to dryness. The residue was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (2.0 mL) and triethylamine (2.0 mL). To the solution at 0°C was added acetic anhydride (17.2 mg, 0.016, 0.169 mmol). The resulted mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hr and then concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (EtOAc) to give 27.0 mg (52%) of dl-4-(1-methyl-2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.38-1.42 (d, J=8 Hz, 3 H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H) 3.38-3.60 (m, 2H), 4.65-4.80 (m, 1H), 5.23-5.26 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.51(m, 3H), 8.37-8.43(m, 2H), 10.44 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
Example 12:
(R,R)-4-(2-aminocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine, prepared in a similar manner as that of Example 1 from 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidine (0.15 g, 0.583 mmol) and (1R, 2R)-( -1,2-diaminocyclohexane (0.63 g, 5.517 mmol), was treated with ~riethylamine (0.726 g, 7.175 mmol) and acetic anhydride (0.325 g, 3.18 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10.0 mL) at room temperature for 2 hr. After removal of solvent in vacuo, ethyl acetate (10.0 mL) and water (10.0 mL) were added to the residue. The mixture was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10.0 mL) . The co~rb=:~e~
ethyl acetate solution was dried (MgSO, ) and f i1 ~er ec . ':''.::e filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness and the re s cue was subjected to column chromatography (EtOAc:Hexane=1:1) to give 57. 0 mg (26°s) of (R, R) -4- (2-acetyiaminocyclohexyl ) amino 5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. =H NMR
(200 MHz, CDC13) b_1.43 (m, 4 H) , 1.60 (s, 3 H) , 1 .84 (m, 2 H), 2.22 (s, 3 H), 2.30 (m, 2 H), 2.33 (s, 3 H), 3.72 (br, 1H), 4.24 (br, 1H), 5.29 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.35 8.39 (m, 2H) , 8.83 (s, 1 H) ; MS (ES) : 378.3 (M'+1) .
Example 13:
To a solution of 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7X-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (40.0 mg, 0.141 mmol) in pyridine (1.0 mL) was added acetic anhydride (0.108 g, 1.06 mmol) at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (EtOAc:hexane=1:1) to give 32.3 mg (71%) of 4-(2-acetyloxyethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b_1.90 (s, 3H) , 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 4.45 (t, 2H), 5.42 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.42(m, 2H), 11.23 (s, 1H).
Example 14:
A solution of Fmoc-Q-Ala-OH (97.4 mg, 0.313 mmol) and oxalyl chloride (39.7 mg, 27.3 ~L, 0.313 mmol) in dichloromethane (4.0 mL) with 1 drop of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at 0°C for 1 hr followed by addition of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (80.0 mg, 0.285 mmol) and triethylamine (57.6 mg, 79.4 JCL, 0.570 mmol) at 0°C. After 3 hr, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was treated with the solution of 20% piperidine in N,N-dimethylforamide (2.0 mL) for 0.5 hr. After removal of the solvent in vacuo, the residue was washed with diethyl ether:hexane (1:5) to give~3.0 mg (3%) of 4-(6-amino-3-aza-4-oxohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrroloi~,3c:
pyrimidine. MS (ES): 353.2 !M'+1).
Example 15:
~ A solution of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (~0.0 mg, 0.249 mmol) and succinic anhydride (27.0 mg, 0.274 mmol) in dichloromethane (4.0 mL) with 1 drop of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with 20% sodium hydroxide (3 x 5.0 mL). The aqueous solution was acidified with 3 M hydrochloride to pH - 7Ø The whole mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (MgSO,) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness to give 15.0 mg (16%) of 4-(7-hydroxy-3-aza-4,7-dioxoheptyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 382.2 (M'+1 ) .
EXample 16:
To 10 mL of dimethylformamide (DMF) at room temperature were added 700 mg of 4-cis-3-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-2-phenyl-5,6-dimethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine followed by 455 mg of N-Boc glycine, 20 mg of N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), 293 mg of hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT) and 622 mg of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarboiimide hydrochloride (EDC1).
The reaction mixture was left stirring overnight. DMF was then removed under reduced pressure and the reaction mixture was partitioned between 20mL of ethyl acetate and 50mL of water. The aqueous portion was extracted further with 2x20mL
of ethyl acetate and the combined organic portions were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification on silica gel, eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane gave 410 mg of the desired product: 4-(cis-3-(N-t-butoxycarbonyl-2-aminoacetoxy) cyclopentyl) amino-2-phenyl-5,6,-dimethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine, MS (ES) (M'+1)=480.2. The ester was then treated with 5 mL of 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichlorome~~a::~ a~
room temperature, left over night and then concept=a~ec.
Trituration with ethyl acetate gave 300 mg of an of= wr_te solid; 4 - ( cis-3 - ( 2 -aminoacetoxy) cyclopentyl ) amino- 5 , 6 -dime t'.~.y 1-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine trifluoroacetic acid salt, MS (ES) (M'+1)=380.1.
One skilled in the art will appreciate that the following compounds can be synthesized by the methods disclosed above:
4-(cis-3-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'+1) = 323 . 1 .
4-(cis-3-(2-aminoacetoxy)cyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2 phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d] pyrimidinetrifluoroacetic acid salt MS (ES) (M'+1) = 380.1 .
4-(3-acetamido)piperidinyl-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'+1)= 364.2.
4-(2-N'-methylureapropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine, MS (ES) (M'+1) =353 .4 .
4-(2-acetamidobutyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine, MS (ES) (M'+1) = 352 .4 .
4-(2-N'-methylureabutyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'+1) = 367. 5 4-(2-aminocyclopropylacetamidoethyl)amino-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'+1) = 309.1.
4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo (2, 3d] pyrimidine MS (ES) (M-+_)=342.8.
4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(3-fluorcphenyl)-?H-pyrroio (2, 3d] pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'*.) =327. 2.
4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(4-pyridyl)-?H-pyrYolo (2, 3dJ pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'*1 ) =310.2.
Example 17 Scheme IX
Cl Cl CI
\ ----~ ~ \/J~ N \ Br 1~ ~
I \ N N I \ N~ N \ ~ N, N/ -H ~ O~O I ~ ~O
.. O
Cl O
H
--N' \ O
I \ N~ N ~ NH
O~O N \ p \ N~ Ni :r I H a i 30 The pyrrole nitrogen of (7) (Scheme IX) was protected with di-t-butyldicarbonate under basic conditions to yield the corresponding carbamate (22). Radica? bromination of (22) proceeded regioselectively to yield bromide (23). In general, compound (23) served as a key electrophilic >> intermediate for various nucleophilic coupling partners.
Displacement of the alkyl bromide with sodium phenolate trihydrate yielded compound (24). Subsequent displacement of the aryl chloride and removal of the t-butyl carba;r~a~e protecting group occurred in one step yielding des_red compound (25).
Detailed Synthesis of Compounds (22)-(25) in Accordance with Scheme IB CI
H
N~ -N
_ O
O
IS
Di-t-butyl dicarbonate (5.37 g, 24.6 mmol) and dimethyl aminopyridine (1.13 g, 9.2 mmol) were added to a solution containing (7) (1.50 g, 6.15 mmol) and pyridine (30 mL).
After 20 h the reaction was concentrated and the residue was partitioned between CH,C1_ and water. The CH,C1= layer was separated, dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated to yield a black solid. Flash chromatography (Si02; 1/9 EtOAc/Hexanes, Rf 0.40) yielded 1.70 g (80%) of a white solid (22) . 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_8.50 (m, 2H, Ar-H) , 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 6.39 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 2.66 (s, 3H,pyrrole-CH3), 1.76 (s, 9H, carbamate-CH;) ; MS, M
+ 1 = 344.1; Mpt - N ~ Br.
175-177°C.
~N N
O
O
N-Bromosuccinimide (508 mg, 2.86 mmol) and AIBN (1.2 m7, C.66 mmol) were added to a solution containing (22) (935 mg, ...7_ mmol) and CC1, (50 mL). The solution was heated to re=_ux.
After 2 h the reaction was cooled to room temperature anc concentrated in vacuo to yield a 'white solid. .'ash chromatography (Si02; 1/1 CH,C1,/Hexanes, RF 0.30) yielded 960 mg (84%) of a white solid (23) . 1H NMR (200 Ngiz, CDCI z) x_6.52 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.48 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 6.76 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 4.93 (s, 2H,pyrrole-CXzBr) , 1.79 (s, 9H, carbamate-CH:) ; MS, M + 1 = 423.9; Mpt = 155-157°C.
CI
N O
1~
N N
~O
O
Sodium phenoxide trihydrate (173 mg, 1.02 mmol) was added in one portion to a solution of bromide (23) (410 mg, 0.97 mmol) dissolved in CH,C1_ (5 mL) and DMF (10 mL) . After 2 h the reaction solution was partitioned between CH,C1- and water.
The water layer was extracted with CH,C1,. The combined CH, C1, layers were washed with water, dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated to yield a yellow solid. Flash chromatography (Si02; 1/6 EtOAc/Hexanes, Rf 0.30) yielded 210 mg (50%) of a white solid (24). 1H NMR (200 l~iz, CDC13) b_8.53 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.48 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 7.34 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.03 (m, 3H, Ar-H) , 6. 83 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H) , 5.45 (s, 2H, ArCH,O) , 1.76 (s, 9H, carbamate-CH;) ; MS, M' - 436.2.
O
HN
J
NH
N/
\N Hi .5 A solution containing (24) (85 mg, 0.20 mmol), N-acetylethylenediamine (201 mg, 1.95 mmol) and DMSO (3 mL) was heated to 100'C. After 1 h the temperature was raised to 130'C. After 3 h the reaction was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The water layer was extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined EtOAc layers are washed with water, dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Si02; 1/10 EtOH/ CHC1_, Rf 0.25) yielded 73 mg (93%) of a white foamy solid (25) . 1H
NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) S 11.81 (br s, 1H, N-H) , 8.39 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 8.03 (br t, 1H, N-H), 7.57 (br t, 1H, N-H), 7.20 -7.50 (m, 5H, Ar-H) , 6.89 - 7. 09 (m, 3H, Ar-H) , 6 . 59 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 5.12 (s, 2H, ArCH:O), 3.61 (m, 2H, NCH_.), 3.36 (m, 2H, NCH-) , 1.79 (s, 3H, COCH;) ; MS, M+ 1 = 402 . 6 The following compounds were obtained in a manner similar to that of Example 17:
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-6-phenoxymethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. mp 196-197°C; MS (ES) : 401 . 6 (M'+1) .
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)methyl-2 phenyl;7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS(ES): 420.1 (M'+1).
4-(2-acetylam_noethyl)amino-6-(4-chlorophencxy~mei~wI-=-phenyl -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (~S) : 435.. (M'-1' .
4- (2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6- (4-methoxypher.cxy)~ret'.~.y. ..
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 432. _ ;~!'-.' .
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-o-(N-pyridin-2-one)methyl ..
phenyl- 7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine . MS (ES) : 403 . ~ (M'+1 ) .
4- (2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6- (N-phenylamino> met:-~y_-..-phew=-7H-pyrrolo[2,3]pyrimidine. MS(ES): 400.9 (M'+1).
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-6-(N-methyl-N-phenylam_no)methy-2-phenyl - 7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine . MS (ES) : 414 . 9 (M-+1 ) .
4-(2-N'-methylureaethyl)amino-6-phenoxymethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 416. 9 (M'+1) .
Example 18: Synthesis of adenosine A1 Antagonists.
Compound 1319 and Compound 1320 (Table 13 below) can be synthesized by the general procedures herein.
HO~~I
CI
NH
N ~
X I ~ N ~ N
N I ~
H X W N
/ I H
Compound 26 X = F Compound X319 .Compound 27 X = C1 Compound 1320 Compound 1319 (81%) 'H-NMR (d;-DMSO) d 1.37 (m, 4H), 1.93 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 4.11 (brs, 1H), 4.61 (d, 1H, J = 4.4 Hz), 6.59 (m, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.49 (dd, 1H, J =
BHz, l4Hz), 8.03 (m, 1H), 8.18 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 11.55 (brs, 1H) . MS (ES) : 327.0 (M'+1) .
Comoo~,uld 1320 (31e) M5 (ES) : 343.1 tM-+1) .
Example 19: Synthesis of adenosine A1 Antagonist.
Compound 1321 (Table 13 below) can be synthesized by :.tee ~ general procedures given below.
0 off ~I Ho,,~
~ ~ I
MCO ''' CN ~ HCI N % \ HCI N ~ \ ~Ni, JOEL II ' N H r I~N~ -"~ N ~, N
Et0 N ~ N / H I I
n,~N
I H
28 29 Nr :.o:rp~u:~~ 1.2 i Compound 28 (10.938, 50.76 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (67 mL). 4-Amidinopyridine hydrochloride (8.0g, 50.76 mmol) and DBU (15.4 g, 101.5 mmol) were added sequentially and the reaction was heated to 85°C. After 22 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the DMF was removed in vacuo.
The dark oil was diluted with 2M HC1 (80 mL) . The reaction was allowed to stand. After 2 hours, the solution was cooled to 10°C and filtered. The solid was washed with cold water and dried to yield 7.408 of a yellow solid, Compound 29 ~5 (69%) . 'H-NN~ (200N~iz, d~-DMSO) d 6.58 (s, 1H) , 7.27 (s, 1H) , 8.53 (d, 2H, J = 5.6), 9.00 (d, 2H, J = 5.2Hz), 12.35 (brs, 1H) . MS (ES) : 212.8 (M'+1) .
Compound 29 (7.4 mmol, 29.8 mmol) was diluted .with POCl,and heated to 105°C. After 18 hours, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and the POCl3is removed in vacuo. The thick dark oil is diluted with MeOH (75mL) followed by ether (120mL). The amorphous red solid is filtered and washed with ether to yield 3.82 g of a red solid. The crude solid is !5 approximately 80% pure and used without further purification in the next reaction. MS (ES): 230.7 (M'+1).
Compound 1321 'H-NMZ ('-5%) (200MH, d.-DMSO) d 1.38 ir;., .~-.
, 1.92 (brs, 2H) , 2.02 (brs, 2H) , (brs, 1H) , 4 .14 (bas, 3.44 1H), 4.56 (d, 1H, J = 4 Hz), 6.63 (m, 1H), 7.15 (m, 1H), ..3~
(d, 1H, J = 6.2 Hz) , 8.20 4.4 Hz) , 8. c5 (d, (d, 2'.-'.'., 2H, J =
J - 4.4Hz) , 11.67 (br s, 1H) MS (ES) 310.2 (M'T1) .
. :
Compound 1501 (Table 15 below) 'H-NMR (70s) (200MHz, CD~OD' c 1.84 (s, 3H), 3.52 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 3.83, t, 2~:, J = 0.0 Hz), 6.51 (d, 1H, J = 3.4Hz), 7.06 (d, 1H, J = 3.8 Hz), ..42 (m, 3H) , 8.36 (m, 2H) . MS (ES) : 296. 0 (M'+1) .
Compound 1502 (Table 15 below) MS (ES): 345.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1500 (Table 15 below) 'H-NMR (200MHz, CDC13) d 1.40 1~ - 1.80 (m, 6H), 1.85 - 2.10 (m, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.50 (d, 3H), 3.90 - 4.10 (m, 2H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 5.50 (d, 1H), 6.03 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m, 3H), 8.37 (m, 2H), 9.15 (brs, 1H) . MS (ES) : 393.3 (M-+1) .
Example 20: Synthesis of adenosine Al Antagonist.
Compound 1504 (Table 15 below) can be synthesized by the general procedures given below.
HO/~
CI CI
2j NH
N
N ~ \ _' I ~ \ .-.~ N
N N
N BOC B~ ~ N BOC ~~ ~ I N~ N N
31 32 S ~ / H
S
Compound 1504 3U Compound 31 (200 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (4 mL).
Triethylamine (51 mg, 0.5mmo1) and thiomorpholine (52 mg, 0.5mmo1) were added sequentially. The solution was mixed for several minutes and allowed to stand for 72 hours. The reaction was diluted with DCM and H=0 and the layers were 3~ separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined DCM layers were dried over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated. Ethyl e~he= was added ;.o the crude sample a::~
the resulting solid was filtered to yield 100mQ ~= a w;~e solid, 32 (62°-.) . 'HIJMR (200Ngiz, CDCI;) d 1.70' (s, 9H) , 2.6c' (brs, 2H) , 2.79 (brs, 2H) , 3.86 (s, 2H) , 7.40' w., 3H; , 8.50 (m, 2H). .
Compound 32 was combined with DMSO (3m~) an3 traps-4-aminocyclohexanol (144mg, 1.25 mmol) and heated ~o 130°C for 4 hours. The reaction was cooled ;.o Yoom temperature, and diluted with EtOAc and H,O. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted wi=h E~OAc (2x). The combined crganic layers were washed w.~h H-O and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated.
Chromatography (silica, 8:1 CHC13/EtOH) yields 32 mg of a tan oil. Ethyl ether was added and the resulting solid was filtered to yield 5 mg of a white solid (9%).OS~C-148265:
'H-NMR (200MHz, CD,OD): d 1.44 (brm, 4H), 2.03 (brm, 2H), 2.21 (brm, 2H), 2.70 (brm, 8H), 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 4.26 (brs, 1H) , 6.42 (s, 1H) , 7.42 (m, 3H) , 8.33 (m, 2H) .
Example 21: Synthesis of adenosine A1 Antagonist.
Compound 1503 (Table 15 below) can be synthesized by the general procedures given below.
>>
HO~~
CI CI
N \ ~ N \ ~ NH
II ~ ~ I
I \ N BOC Br \ N N N N
I , 80C ~ I
O I \ . N H N
O
Compound 1503 The bromide, compound 31 (220 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in 1:1 DMF:Dichloromethane (5 mL). To this was added K,CO: (71 mg, 0.~2 mmol) and morpholine (0.047 mL, 0.47 mtriol). The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight.
Solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between H-.0 and dichloromethane. The organic layer was d=ied with MgSO~, filtered, and concentrated to c_ve a~
off white solid which upon trituration with ethe_/hexa:~es gave 175mg of a white solid, 33 (84%). 'H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1,) : ( 1.9 (9H, s) , 2.54 (4H, s) , 3.65 (4H, s) , 3. 85 (1H, s), 6.59 (1H, s), 7.45 (3H, m),8.5 (2H, m).
Compound 33 (50 mg, 0.11 mmol) and traps-4-aminocyciohexanol (105 mg, 0.91 mmol) were taken up in DMSO (2mL). The resultant solution was sparged with N_ and then heated to 100~C in an oil bath and stirred overnight. The crude reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted twice with ethyl acetate (50mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H=0. After drying with MgSO, and filtering, the organic layer was concentrated in vacuo to give an orange solid.
1~ Chromatography (silica, 10°s CH,OH in CHzCl~) yielded l5mg (33%) . 'H-NMR ( 200 MHz, CDC1,) : ( 1.24 - 1.62 (4H, m) , 1 . 85 (2H, m), 2.10 (2H, m), 2.26 (4H, m), 3.53 (4H, m), 4.22 (1H, m) , 4 .73 (1H, m) , 5. 85 (1H, d) , 6.15 (1H, s) , 7.25 (3H, m) , 8.42 (2H, M) , 10.0 (1H, s) . MS (ES) : 408 (M' + 1) .
Compounds 1500, 1501, and 1502 can be synthesized using similar preparation steps of Example 20 by treating compound 32 with an appropriately substituted amine.
Yeast (i-Galactosidase reporter geese assays for human adenosine A1 and A2, receptor: Yeast strains (S. cerev_s:ae:~
were transformed with human adenosine A. (A,R; CADUS s~_ai::
CY12660) or human AZa (Aaa; CADUS strain CYB362) and the addition of a lacZ(a-Galactosidase) reporter gene to ~.:t__ize as a functional readout. A complete description o~ she transformations is listed below (see Yeast Strains). NECA
(5'-N-ethylcarboxamidoadenosine), a potent adenosine receptor agonist with similar affinity for A, and Ana receptors, was used as a ligand for all assays. Test compounds were examined at 8 concentrations (0.1 - 10,000 nM) for ability to inhibit NECA-induced a-Galactosidase activity by CY12660 or CY8362.
Preparation of Yeast Stock Cultures: Each of the respective yeast strains, CY12660 and CY8362, were streaked onto an LT
agar plate and incubated at 30°C until colonies were observed.
Yeast from these colonies were added to LT liquid (pH 6.8) and grown overnight at 30°C. Each yeast strain was then diluted to an OD6ee - 1.0-2.0 (approximately 1-2 X 10 cells/ml), as determined spectrophotometrically (Molecular Devices VMAX). For each 6 ml of yeast liquid culture, 4 ml of 40% glycerol (1:1.5 vol:vol) was added ("yeast/glycerol stock"). From this yeast/glycerol stock, ten 1 ml aliquots were prepared and stored at -80°C until required for assay.
Yeast A, R and A~aR Assay: One vial each of CY8362 and CY12660 yeast/glycerol stock was thawed and used to inoculate Supplemented LT liquid media, pH 6.8 (92 m1 LT liquid, to which is added: 5 ml of 40% glucose, 0.45 ml of 1M KOH and 2.5 ml of Pipes, pH 6.8). Liquid cultures were grown 16-18 hr (overnight) at 30°C. Aliquots from overnight cultures were then diluted in LT media, containing 4U/ml adenosine deaminase (Type VI or VII from calf intestinal mucosa, Sigma) , to obtain ODSO~_ = 0.15 (1.5 X 10E cells/ml) for CY8362 (A2aR) and ODEON = 0.50 (5X106 cells/ml) for CY12660 (A1R) .
Assays were conducted with a final volume of 100 u1 in 96-well microtiter plates, such that a final concentratior. o.
DMSO Was achieved in all wells. For primary screening, concentrations of test compounds were utilized (10 uM, luM ).
For compound profiling, 8 concentrations were tested (1000C, 1000, 500, 100, 50, 10, 1 and 0.1 nM) . To eac:: rr,_c=o~ite~
plate, 10 u1 of 20% DMSO was added to "Control " and "Total "
wells while 10 u1 of Test Compound (in 20o DMSO) was added to "Unknown" wells. Subsequently, 10 u1 of NECA (5 uM for A.R, 1 uM for A~aR) were added to "Total" and "Unknown" wells; 10 u1 of PBS was added to the "Control" wells. In the final addition, 80 u1 of yeast strain, CY8362 or CY12660, were added to all wells. All plates were then agitated briefly (LabLine orbital shaker 2-3 min) and allowed to incubate for 4 hrs. at 30~C in a dry oven.
a-Galactosidase activity can be quantitated using either colorimetric (e. g., ONPG, CPRG), luminescent (e. g., Galacton-Star) or fluorometric substrates (e. g., FDG, Resorufin) substrates. Currently, fluorescence detection is preferred on the basis of superior signal: noise ratio, relative freedom from interference and low cost. Fluorescein digalactopyranoside (FDG, Molecular Probes or Marker Gene Technologies), a fluorescent (3-Galactosidase substrate, was added to all wells at 20 ul/well (final concentration - 80 uM). Plates were shaken for 5-6 sec (LabLine orbital shaker) and then incubated at 37°C for 90 min (95o O,/5% CO, incubator). At the end of the 90 min incubation period, (3-Galactosidase activity was stopped using 20 ul/well of 1M
Na=C0~ and all plates shaken for 5-6 sec. Plates were then agitated for 6 sec and relative fluorescence intensity determined using a fluorometer (Tecan Spectrafluor;
excitation = 485 nm, emission = 535 nm).
Calculations: Relative fluorescence values for "Control" wells 3~ were interpreted as background and subtracted from "Total" and "Unknown" values. Compound profiles were analyzed via logarithmic transformation (x-axis: compound concentration) followed by one site competition curve fitting to calculate IC~-. values (GraphPad Prism) .
Yeast strains: Saccharomyces cerevisiae strains CY12660 [farl*1442 tbtl-1 fusl-HIS3 canl stel4::t~l::LYS2 ste3*1156 gpal(41)-Gai3 lys2 ura3 leu2 t=ill: his3; LEU2 PGKp-MfalLeader-hAlR-PHOSterm 2mu-orig REP3 Ampr) and CY8362 [gpalp-rGasElOK farl*1442 tbtl-1 fusl-HIS3 canl stel4::t~~l:
LYS2 ste3*1156 lys2 ura3 leu2 trill his3; LEU2 PGKp-hA2aR 2mu-ori REP3 Ampr] were developed.
LT Media: LT (Leu-Trp supplemented) media is composed of 100g DIFCO yeast nitrogen base, supplemented with the following:
1.0g valine, 1.0g aspartic acid, 0.75g phenylalanine, 0.9g lysine, 0.45g tyrosine, 0.458 isoleucine, 0.3g methionine, 0.6g adenine, 0.4g uracil, 0.3g serine, 0.3g proline, 0.3g cysteine, 0.3g arginine, 0.9g histidine and 1.0g threonine.
Construction of Yeast Strains Expressing Human A1 Adenosine Receptor In this example, the construction of yeast strains expressing a human A, adenosine receptor functionally integrated into the yeast pheromone system pathway is described.
I. Expression Vector Construction To construct a yeast expression vector for the human A1 adenosine receptor, the A= adenosine receptor cDNA was obtained by reverse transcriptase PCR of human hippocampus mRNA using primers designed based on the published sequence of the human A1 adenosine receptor and standard techniques.
The PCR product was subcloned into the NcoI and XbaI sites of the yeast expression plasmid pMPlS.
The ~iMPlS plasmid was created from pLPXt as follows: The XbaI site of YEP51 (Broach, J.R. et al. (1983) "Vectors for high-level, inducible expression of cloned genes in yeast" p.
83-117 in M. Inouye (ed.), Experimental Manipulation of Gene Expression. Academic Press, New York) was eliminated by digestion, end-fill and religation to create Yep~~Nco~Xba.
Another XbaI site was created at the BamHI site by cigesc_c_-.
with BamHI, end-fill, linker (New England Biolabs, # 1080 ligation, XbaI digestion and re-ligation to generate YEP5INcoXt. This plasmid was digested with Esp3; and N;.c and ligated to Leu2 and PGKp fragments generated by PCR. The 2 kb Leu2 PCR product was generated by amplification prom YEP5INco using primers containing Esp31 and BgIII sues. The 660 base pair PGKp PCR product was generated by amplification from pPGKas (Kang, Y.-S. et al. (1990) Mol. Ceil. Biol.
x:2582-2590) with PCR primers containing BglII and NcoI
sites. The resulting plasmid is called pLPXt. pLPXt was modified by inserting the coding region of the a-factor pre-pro leader into the NcoI site. The prepro leader was IS inserted so that the NcoI cloning site was maintained at the 3' end of the leader, but not regenerated at the 5' end. In this way receptors can be cloned by digestion of the plasmid with NcoI and XbaI. The resulting plasmid is called pMPlS.
The pMPlS plasmid into which was inserted the human A1 adenosine receptor cDNA was designated p5095. In this vector, the receptor cDNA is fused to the 3' end of the yeast a-factor prepro leader. During protein maturation the prepro peptide sequences are cleaved to generate mature full-length receptor. This occurs during processing of the receptor through the yeast secretory pathway. This plasmid is maintained by Leu selection (i.e., growth on medium lacking leucine). The sequence of the cloned coding region was determined and found to be equivalent to that in the published literature (GenBank accession numbers S45235 and S56143 ) .
II. Yeast Strain Coastructioa To create a yeast strain expressing the human A, adenosine 3~ receptor, yeast strain CY7967 was used as the .starting parental strain. The genotype of CY7967 is as follows:
MATa gpaD1163 gpal (41) Gai3 far1D1442 tbt-1 FUS1-FiIS3 canl stel4 : : trpl : : LYS2 ste3D1156 lys2 ura3 le~.:2 _ _ _ his3 The genetic markers are reviewed below:
MATa.......... Mating type a.
gpa1D1163........... The endogenous yeast G-protein GPA1 has been deleted.
gpal (41) Gai3...... gpal (41) -Gai3 was integrated into the .. yeast genome. This chimeric Ga protein is composed of the first 41 amino acids of the endogenous yeast Ga subunit GPA1 fused to the mammalian G-protein Gai3 in which the cognate N-terminal amino acids have been deleted.
far1D1442............ FART gene (responsible for cell cycle arrest) has been deleted (thereby preventing cell cycle arrest upon activation of the pheromone response pathway).
tbt-1.................... strain with high transformation efficiency by electroporation.
FUS1-HIS3......... a fusion between the FUS1 promoter and the HIS3 coding region (thereby creating a pheromone inducible HISS gene).
1~ can 1................... arginine/canavinine permease.
stel4::t~l::L gene disruption of STE14, a C-farnesyl YS2.... methyltransferase (thereby lowering basal signaling through the pheromone pathway).
ste3D1156............ endogenous yeast STR, the a factor . pheromone receptor (STE3) was disrupted.
lys2.................... defect in 2-aminoapidate reductase, yeast need lysine to grow.
ura3................... . defect in orotidine-5' -phosphate decarboxylase, yeast need uracil to grow leu2.................... defect in b-isopropylmalate dehydrogenase, yeast need leucine to grow.
trpl.................... defect in phosphoribosylanthranilate, yeast need tryptophan to grow.
his3.................... defect in imidazoleglycerolphosphate dehydrogenase, yeast need histidine to grow.
Two plasmids we_~e transformed into strain CY?c5-electroporation: plasmid p5095 (encoding human A- aaenos_ne receptor;' described above) and plasmid p1584, which is a FUS1-a-galactosidase reporter gene plasmid. Plasmid c_5d4 was derived from plasmid pRS426 (Chri~stianson, '~.W. et ai.
(1992) Gene 110:119-1122). Plasmid pRS426 contai.~.s a polylinker site at nucleotides 2004-2016. A fusion between the FUS1 promoter and the (3-galactosidase gene was inserted at the restriction sites EagI and XhoI to create plasmid p1584. The p1584 plasmid is maintained by Trp select_on (i.e., growth on medium lacking leucine).
The resultant strain.carrying p5095 and p1584, referred to as CY12660, expresses the human A1 adenosine receptor. To grow this strain in licruid or on agar plates, minimal media lacking leucine and tryptophan was used. To perform a growth assay on plates (assaying FUS1-HISS), the plates were at pH
6.8 and contained 0.5-2.5 mM 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole and lacked leucine, tryptophan and histidine. As a control for specificity, a comparison with one or more other yeast-based seven transmembrane receptor screens was included in all experiments.
Construction of Yeast Strains Expressiag Human A2a Adenosine Receptor In this example, the construction of yeast s~rai:a expressinc a human A2a adenosine receptor functionally integ=ated ;nto the yeast pheromone system pathway is described.
I. Expression Vector Construction To construct a yeast expression vector for the human A2a adenosine receptor, the human A2a receptor cDNA was obtained from Dr. Phil Murphy (NIH). Upon receipt of this clone, the A2a receptor insert was sequenced and found to be identical to the published sequence (GenBank accession # S46950). The receptor cDNA was excised from the plasmid by PCR with VENT
polymerase and cloned into the plasmid pLPBX, which drives receptor expression by a constitutive Phosphoglycerate Kinase (PGK) promoter in yeast. The sequence of the .entire insert was once again sequenced and found to be identical with the published sequence. However, by virtue of the cloning strategy employed there were three amino acids appended to the carboxy-terminus of the receptor, GlySerVal.
II. Yeast Strain Construction To create a yeast strain expressing the human A2a adenosine receptor, yeast strain CY8342 was used as the starting ''S parental strain. The genotype of CY8342 is as follows:
MATa far1D1442 tbtl-1 lys2 ura3 leu2 trpl his3 fusl-HIS3 canl ste3D1156 gpaD1163 stel4::trpl::LYS2 gpalp-rGaSElOK (or gpalp-rGaSD229S or gpalp-rGaSElOK+D229S) The genetic markers are as described in Example 1, except for the G-protein variation. For human A2a receptor-expression, yeast strains were utilized in which the endogenous yeast G
protein GPAl had been deleted and replaced by a mammalian Gas.
Three rat GaS mutants were utilized. These variants contain one or two point mutations which convert them into. proteins which couple efficiently to yeast (3Y. They are identified as G,~ElOK (in which the glutamic acid at position ten is replaced with lysine), G,=D229S (in which the aspa=tic ac_~ at position 229 is replaced with serine) and G,~EI~KtD229S tw'.~._c::
contains both point mutations).
Strain CY8342 (carrying one of the .three mutant rat GAS
proteins) was transformed with either the parental vector pLPBX (Receptor ) or with pLPBX-A2a (Receptor'). A plasmic with the FUS1 promoter fused to a-galactosidase coding sequences (described in above) was added to assess the magnitude of activation of the pheromone response pathway.
Functional Assay using Yeast Strains Expressing Human A-Adenosine Receptor In this example, the development of a functional screening assay in yeast for modulators of the human A, adenosine receptor is described.
I. Ligands Used in Assay Adenosine, a natural agonist for this receptor, as well as two other synthetic agonists were utilized for development of this assay. Adenosine, reported to have an ECS~ of approximately 75 nM, and (-)-N6-(2-phenylisopropyl)-adenosine (PIA) with a reported affinity of approximately 50 nM were used in a subset of experiments. 5'-N-ethylcarboxamido adenosine (NECA) was used in all growth assays. To prevent signaling due to the presence of adenosine in the growth media, adenosine deaminase (4U/ml) was added to all assays.
II. Biological Respoase in Yeast The ability of the A: adenosine receptor to functionally couple in. a heterologous yeast system was assessed by introducing the A1 receptor expression vector (p5095, described above) into a series of yeast strains that expressed different G protein subunits. The majority of these transformants expressed Ga subunits of the Gai or Gao subtype. Additional Ga proteins were also tested for the possible identification of. promiscuous receptor-Ga protein coupling. In various strains, a STE18 or a chimeric STE18-Gy2 construct was integrated into the genome cf the yeast.
The yeast strains harbored a defective EIS3 gene and ar.
integrated_copy of FUS1-FiIS3, thereby allowing for select_on in selective media containing 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole (tested at 0.2, 0.5 and 1.0 mM) and lacking histidine. Traps=ormants were isolated and monolayers were prepared o:. me~~a containing 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase and lacking histidine. Five microliters o. various concentrations of ligand (e.g., NECA at 0, 0.1, 1.0 and 10 mM) was applied. Growth was monitored for 2 days. Ligand-dependent growth responses were tested in this manner in the various yeast strains. The results are summarized in Table 1 below. The symbol (-)- indicates that ligand-dependent receptor activation was not detected while (+) denotes l~ ligand-dependent response. The term "LIRMA" indicates liaand independent receptor mediated activation.
Table 3 Yeast Ga subunit GY Strain Resul~
strain subunit Variants CY1316 GPA, STE18 -GPA41-G"I
GPA41-G,_z 1O GPA41-G", GPA41-Ga,z -G,oe i.I RMA
GPA41-GQs=~ ox GPA41-Gas=z~ 9s -X96?:'::.::; :..:::::GPA41-.G~: S. .:: +++
:: :. ..; -:.:: :::.::.:: . .: ;. .
. : ;.:.... ; . . ;::::~E18:;:. . -.
,. 3....::,:.::.:. ::: , . .. ... ~tegrated :: .
CY2120 GPA, STE18 sst2~ +
GPA41-G"1 +
GPA41-G"~ +
GPA41-G,:;
GPA41-Ga,~ -G,oz LIRMA
GPA41-G,sL:ox GPA41-G,s===9s -CY9438 GPA, STE18-Gy2 -GPA41-G,;; +
GPA41-G,:z +
GPA41-Gal; +
GPA41- Ga : z L I RMA
- G,oe GPA41-G,se: ox -GPA41-G,so~=a= -CY10560 GPA.-integrated STE18-Gy2 sst2G ++
As indicated in Table 3, the most robust signaling was found to occur in a yeast strain expressing the GPA,(41)-Gai3 chimera.
III. fusl-LacZ Assay To characterize activation of the pheromone response pathway more fully, synthesis of a-galactosidase through fuslLacZ in response to agonist stimulation was measured. To perform the a-galactosidase assay, increasing concentrations of ligand were added to mid-log culture of human A1 adenosine receptor expressed in a yeast strain co-expressing a StelB-G~~2 ch_:,~e=a and GPAql-Gai3. Transformants were isolated and c_ow-overnight in the presence of histidine and 4 U/ml adenos_::e deaminase. After five hours of incubation with 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase and ligand, induction of ~-calactcs_dase was measured using CPRG as the substrate for G-galactoside.
5 x 105 cells were used per assay.
The results obtained with NECA stimulation indicated that at a NECA concentration of 10 8 M approximately 2-Fold stimulation of (3-galactosidase activity was achieved.
Moreover, a stimulation index of approximately 10-fold was observed at a NECA concentration of 10 5 M.
1~ The utility of this assay was extended by validation of the activity of antagonists on this strain. Two known adenosine antagonist, XAC and DPCPX, were tested for their ability to compete against NECA (at 5 mM) for activity in the (3-galactosidase assay. In these assays, (3-galactosidase induction was measured using FDG as the substrate and 1.6 x 105 cells per assay. The results indicated that both XAC and DPCPX served as potent antagonists of yeast-expressed A:
adenosine receptor, with IC50 values of 44 nM and 49 nM, respectively.
In order to determine if this inhibitory effect was specific to the A1 subtype, a series of complementary experiments were performed with the yeast-based AZa receptor assay (described in Example 4). Results obtained with the A,a yeast-based assay indicated that XAC was a relatively effective A2a receptor antagonist, consistent with published reports. In contrast, DPCPX was relatively inert at this receptor, as expected from published reports.
IV. Radioligand Binding The A, adenosine receptor assay was further characterized by measurement of the receptor's radioligand binding parameters.
Displacement binding of (3H)CPX by several adenosine receptor reference COtTtpOtlIldS, XAC, DPCPX, and CGS,_ W3S analyZ2d ~.:5_:~~
membranes prepared from yeast expressing the humar.
adenosine receptor. The results with yeast membra~es expressing the human A1 adenosine receptor were compared to those from yeast membranes expressing the human A2a adenosine receptor or the human A3 receptor to examine the speci_icity of binding. To perform the assay, fifty mg of memb=apes were incubated with 0.4 nM [3H]CPX and increasing concentrations of adenosine receptor ligands. Incubation was in 50 mM T~is-HC1, pH 7.4, 1 mM EDTA, 10 mM MgCl2, 0.25 % BSA and 2 U/ml adenosine deaminase in the presence of protease inhibitors for 60 minutes at room temperature. Binding was terminated by addition of ice-cold 50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.4 plus 10 mM
MgCl2, followed by rapid filtration over GF/B filters previously soaked with 0.5 % polyethyenimine, using a Packard 96-well harvester. Data were analyzed by nonlinear least sauare curve fitting procedure using Prism 2.01 software.
The ICSp values obtained in this experiment are summarized in Table 4, below:
Table 4 ~~n f ~Ml ComDOUnd XAC 6.6 11.7 53.1 DPCPX 8.5 326.4 1307.0 CGS-15943 13.1 15.8 55.5 NECA 215.5 294.9 34.9 R-PIA 67.6 678.1 23.6 IB-MECA 727.7 859.4 3.1 Alloxozine 1072.0 1934.0 8216.0 These data indicate that the reference compounds have affinities. consistent with those reported in the literature.
The data further indicate that the yeast-based assays are of sufficient sensitivity to discriminate receptor subtype specificity.
Functional Assay using Yeast Strains Expressing a Adenosine Receptor In this example, the development of a functional scree.~.ino assay in, yeast for modulators of the human A_ adenosine receptor is described. ' I. Ligaads Used in Assay The natural ligand adenosine, as well as other thorouchlv characterized and commercially available ligands were used for study of the human A2a receptor functionally expressed in yeast. Three ligands have been used in the establishment of this assay. They include:
~po'' d gi Function IS Adenosine 500 nM agonist 5'-N-ethylcarboxamidoadenosine 10-15 nM agonist (NECA) (-) -N6- (2-phenylisopropyl)-adenosine 100-125 nM agonist (PIA) To prevent signaling due to the presence of adenosine in the growth media, adenosine deaminase (4U/ml) was added to all assays.
II. Biological Response in Yeast A2a receptor agonists were tested for the capacity to stimulate the pheromone response pathway in yeast transformed with the A2a receptor expression plasmid and expressing either GaSElOK, GaSD229S or GaSElOK+D229S. The ability of ligand to stimulate the pheromone response pathway in a receptor dependent manner was indicated by an alteration in the yeast phenotype. Receptor activation modified the phenotype from histidine auxotrophy to histidine prototrophy (activation of fusl-HIS3). Three independent transformants were isolated and grown overnight in the presence of histidine. Cells were washed to remove histidine and diluted to 2 x 106 cells/ml. 5 ~1 of each transformant was spotted onto nonselective media (including histidine) or selective media (1 mM AT) in the absence or presence c. 4 ;
adenosine deaminase. Plates were grown at 30 'C fog hours. In the presence of histidine both Recep~or- (R') and Receptor ~(R ) strains were capable of growth. However, in the absence of histidine only R+ cells grew. Since no liQand had been added to these plates two explanations were possible for this result. One possible interpretation was that the receptor bearing yeast were at a growth advantage due to Ligand Independent Receptor Mediated Activation (LIRMA).
Alternatively the yeast could have been synthesizing the ligand adenosine. To distinguish between these two possibilities, an enzyme which degrades the ligand, adenosine deaminase (ADA), was added to the growing yeast and plates.
In the presence of adenosine deaminase R+ cells no longer grew in the absence of histidine, indicating that the yeast were indeed synthesizing ligand.
This interpretation was confirmed by an A2a growth assay in liquid. In this experiment R+ yeast (a GaSElOK strain expressing the A2a receptor) were inoculated at three densities (1 x 10° cell/ml; 3 x 105 cells/ml; or 1 x 105 cells/ml) in the presence or absence of adenosine deaminase (4 U/ml). The stringency of the assay was enhanced with increasing concentrations (0, 0.1, 0.2 or 0.4 mM)of 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole (AT), a competitive antagonist of imidazoleglycerol-P dehydratase, the protein product of the HIS3 gene. In the presence of adenosine deaminase and 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole yeast grew less vigorously. However in the absence of 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, adenosine deaminase had little effect. Thus adenosine deaminase itself had no direct effect upon the pheromone response pathway.
An alternative approach to measuring growth and one that can be miniaturized for high throughput screening is an A2a 3~ receptor ligand spot assay. A GaSElOK strain expressing the A2a receptor (A2aR+) or lacking the receptor (R-) was grown overnight in the presence of histidine and 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase. Cells were washed to remove histidine and diluted to 5 x 10° cells/ml. 1 x 10 6cells were spread or.~~
selective plates containing 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase a.~.~
0.5 or 1.0 mM 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole (AT) and allowed ~o d=v for 1 hour. 5 ~1 of the following reagents were applied to the monolayer: 10 mM adenosine,' 38.7 mM histidine, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), 10 mM PIA or 10 mM NECA. Cel=s were grown 24 hours at 30°C. The results showed that cells without receptor could only grow when histidine was added to the media. In contrast, R+ cells only grew in areas where the A2a receptor ligands PIA and NECA had been spotted.
Since the plates contained adenosine deaminase, the lack of growth where adenosine had been spotted confirmed that adenosine deaminase was active.
III. fuel LacZ Aseay To quantitate activation of the yeast mating pathway, synthesis of (3-galactosidase through fuslLacZ was measured.
Yeast strains expressing G~SElOK, C~SD229S or C~SElOK+D229S were transformed with a plasmid encoding the human A2a receptor (R+) or with a plasmid lacking the receptor (R-).
Transformants were isolated and grown overnight in the presence of histidine and 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase. 1 x 107 cells were diluted to 1 x 106 cells/ml and exposed to increasing concentrations of NECA for 4 hours, followed by determination of the (3-galactosidase activity in the cells.
The results demonstrated that essentially no Q-galactosidase activity was detected in R- strains, whereas increasing amounts of (3-galactosidase activity were detected in R+
strains expressing either G,SElOK, Gz,D229S or GaSElOK+D229S as the concentration of NECA increased, indicating a dose dependent increase in units of ~-galactosidase detected in response to exposure to increased ligand concentration. This dose dependency was only observed in cells expressing the A2a receptor. Furthermore the most potent GQS construct~for the 3~ A2a receptor was GQ,ElOK. The GQSD229S construct was the second-most potent Gas construct for the A2a receptor, while the G~,ElOK+D229S construct was the least potent of the three G,s constt-ucts tested, although even the G,~E_ Oh~L~I ~ S
construct stimulated readily detectable amounts of galactosidase activity.
For a further description of the assays ident'_'ied, see ;1.S.
Application Serial No. 09/088985, entitled "~'unct_onai Expression of Adenosine Receptors in Yeast", filed June 1998 (Attorney Docket No. CPI-093), the entire contents o~
which.are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
Pharmacological Characterization of the Human Adenosine Receptor Subtypes Material and Methods 1~ Materials. [3H]-DPCPX [Cyclopentyl-1,3-dipropylxantine, 8-[dipropyl-2,3-3H(N)) (120.0 Ci/mmol); [3H)-CGS 21680, [carboxyethyl-3H (N)] (30 Ci/mmol) and [~Z'I] -AB-MECA
([125I]_4_Aminobenzyl-5'-N-Methylcarboxamideoadenosine) (2,200 Ci/mmol) were purchased from New England Nuclear (Boston, MA). XAC (Xantine amine congener); NECA (5'-N-Ethylcarboxamidoadenosine); and IB-MECA from Research Biochemicals International (RBI, Natick, MA). The Adenosine Deaminase and Complete protease inhibitor cocktail tablets were purchased from Boehringer Mannheim Corp. (Indianapolis, IN). Membranes from HEK-293 cells stably expressing the human Adenosine 2a [RB-HA2a]; Adenosine 2b [RB-HA2b] or Adenosine 3 [RB-HA3] receptor subtypes, respectively were purchased from Receptor Biology (Beltsville, MD). Cell culture reagents were from Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) except for serum that. was from Hyclone (Logan, UT).
Yeast strains: Saccharomyces cerevisiae strains CY12660 [farl*~1442 tbtl-1 fusl-HIS3 canl stel4::trpl::LYS2 ste3*1156 gpal(41)-Gai3 lys2 ura3 leu2 trill: his3; LEU2 PGKp-MfalLeader-hAlR-PHOSterm 2mu-orig REP3 Ampr] and CY8362 [gpalp-rGasElOK farl*1442 tbtl-1 fusl-HIS3 cant stel4::trpl:
LYS2 ste3*1156 lys2 ura3 leu2 trill his3; LEU2 PGKp-hA2aR 2mu-on REP3 Ampr] were developed as described above.
Yeast culture: Transformed yeast were grown in Leu-Trp [y:' media (pH 5.4) supplemented with 2% glucose. nor the preparation of membranes 250 ml of LT medium were inoculated with start titer of 1-2 x 106 cells/ml from a 30 mi overnight culture and incubated at 30°C under permanent oxygenation by rotation. After 16 h growth the cells were harvested by centrifugation and membranes were prepared as described below.
Mammalian Tissue Culture: The HEK-293 cells stably expressed human Adenosine 2a receptor subtype (Cadus clone # 5) were grown in Dulbeco's minimal essential media (DMEM) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum and 1X
penicillin/streptomycin under selective pressure using 500 mg/ml 6418 antibiotic, at 37°C in a humidified 5°s C02 atmosphere.
Yeast Cell Membrane Preparations: 250 ml cultures were harvested after overnight incubation by centrifugation at 2,000 x g in a Sorvall RT6000 centrifuge. Cells were washed in ice-cold water, centrifuged at 4°C and the pellet was resuspended in 10 ml ice-cold lysis buffer [5 mM Tris-HC1, pH
7.5; 5 mM EDTA; and 5 mM EGTA) supplemented with Protease inhibitor cocktail tablets (1 tablet per 25 ml buffer).
Glass beads (17 g; Mesh 400-600; Sigma) were added to the suspension and the cells were broken by vigorous~vortexing at 4°C for 5 min. The homogenate was diluted with additional 30 ml lysis buffer plus protease inhibitors and centrifuged at 3,000 x g for 5 min. Subsequently the membranes were peleted at 36,000 x g (Sorvall RCSB, type SS34 rotor) for 45 min. The resulting membrane pellet was resuspended in 5 ml membrane buffer [50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.5; 0.6 mM EDTA; and 5 mM MgCl2]
supplemented with Protease inhibitor cocktail tablets (1 tablet per 50 ml buffer) and stored at -80 °C for further experiments.
Mammalian Cell Membrane Preparations: HEK-293 cell membsapes were prepared as described previously (Duzic E e~ al.: .,'.
Biol. Chem., 267, 9844-9851, Z992). Briefly, cells were Washed with PBS and harvested with a rubber policeman. Cells were pelted at 4°C 200 x g in a Sorvall RT6000 cent= «uge. The pellet was resuspended in 5 ml/dish of lysis buffer at 4°C (5 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.5; 5 mM EDTA; 5 mM EGTA; 0.1 mM
Phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 10 mg/ml pepstatin A; and 10 mg/ml aprotinin) and homogenized in a Dounce homogenizes.
The cell lysate was then centrifuged at 36,000 x g (Sorvall RCSB, type SS34 rotor) for 45 min and the pellet resuspended in 5 ml membrane buffer [50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.5; 0.6 mM EDTA;
5 mM MgCl2; 0.1 mM Phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 10 mg/ml pepstatin A; and 10 mg/ml aprotinin) and stored at -80 °C for further experiments.
The Bio-Rad protein assay kits, based on the Bradford dye-binding procedure, (Bradford, M.: Anal. Biochem. 72:248 (1976)) were used to determine total protein concentration in yeast and mammalian membranes.
Adenosine 1 receptor subtype saturation and competition radioligand binding: Saturation and competition binding on ?5 membranes from yeast cell transformed with human A1 receptor subtype were carried out using antagonist [3H] DPCPX as a radioactive ligand. Membranes was diluted in binding buffer [50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.4; containing 10 mM MgCl2; 1.0 mM EDTA;
0.25% BSA; 2 U/ml adenosine deaminase and 1 protease inhibitor cocktail tablet/50 ml] at concentrations of 1.0 mg/ml.
In saturation binding membranes (50 ug/well) were incubate with increasing concentrations of [3H] DPCPX (0.05 - 25 nM) in a final volume of 100 ~1 of binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in the absence and presence of 10 ~.M unlabeled XAC in a 96-well microtiter plate.
In competition binding membranes (50 ~g/well) were .~~c::ba~=
with [3H] DPCPX (1.0 nM) in a final volume of 100 cr.~ c_ binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in the absence and presence of 10 ~M unlabeled XAC or increasing concentrations cf competing compounds in a 96-well microtiter plate.
Adenosine 2a receptor subtype competition =adicli~and binding: Competition binding on membranes from HEK293 cell stably expressing the human A2a receptor subtype were carried out using agonist [3H) CGS-21680 as a radioactive liQand.
Membranes was diluted in binding buffer [50 mM '='ris-HC1, pH
7.4; containing 10 mM MgCl2; 1.0 mM EDTA; 0.250 BSA; 2 U/ml adenosine deaminase and 1 protease inhibitor cocktail tablet/50 ml] at concentrations of 0.2 mg/ml. Membranes (10 ~g/well) were incubate with [3H] CGS-21680 (100 nM) in a final volume of 100 ml of binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in the absence and presence of 50 ~cM unlabeled NECA or increasing concentrations of competing compounds in a 96-well microtiter plate.
Adenosine 3 receptor competi tion radioligand binding:
Competition binding on membranes from HEK293 cell stably expressing the human A3 receptor subtype were carried out using agonist [125I] AB-MECA as a radioactive ligand.
Membranes was diluted in binding buffer [50 mM Tris-HC1, pH
7.4; containing 10 mM MgCl2; 1.0 mM EDTA; 0.250 BSA; 2 U/ml adenosine deaminase and 1 protease inhibitor cocktail tablet/50 ml] at concentrations of 0.2 mg/ml.,Membranes (10 ~cg/well) were incubate with [125I] AB-MECA (0.75 nM) in a final volume of 100 ~1 of binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in the absence and presence of 10 ~cM unlabeled IB-MECA or increasing concentrations of competing compounds in a 96-well microtiter plate.
At the end of the incubation, the Al, Aza and A3 receptor subtypes radioligand binding assays was terminated by the addition of ice-cold 50 mM Tris-HC1 (pH 7.4) buffer supplemented with 10 mM MgCl2, followed by rapid r_1~=a~_~::
over glass fiber filters (96-well GF/B UniFilters, Packa=~;~
previously presoaked in 0.5% polyethylenimine in a Filtemate 196 cell harvester (Packard). The filter plates were dried S coated with 50 ~1 /well scintillatiowfluid (Mic=cSci.t-20, Packard) and counted in a TopCount (Packard). Assays were performed in triplicate. Non-specific binding was 5.6 . 0.5%, 10.8 ~ 1.4% and 15.1 ~ 2.6% of the total binding in a AiR, A2aR and A3R binding assay, respectively.
Adenosine 2b receptor subtype competition radioligand binding: Competition binding on membranes from HEK293 cell stably expressing the human A2b receptor subtype were carried out using A, receptor antagonist [3H] DPCPX as a radioactive ligand. Membranes was diluted in binding buffer [10 mM Hepes-KOH, pH 7.4; containing 1.0 mM EDTA; 0.1 mM Benzamidine and 2 U/ml adenosine deaminase] at concentrations of 0.3 mg/ml.
Membranes ( 15 ~cg/well ) were incubate with [ 3H] DPCPX ( 15 nM) in,a final volume of 100 ~1 of binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in the absence and presence of 10 ~cM unlabeled~XAC or increasing concentrations of competing compounds in a 96-well microtiter plate. At the end of the incubation, the assay was terminated by the addition of ice-cold 10 mM Hepes-KOH
(pH 7.4) buffer followed by rapid filtration over glass fiber filters (96-well GF/C UniFilters, Packard) previously presoaked in 0.5% polyethylenimine in a Filtermate 196 cell harvester (Packard). The filter plates were dried coated with 50 ~cl/well scintillation fluid (MicroScint-..20, Packard) and counted in a TopCount (Packard). Assays.were performed in triplicate. Non-specific binding was 14.3 ~ 2.3% of the total binding.
Specific binding of [3H] DPCPX; [3H) CGS-21680 and [125I] AB-MECA was defined as the difference between the total~binding and non-specific binding. Percent inhibition of the compounds was calculated against total binding. Competition data were analyzed by iterative curve fitting to a one site model, and KI values were calculated from ICAO values (Cheng any ?r~~s~:, Biochem. Pharmacol. 22, 3099-3109, 1973) using the Grad:?a~
Prizm 2.01 software.
Results A primary function of certain cell surface receptors .s to recognize appropriate ligands. Accordingly, we. determined ligand binding affinities to establish the =unctional integrity of the Adenosine 1 receptor subtype expressed in yeast. Crude membranes prepared from Saccharomvces cerevisiae transformed with human Adenosine 1 receptor subtype construct exhibited specific saturable binding of (3H) DPCPX with a KD of 4.0 ~ 0.19 nM. The KD and Bmax value were calculated from the saturation isotherm and Scatchard IS transformation of the data indicated a single class of binding sites. The densities of adenosine binding sites in the yeast membrane preparations were estimated to 716.8 ~ 43.4 fmol/mg membrane protein.
The pharmacological subtype characteristics of the recombinant yeast cells transformed with human A1 receptor subtype were investigated with subtype selective adenosine ligands (XAC, DPCPX; CGS-15943; Compound 600; Compound 1002;
NECA, (R)-PIA; IB-NIECA and Alloxazine) that competed with (3H) DPCPX in the expected rank order. Displacement curves recorded with these compounds show the typical,steepness with all the ligands, and the data for each of the ligands could be modeled by a one-site fit. The apparent dissociation constants estimated for the individual compound from the curves (Table 5) are consistent with value published for the receptor obtained from other sources.
Table 5 Ki values for membranes from yeast cells transformed with human A1 receptor subtype Ligands KI ( 5.5 DPCPX 7,1 CGS-1594 10.8 ACA 179 . 6 (R) -PIA 56 .3 IB-MECA 606.5 Alloxazine 894.1 Compound 600 13.9 Compound 1002 9,g Tables 6 through 12 demonstrate the efficacy and structure activity profiles of deazapurines of the invention. Tables 13 and 14 demonstrate selectivity can be achieved for human adenosine receptor sites by modulation of the functionality about the deazapurine structure. Table 14 also demonstrates the surprising discovery that the compounds set forth therein have subnanomolar activity and higher selectivity for the A_,b receptor as compared to the compounds in Table 13.
Effect of N6-Substituen~
NHR
Me Binding Feast Compound ' R Isi (nM) ICAO (nMl 13.9 ~ 97.?
600 ~~~~OH
1423 > 10.000 601 '-~OH
602 ,OH ; fig'" > 10.000 i I
~ ....,pH
H ~ 196.6 44~?.0 603 ~
~~--OH
,- H O ~ > 1 > 1 OOOO
O.OOO
604 ~ .. ' ...~-c-> 10000 H o >IOOOO
I
605 ~~)....,~ I
i I
. > 10000 o ' ?97.9 ,, i i 309.7 > 10000 ..,.OH '-9.1 UH 193.9 411.
(+) OH
o~ 785.6 > 10000 64.8 z NHAc Traru (S.S) 6726.0 z N HAc Trans (R.R) HO,. 33.1 I
s (dl) ~ 816.9 ' ~~ii.0 (dl) 616 .,,.OH 34.3 .~~OH
Efiect of C~-Subsiicuent ,..OH
HN
Me N' ~' Me R/ 'N~N
I
H
' Binatng Ycast Compound R Ki (nM) IC50 (nM) 604.> > 10000 700 N~~
' 157.7 763.1 .
701 i O
198. ' ?78?.~
O
443.6 > 10000 61.1 ?97.0 S
7 0' % \ i 30.1 194.7 S
I
19.9 F
62.8 F i i .: ,14;
70u F 48.7 T.aBLE 8 Effcct of Pwrolc Ring ~uosn:ucnt _,,,,0H
,Ir~ 'J
HN
R"' I~R..
,; N
R' Yeast Binding ICSO
Compound R R. R.. R... ~ (~) Me Me Me ;311 >10000 800 ~ s H Mc H ' _2.3 148.3 H H Me 8.9 i 803 Me !vie ?214 > 10000 y O
' Me Me 863.1 804 ' II M~'~-~ I
VIe Me :~31?
ao~ ~ , ~ Me Me 1841 Me~~~~ ~ , 806 ~ ~ i I
!~ vie ~ Mc 80 % I i M~\\~ ~ i N~ Me N' II Me \N~N
Me AI
Comv_ ound Yeast Bindine IC50 R 1Ci (nMl (nM) ~,,.oH 863.1 i X512 . .
~~~ ' 8451 35.3 T:~BLE 10 Eirect or \E-~ubstituent Me II , Me ~T ~ N
II
' Binding Yeast Compound R ~i (~) IC50 (nM) I
1000 I ,~T1~ ' 1789 >10000 I
H X4.4 186 N~H
O
I 9.8 82.8 ~
1002 N CrL
O
I '_'6.? 19.7 (I
1003 ~ O
I ~ ~ X2.8 545.8 ' NH~
~
i O
i I 1-17.~ ; .97.
I
1005 ~~H I~ I
O i O 11.7 ' ?918 1006 ~NH I
O
692. ~ > 10000 NH-S-?Ne O
~YN~COOH 93.1 ' 32I 7 ~NH~V~_ .~75.j I >IOOOO
N~c ~ 674.9 ~ 9376.0 1011 ~OAc 1-':.9 ~ ?067.5 o ''33.9 3462 ~ 'H-~' o ' .70.1 I 3oo9.s 1013 z~~Hh ~OH '84.9 1300 1014 ''~ '' 179.3 ~ 3713 1016 ~ OH ~ 176.1 ~ ~0~4 i is~-. : 1 Efrect oi'\6-Suosutuet::
Me ~~ie \ ~ ~N
i H
Binding Feast Compound R Ki (t~Ivil ICAO (nNil ~~rH~cK ' 9.8 115..
II
~NN rH. ~3.9 >j1.0 ~NH Nt~te 10.~ lOl.~
O
~ 71.1 32I7 6.~ 58.7 1104 1v CH.
a .
!ate 0 H IO~.~ .~7?. i 1105 ,y 0 y i '_' 7 . 8 -16, , -1106 NCH:
II
O
126. 1?97.0 1107 ~ ~;
o~
~
I, ;
c=~
NHAc ~ ~.~
1109 ~ 9.0 ~~IHAc I S
1110 ~NI~Ac S
NHAc =-~j~'~IHAc T.aBLE 1.
"Rctro-:amide" .-~naioeues :vie I
j We ~~~\
I
H
:~ 1 Bindin_a I 'cast Compound R i Ki (nNi) I IC50 (nM) p i 16.~ 189.4 i ~~~IH, I
p 7.4 45.7 3~ V ~
l v e o ' 95.E ~34~.0 1202 i I
~
' H
p . X39.1 ' -X040.0 ,, NMet i p ~ 1060.0 ~ > 10000 '~~OH .
p 1?7? ~ > 10000 1205 ~ I
B~ I
_ O, so.s ~ .Los~
O
NHMe 48.~ 701.
O
Profile oCSelective Adenosine Antagocists R
~T
Me r , ~ .~r Me .Ph~I~ ~
N
H
Bindine 1i (nMl R ~ rm ~ rL:a ~ o A
Compound ~y'~4c i 9.8- ~ 18.0-I
1300 _ ~~.I 48.6 80.3 ~ 13.0 N HAc 27.8 50.7 84.6 429.8 I ' II
O 20.'_' ~ 73.6 ?0.1 ~ 4.3 i O ~ ~ ;
1303 I j ;
I ~~IHMe ~ I I
~ 17.~ ! I11.~ I 120.6 ~ -~.o ..OH ' ' 1304 ~ ~ ~'~ i 13.9- ~ !
30.9 ; 933.' i 138.0 I '_' 1.:
~ i ~ I
j ,.OH ~ I
_Je~.~
146.6 730.9 30% 9.9 ..O H ; !
. ..
_30c 1 16..~ i 766.3 168.3 71.7 s ,,.OH i 1307 ~ ~ ~~ ~
(dl) ?9.1 I 190.6 1143.0 3.1 1308 ~~OH
'---~/ (=~ I 180 1230 670 . 1.0 1309 i H I
.
~, ~
fife .: I 40 ~ 109 ~ i ~ 109 0..
~~1~ I . ~ i ~(CHy3~ ~
r~ N~"Me i H ~ ?56 76% . ~ <~.6 ??6 I
I O
1311 j ~(CH~a~ j ~Me .
' 981 !
~ 7 i ' H ~
I
;
I
131? O
i I
~(CH~a~
Il ~NHMe l H 443 ?96~ 375 <6_~
'~ 0 ~(CH~~
N
X313= ' H
i 30% 65% 516 ?4 I
Ii ~ ' (CH~2 ~ ~NI-Et t 87 ?04 30 0.03 H
i I
1315 I ~fCH~~~N~N~. i H
7.000 ~ i ~0.000 I ..-X00 '0 O
1316 ~tCH~~~ I~NH3' H » ~ 710.000 710.000 ; 9 H
N' ~ ' Nhi~' ,v 710.000 710.000 720.000 .369 I
I
,.OH
630y 2307.
i318~
s'' 3.7~0.> >6.4 926 630~76 ,..OH
1319~.s 1.8 206 802 270 ,.OH
13 2 C=~ g.p 531 330 ~ ~ 19 i ,.OH
1321'' $,p 131 1031 ~4%i '.-thicnyl-2-yl: =C~-H; ' water soluble: ' R5 and RD are hvdroecn: ' R, is 3-fluorophcnyl:
6 R, is 3-chlorophcnyl:' R, is ~-pyridvl: " % activity :uv7 10 ~M~
Table 14:
Profile of Selective AZb Antagonists R2_ 'O
~5 HN, H
N' / ~N ~ N
H
Compound XRl RZ Binding Ki Data (nM) A~ A2a Aze A3 1400 -O-Ph Me 41.7 21 10.3 14.6 1401 -O-Ph(p)F Me 33 58 8.8 18 1402 -O-Ph(p)C1 Me 825 591 22 60 1403 -N-pyridin- Me 60 41 18 48 2-one 1404 -NH-Ph Me 49 31 4.6 57 TABLE 15. Adenosine A: Receptor Selective Cor,.poun~s * at least 10 times more selective than other three subtv~es.
Compound Structure Ki-A1 elat~ve Rela:ive Relative i-A=a Ki-A,- K=-A;
~~NN
C14~
N
CND
l ~N N
/
HOin...
N!1 N
N
\N N
1319 NH~~~~~~ ON
N
N
\N N
F
~0 13 2 0 NN,..~~.. o-oN
N / ~~i~
~N I N
'S I
a 1500 i~, *
NN' 'o N~N
NM
N
N, \N w 13 21 ,,.~~
NFi IS N~
~N N
N
N
H,~~O
I~1 II%N
N
~N N
//~I
hl~ H1~--~CI~
N
G
».
I w ~NN
Paaes 176-201 relate to compounds specific to the ~-= receptor Summary of the Invention The present invention is also based on compounds which selectively bind to adenosine A2a recep;.or, thereby treating a disease associated with Aza adenosine receptor in a subject by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of such compounds. The disease to be treated are associated with, for example, a central nervoi:s system disorder, a cardiovascular disorder, a renal disorder, an inflammatory disorder, a gastrointestinal disorder, an eye disorder, an allergic disorder or a respiratory disorder.
This invention also features a compounG having the structure:
R~
~N R2 I Rs N
Ar N N
(VI) wherein NR. R= is a substituted or unsuostituted 4-8 membered ring;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring;
wherein R: is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (Ra) (R4) XRa, wherein X is O, S, or NR;, wherein R~ and RS are each independently H or alkyl, wherein R~ and R- are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or Rs, R; and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubsti~uted ring of between 4 and 7 members.
$ wherein R= is wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
with the proviso that NR~R= is not 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl, or pyrrolidino; wi ~h the proviso that NR-_R=
is 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino only when Ar is 4-pyridyl.
This invention also features a method for inhibiting the activity of an A2a adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting said cell with the above-mentioned compounds.
This invention-also provides a compound having the structure:
R~
\ N Rz I Rs N
~Ra 2$ Ar ~N N
H
(VI) wherein NR1R~ is a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered ring;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring;
wherein Ra is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (Re) (R9) XR~, wherein X is O, S, or NR~, wherein Re and Rs are each independently H or alkyl, wherein Rs and R, are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or Rs, R? and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
with the proviso that NR~Rz is not 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl, or pyrrolidino; with the proviso that NR:R= is 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino only when Ar is 9-pyridyl.
In one embodiment of the compound, Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring, phenyl, pyrrole, thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, 2(1H)-pyridone, 4(1H)-pyridone, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxazole, tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, 1H-indole, indoline, benzopyrazole, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzoxazole, purine, coumarin, chromone, quinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, isoquinoline, benzimidazole, quinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,2-c]pyridazine, purido[3,4-b]-pyridine, 1H-pyrazole[3,4-d]pyrimidine, pteridine, 2(1H)-quinolone, 1(2H)-isoquinolone, 1,4-benzisoxaz~ne, benzothiazole, quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide, quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine, phthalazine, cinnoline, or having a structure:
Ra Y
wherein Y is carbon or nitrogen;
wherein Rs is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, halogen, methoxy, methyl amino, methyl thio;
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
c/
RB\~
~ RS
N' N
Ar N
wherein m is 1 or 2; wherein RA and Ra are each independently be H, -OH, -CHzOH, -CH~CH~OH, -C (=O) NHz, a heteroatom, or -C (=O) NR,R,' ; wherein R3 is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein R~' is alkyl, or XR~" , wherein X is O, or N and R" is substituted alkyl or aryl.
In another embodiment of the compound, R~R~N is (D)-2-aminocarbonyl pyrrolidino, (D)-2-hydroxymethyl pyrrolidino, (D)-2-hydroxymethyl-traps-4-hydroxy pyr=olidino, piperazino, or 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino.
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
Ra wherein m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; wherein Y =s O, S, or NR, wherein R is RA or Ra; wherein Ra and Ra are each independently be H, -OH, -CH20H, -CH,CH,OH, -C (=0) NH2, a hete=oatom, or -C(=O)NR,R,'; wherein R, is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein R,' is alkyl, or XR3" , wherein X is O, or N and R" is substituted alkyl or aryl.
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
~w,..y NHz \N/
O
N~ I
i \N N
H
(Compound 1600) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H
/>N
N
~N N
H
N
(Compound 1601) In another embodiment ~f the compound, the compound has the structure:
NHz N
O
y N 'N
H
(Compound 1602) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
'OH
/N
1O N~
Ni _N
H
(Compound 1603) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H
N
(Compound 1609) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO~' ..,,,~~iil~ H
N
//
~N ~ ~ N
H
(Compound 1605) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
NH ~ H3 O
(Compound 1606) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
~OH
N
N
N
~N H
N
(Compound 1607) In yet another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
N
In a further embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H
N
This invention further provides a compound having the structure (V) HN
Hs R
N
wherein R is H, or methyl.
In one embodiment of the compound V, the compound has the structure:
HN
~ H3 NN ., N
N
(Compound 1608) In another embodiment of the compound V, the compound has the structure:
HN
Hs This invention also provides a method for treating a disease associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, the compound treats said diseases by stimulating adenylate cyclase.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a mammal.
In another embodiment of the method, the mammal is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said A2a adenosine receptor is associated with Parkinson's disease and diseases associated with locomotor activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition, neutrophil superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, or senile dementia.
Diseases associated with adenosine A1, A2a, A2b and A3 receptors are disclosed in WO 99/06053 and WO-09822465, WO-09705138, WO-09511681, WO-09733879, JP-09291089, PvT/US98/16053 and U.S.
Patent No. 5,516,894, the entire content of which are fully incorporate herein by reference.
This invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of compounds IV, or V; wherein said water-soluble prodrug that is metabolized in vivo to produce an active drug which selectively inhibit A2a adenosine receptor.
In one embodiment of the prodrug, said prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
This invention also provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an A2a adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting said cell with compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of said A2a adenosine receptor.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a system'c formulation.
This invention also provides a method for treating a gastrointestinal disorder in an subject, comprising administering to the an effective amount of compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is diarrhea.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of A2a adenosine receptors.
This invention further provides a method for treating respiratory disorder in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory disorder.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said compound is an antagonist of A2a adenosine receptors.
This invention also provides a method for treating damage to the eye of a subject which comprises administering to said subject an effective amount of compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, said damage comprises retinal or optic nerve head damage.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is acute or chronic.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is the result of glaucoma, edema, ischemia, hypoxia cr trauma.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of A2a adenosine receptors.
This invention also provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of compounds IV, or V and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In one embodiment of the pharmaceut._cal composition, said therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat Parkinson's disease and diseases associated with locomotor activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition, neutrophil superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, or senile dementia.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a surgic~:l irrigating solution.
This invention also provides a combination therapy for Parkinson's disease comprising compounds IV and V, and any of the dopamine enhancers.
This invention further provides a combinational therapy for cancer comprising compounds IV and V, and any of the cytotoxic agents.
This invention further provides a combinational therapy for glaucoma, comprising compounds IV or V, and a prostaglandin agonist, a muscrinic agonist, or a b-2 antagonist.
This invention also provides a packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising: (a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of compounds IV, or V; and (b) instructions for using said compound fcr treating said disease in a subject.
This invention also provide a method of preparing compound IV, comprising the steps of CN Rs a) reacting I
HZN N R4 and Ar P
O
to provide H \N/ _Ra P
wherein P is a removable protecting group:
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide H R
N
Ra N
Ar N H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide CI R
s ,"-Ra . and N
Ar N H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NHRiRz to provide NR~R2 R5 Ni N
Ar N H
wherein NR,R= is a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered ring;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring;
wherein RS is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (Re) (R4) XRe, wherein X is O, S, or NR~, wherein Re and R
are each independently H or alkyl, wherein R~: and R- are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R~, R- and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
with the proviso that NR~Rz is not 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl, or pyrrolidino; with the proviso that NR~Rz is 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino only when Ar is 4-pyridyl.
This invention further provides a method of preparing compound V, comprising the steps of a) reacting CN Rs O
~d CI
HZN N R Ar P
NC RS
O
to provide Ar ~N R
H N
P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide OH R
s N~
I ~-R
Ar \N N
H
c) treating the produc_ of step b) under suitable conditions to provide CI R
s N
~R ; and ~ N
Ar" N
H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) first with dimethylamine and formaldehyde, then with N-methyl benzylamine and finally with NH2R~ to provide NHR, -Ar wherein Ri is acetomido ethyl; wherein Ar is 4-pyridyl;
wherein R is H, or methyl; wherein Rs is N-methyl-N-benzyl aminomethyl.
As used herein, "A compound is A2a selective." means that a compound has a binding constant to adenosine Aza receptor of at least five time higher then that to adenosine A;, A.,b, or A3.
The invention is further illustrated by the following examples which in no way should be construed as being further limiting.
The contents of all references, pending patent applications and published patent applications, cited throughout this application, including those referenced in the background section, are hereby incorporated by reference. It should be understood that the models used throughout the examples are accepted models and that the demonstration of efficacy in these models is predictive of efficacy in humans.
This invention will be better understood from the Experimental Details which follow. However, one s';il.led in the art will readily appreciate that the specifi::: methods and results discussed are merely illustrative of the invention as described more fully in the claims which follow thereafter.
Example 22: Synthesis of Adenosine AZa Antagonists, compounds 1601, 1602, and 1603.
OH CI ~ ~ ~ /OH
O CN HCI N ~ \ HCI N \ \ N
Me0 ~ ~ I N~ N/ ~ ~ N N -.~ N ~ \
OEt p ' H ~~ H ' N
Et0 N / N / I~ N H
N /
Compound 27 Compound 28 Compound 1601 Compound 26 Compound 26 (10.938, 50.76 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (67 mL).
4-Amidinopyridine hydrochloride (8.0g, 50.76 mmol) and DBU
(15.4 g, 101.5 mmol) were added sequen~,ially and the reaction was heated to 85°C. After 22 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the DMF was removed in vacuo. The dark oil was diluted with 2M HCl (80 mL). The reaction was allowed to stand. After 2 hours, the solution was cooled to 10°C and filtered. The solid was washed with cold water and dried to yield 7.408 of a yellow solid, compound 27 (690). '-H-NMR
(200MHz, dE-DMSO) d 6.58 (s, 1H) , 7.27 (s, 1H) , 8.53 (d, 2H, J
- 5.6), 9.00 (d, 2H, J - 5.2Hz), 12.35 (brs, 1H). MS (ES):
212.8 (M'+1) .
Compound 27 (7.4 mmol, 29.8 mmol) was diluted with POCl; and heated to 105°C. After 18 hours, the redaction is cooled to room temperature and the POCl,is removed in vacuo. The thick dark oil is diluted with MeOH (75mL) followed. by ether (120mL) . The amorphous red solid is filtered and washed with ether to yield 3.82 g of a red solid. The crude solid, compound 28, is approximately 80 o pure and used without further purification in the next reaction. ~H-NMR (200MHz, dti-DMSO) d 6.58 (s, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 8.53 (d, 2H, J = 5.6), 9.00 (d, 2H, J = 5.2Hz), 12.35 (brs, 1H). MS (ES): 212.8 (M'+1).
Compound 1601: DMSO (5 mL) and D-prolinol (500m8, 4.94 mmol) were added to compound 28 (500m8, 2.1~ mmol) was added. The reaction was heated to 120°C. After 18 hours, The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc and H,O. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined organic layers were washed with Hz0 (2x), brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to yield 200m8 of a tan solid. The solid was recrystallized from EtOAc to yield 82 mg of a tan solid ('3%). 'H-NMR (200 MHz, dE-DMSO) d 2.05 (m, 4H), 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.70 - 4.00 (m, 3H), 4.50 (brs, 1H), 4.92 (brs, 1H), 6.62 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 8.22 (d, 2H, J - 6.0 Hz), 6.64 (d, 2H, J - 6.2 Hz), MS (ES): 296.0 (M'+1) , mp = 210 - 220''C (decomp. ) .
Compound 1602: Chromatography (silica, 9:1 CHC13/MeOH) yielded mg of a tan solid (20) .=H-NMR (d,;-DMSO) d 2.00 - 2.50 (m, 9H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.21 (m, 1H), 6.71 (d, 1H, J = 3.2 Hz), 7.18 10 (d, 1H, J = 3.2 Hz) , 8 .37 (d, 2H, J = 4 .8 Hz) , 8.56 (d, 2H, J
- 5 .0 Hz) . MS (ES) : 309.1 (M'+1) .
Compound 1603. Chromatography (silicG, 20:1 Hexanes /EtOAc) yielded 135 mg of a tan solid (530) . =H-NMR (d~,-DMSO) d 2.00 (m, 4H) , 3. 43 (brs, 1H) , 3.74 (brs, 2H) , 3. 87 (brs, 1H) , 4 . 49 (brs, 1H) , 4 . 93 (m, 1H) , 6. 56 (m, 1H) , 7 . 12 (m, 1H) , 7. 40 (m, 3H) , 8.34 (m, 2H) , 11. 62 (brs, 1H) . MS (ES) : 295. 1 (M'+1) .
Compound 1605. Into a 50mL RBF 60mg of 2-(4'-pyridyl)-4-Chloropyrimidinopyrrole HC1 salt was dissolved in 2mL anhydrous DMSO. 3-(R)-Hydroy-(D)-prolinol TFA salt (380mg) and 500mg sodium bicarbonate were added thereto. The mixture was then flashed with nitrogen gas for 5min and heated to 130''C. After 2 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the DMSO was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (lSmL) and saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution (l5mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (lSmL) and dried over Na~S04. After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified by preparative TLC (CH~C1~/MeOH -95/5) to yield 35 mg (50%). -H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1,) ( 2.3-2.5 (1H), 3.4-3.8 (3H), 4.4-4.6 (2H), 6.4 (1H); 7.1 (1H); 8.2 (d, 2H) ; 8.7 (d, 2H) ; 11.0 (1H) . MS (ES) : 312 (M'+1) .
Example 23: Synthesis of Adenosine A,a Antagonist, compound 1606.
~ /OH
CI CI N
S ~ N \ \ N ~ \
~ N HN
N BOC Br ~ / N BOC OMe I ~ N H HN OMe O ~ O
Compound 28 Campound 29 Compound 1606 Compound 28 (200mg) was treated ~.aith DMF (30mL), (, (-dimethylglycine methyl ester (73mg HC? salt in 2mL water) and 500mg sodium bicarbonate. After 18 hours, the DMF was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (30mL) and saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution (l5mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (lSmL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Chromatography (silica, 10:4 hexanes/EtOAc) yielded 150mg of pure product, compound 29 (690) . =H-NMR (200MHz, CDC13) , ( 1.4 (s, 6H) , 3.8 (s, 3H) ; 3.9 (s, 2H); 6.4 (s, 1H); 7.4-7.5 (m, 3H); 8.4 (m, 2H); 9.8 (s, 1 H ) .
Compound 1606:
Procedure is the same as Compound 1605 (72o). -H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1;), ( 1.3 (s, 6H), 1.7-1.9 (m, 2H); 2.05-2.30 (m, 2H);
3.6-4.1 (m, 11H); 4.80-4.95 (m, 1H); 6.4 (s, 1H); 7.4-7.6 (m, 3H) ; 8.3-8.4 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H) , 10 (s, 1H) . MS (ES) : 424 .0 (M;+1) .
The following compounds can be synthesized in the same manner.
Compound 1600: (510). MS (ES): 326.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1607: 1H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1:), ( 1.40 - 1.80 (m, 5H), 2.80 - 3.50 (m, 3H), 4.60 - 4.80 (m, 3H), 6.66 (d, 1H, J -6.2Hz), 7.26 (m, 1H), 8.21 (d, 2H, J = 6.3Hz), 8.65 (d, 2H, J
- 5.8Hz), 11.90 (s, 1H). MS (ES): 310.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1608: (64 0) . iH-NMR (200MHz, d;-DMSO) , ( 1.75 (s, 3H) , 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.56 (m, 6H), 7.23 - 7.41 (m, 5H), 8. 00 (brs, 1H) , 8 .23 (d, 2H, J = 6. OHz) , 8 . 63 (d, 2H, J = 5. 4 Hz), 8.82 (brs, 1H), 11.56 (brs, 1H). r~S (ES): 444.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1604: 1H-NMR (200MHz, CD~OD) ( 3.40 (m, 4H), 4.29 (m, 4H) , 6. 99 (s, 1H) , 7.5 - 7.2 (m, 3H) , 7.90 (d, 2H) , 8.39 (d, 2H) , 8. 61 (d, 2H) . MS (ES) : 357.0 (M' +1) .
TABLE 16. Adenosine A=a Receptor Selective Compounds * at least S times more selective than other three subtypes.
ompound Structure elaciveCi-A2a elativ elativ i-A1 i-A2b ti-A3 NHz .."",1 N
O
N /
~I
\N N
H
601 ~'. OH
",~nii~
N
N
~N N
H
N
602 .. NHz N
O
N /
\N N
H
N
..""'"~OH
N
N
y ~N N
H
N
S N
N
H
H
N
N
1S ~
~N N
I H
N
OH
.""~~p C~
H N C
f6C
~OH
N
IS
N
~N N
H
N
1608 H~ 0 H
~ ~, NH N
N
~CH3 ~N ~N
N
Paaes 202-256 relate to compounds spec~.fic to the A; receptor Summary of the Invention The present invention is also based on compounds which selectively bind to adenosine A3 receptor, thereby treating a disease associated with A3 adenosine receptor in a subject by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of such compounds. The disease to be treated are associated with, for example, asthma, hypersens_tivity, rhinitis, hay fever, serum sickness, allergic vasculitis, atopic dermantitis, dermantitis, psorasis, eczema, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, eosinophillic chlorecystitis, chronic airway inflammation, hypereosinophilic syndromes, eosinophilic gastroenteritis;
edema, urticaria, eosinophilic myocardial disease, episodic angioedema with eosinophilia, inflarrunatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, allergic granulomatosis, carcinomatosis, eosinophilic granuloma, familial histiocytosis, hypertension, mast cell degranulation, tumor, cardiac hypoxia, cerebral ischemia, diuresis, renal failure, neurological disorder, mental disorder, cognitive disorder, myocardial ischemia, bronchoconstriction, arthritis, autoimmune disease, Crohn's disease, Grave's disease, diabetes, multiple sclerosis, anaemia, psoriasis, fertility disorders, lupus erthyematosus, reperfusion injury, brain arteriole diameter, the release of allergic mediators, scleroderma, stroke, global ischemia, central nervous system disorder, cardiovascular disorder, renal disorder, inflammatory disorder, gastrointestinal disorder, eye disorder, allergic disorder, respiratory disorder, or immunological disorder.
This invention also features a compound having the structure:
R2~
N R, _ N
Rs to wherein R~ is H and R~ is cyclopropyl methylamino carbonylethyl, cis-3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, acetamido butyl, methylamino carbonylamino butyl, ethylamino carbonylamino propyl, methylamino carbonylamino oropyl, 2-acetyl amino-3-methyl butyl, N,N-diethylamino carbonylamino ethyl, thioacetamido ethyl, 3-amino acetyloxy cyclopentyl, 3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, 2-pyrrolyl carbonyl aminoethyl, 2-imidazolidinone ethyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-methyl propyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-phenyl ethyl, 3-hydroxy azetidino, 2-imidazolyl ethyl, acetamido ethyl, 1-(R)-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl, N-methylaminocarbonyl pyridyl-2- methyl, or R~, Rz and the nitrogen together are 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, or 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino.
wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six menbered ring, pyrrole, thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, 2(1H)-pyridone, 4(1H)-pyridone, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazola, oxazole, tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dih~droindole, 1H-indole, indoline, benzopyrazole, 1,3-ben~odioxole, benzoxazole, purine, coumarin, chro:none, quinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, isoquinoline, benzimidazole, quinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,2-c]pyridazine, purido[3,4-b]-pyridine, 1H-pyrazole[3,4-d]pyrimidine, pteriaine, 2(1H)-quinolone, 1(2H)-isoquinolone, 1,4-benzisoxazine, benzothiazole, quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide, quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine, phthalazine, or cinnoline.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl.
This invention also features a method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting said cell with the above-mentioned compounds.
typical practice and is known to those skilled in the art.
Typical synthetic schemes for the preparation of deazapurine intermediates of the invention are outlined below in Scheme I.
This invention also provides a method of preparing compound IV, comprising the steps of O
a) reacting CN Rs R ~~d ~CI
HZN \N/ s R3 P
NC Rs O
to provide R
3~ N R
H i s P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cycli~ation conditions to provide OH R
s N~
Rs R3 ~N N
H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide CI R
s ~N \ ~ Rs ; and R3/ \N N
H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NHRtRa to provide :VR~RZ R
s N
Rs Ra N/ H
wherein R: is H and R~ is cyclopropyl methyiaminc carbonylethyl, cis-3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, acetamido butyl, methylamino carbonylamino butyl, e~hylamino carbonylamino propyl, methylamino carbonylamino propyl, 2-acetyl amino-3-methyl butyl, N,N-diethylamino carbonylamino ethyl, thioacetamido ethyl, 3-amino ace~yloxy cyclopentyl, 3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, 2-pyrrolyl carbonyl aminoethyl, 2-imidazolidinone ethyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-methyl propyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-phenyl ethyl, 3-hydroxy azetidino, 2-imidazolyl ethyl, acetamido ethyl, 1-(R)-phenyl-2 hydroxyethyl, N-methylaminocarbonyl pyridyl-2- methyl, or R:, Rz and the nitrogen together are 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrclidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, or 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino.
wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein 'R6 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl.
This invention also provides a method of preparing compound of V, comprising the steps of CN Rs O
a) reacting ~CI
HzN N ~ ~d Rz I
P
NC Rs O
to provide R
z H I
P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide OH R
s N~
Rz ~N N
H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide CI R
N
~ rRs ; and Rz/ \ N/ N
H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NI-I2CH2(CH2)mCH2NHC(=O)R1 to provide 12NHC(=O)RI
N
Rs Rz wherein m is 0, l, or 2;
wherein R~ is cyclopropyl methyl, methyl, methylamino, or aminomethyl;
wherein R~ is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein RE is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (R9) (R~o) NR~Rs, wherein R4 and Rio are each H or alkyl, wherein R~ and Rs are each alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R~, Rs and the nitrogen together form a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
This invention further provided a method of preparing compound VI, comprising CN RS
a) reacting O
CI
HZN N Rs and Rz P
NC RS
O
to provide ~N R
H N s P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide N
Rs Rz c) treating the product ofstep b) under suitable conditions to provide CI R
s N
r Rs ; and N
Rz N H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with HN
NHAc to provide Rz/ N I-I
wherein Rz is unsubstituted aryl.
wherein R; is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein RE H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (RS) (R~o) NR?Ra, wherein R9 and R~. are each H or alkyl, wherein R~ and Re are each alkyl cr cycloalkyl, or R-, R,--and the nitrogen together form a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
\N R~
( Rs N
Rs R3 ~N H
IV
wherein R~ is H and R~ is cvclopropyl methylamino carbonylethyl, cis-3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, acetamido butyl, methylamino carbonylamino butyl, e_hylamino carbonylamino propyl, methylamino carbonylamino propyl, 2-acetyl amino-3-methyl butyl, N,N-diethylamino carbonylamino ethyl, thioacetamido ethyl, 3-amino acetyloxv cvclopentvl. 3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, 2-pyrrolyl carbonyl aminoethyl, 2-imidazolidinone ethyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-methyl propyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-phenyl ethyl, 3-hydroxy azetidino, 2-imidazolyl ethyl, acetamido ethyl, 1-(R)-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl, N-methylaminocarbonyl pyridyl-2- methyl, or R., R~ and the nitrogen together are 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, or 3-hydroxymethyl p-peradino.
wherein Rs is a substituted or unsubstituted benzene, pyrrole, thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, 2(1H)-pyridone, 4(1H)-pyridone, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxazole, tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, 1H-indole, indoline, benzopyrazoie, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzoxazole, purine, coumarin, chromone, quinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, isoquinoline, benzimidazole, quinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,2-c]pyridazine, purido[3,4-b]-pyridine, 1H-pyrazole[3,4-d]pyrimidine, pteridine, 2(1H)-quinolone, 1(2H)-isoquinolone, 1,4-benzisox.azine, benzothiazole, quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide, quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine, phthalazine, or cinnoline.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein RE is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H3C ~
NH
O ' -NH
NH
H
N /
~H
\N N
H
CI
In another embodiment of the compound, R3 is phenyl.
In another embodiment of the compound, Rs is hydrogen or methyl.
In another embodiment of the compound, Rs is hydrogen, methyl, phenyl, 3-chlorophenyloxy methyl, or traps-2- phenylamino methyl pyrrolidino methyl.
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
O
)m H R~
HN
I Rs /
N
Rs Rz \N H
V
wherein m is 0, 1, or 2;
wherein R~ is cyclopropyl methyl, methyl, methylamino, or aminomethyl;
wherein Rz is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (RS) (R~o) NR~R~~, wherein R:. and R:o are each H or alkyl, wherein R~ and Rs are each alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R?, Re and the ni'rogen together form a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
In one embodiment of compound V, m is 0 and Rz is phenyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, m is 1 and Rz is phenyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, m is 2 and Rz is phenyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, R~ and Rs are methyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, Rs and Rs are methyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, Rs and Rs are methyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the structure:
HZN
O NH
NH
N
~ CH3 ~N N
H
(Compound 1316) In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the structure:
-O
HN
(Compound 1311) In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the structure:
S
NH
O
NH
CH ~
N
~CH 3 ~N N
H
(Compound 1202) In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the structure:
~NH
O NH
NH
(Compound 1310) In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the structure:
/cH , HN
~O
N /N
J
(Compound 1312) This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
HO, '..,~~~~~NH
(Compound 609) This invention also provides a compounc; having the structure:
NHAc J
N
Rs Rz N hi VI
wherein R~ is unsubstituted aryl.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein RE H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (R5) (R~o) NR~Re, wherein Rs and Rm are each H or alkyl, wherein R~ and Re are each alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R~, Re and the nitrogen together form a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
In one embodiment of compound VI, the compound has the structure:
O
(Compound 1309) In one embodiment of compound 1309, the compound has the structure:
H
,~~y\N CH3 N
N
,--cH3 N/ ~N
H
In another embodiment of compound 1309, the compound has the structure:
H
N O
J
I CHs N
~CH3 N~ ~N
H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
R~
VII
wherein R, is 3-hydroxy cyclopentyl ethylamino carbonylamino propyl, N,N-diethylamino carbonylamino ethyl, thioacetamido ethyl, 3-amino acetyloxy cyclopentyl, 3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, 2-pyrrolyl carbonyl aminoethyl, 2-imidazolidinone ethyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-methyl propyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-phenyl ethyl, 3-hydroxy azetidino, 2-imidazolyl ethyl, acetamido ethyl, 1-(R)-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl, or N-methylaminocarbonyl pyridyl-2- methyl;
wherein R3 and R~ are independently H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or aryl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
(Compound 1700) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H3C\ /N' 'O
v H~II~r'/N
NH
CHI
N
~CH~
~N ~N
H
(Compound 1701) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HN
(Compound 1702) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
NH
O NH
NH
N
~CH 3 \N N
H
(Compound 1704) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
-o NH CH
N /
~CH
~N N
I H
(Compound 1705) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
S
\NH
N
~N N
H
(Compound 1706) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
'NH
N
I
~N N
H
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
NH
N
~ I
~N N
H
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H
HN
NH
N /
I
~N N
I H
(Compound 1707) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
O
HN
N
NH
/
N N
H
1$
(Compound 1708) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
2$
(Compound 1709) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HZN O
NH
(Compound 1710) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
NH
~i '~ o (Compound 1712) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
$ NH
HN \
O
N ~ HN
N m (Compound 1713) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
NH
HN \
O
HN
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
NH
(Compound 1714) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
m",....
NH
N
W I
~N N O
H
CI
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
0\\
~NH
S
(Compound 1715) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
1 S CH, In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
Rz R, ~ ~
N
Ra N
~Rs .N _ N
H
VIII
wherein R~, R. and the nitrogen together are 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, or 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino;
wherein R3 and Rq are independently H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or aryl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
N
N
~N N
H
/
(Compound 1711) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
io I \
(Compound 1703) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO~
N
N
\
'N N
H
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
N
15 In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H~
N
30 (Compound 1716) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HOC
,N ~ N O
H
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
N
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
NHz N
15 (Compound 1717) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
Hz ci N
\ \N H O
,~ \ /
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
NHZ
N
/~ ~ CI
In another embodiment ~f the compound, the compound has the structure:
~~o.
., r., ci (Compound 1718) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
OH
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
~OH
N
N
N H
CI
This invention also provides a method for treating a disease associated with A3 adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VI, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, the subject is a mammal.
In another embodiment of the method, tl-:e mammal is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said A3 adenosine receptor is associated with a central nervous system disorder, a cardiovascular disorder, asthma, hypersensitivity, rhinitis, hay fever, serum sickness, allergic vasculitis, atopic dermantitis, dermantitis, psorasis, eczema, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, eosinophillic chlorecystitis, chronic airway inflammation, hypereosinophilic :syndromes, eosinophilic gastroenteritis, edema, urticaria, eosinophilic myocardial disease, episodic angioedema with eosinophilia, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, allergic granulomatosis, carcinomatosis, eosinophilic granuloma, =amilial histiocytosis, hypertension, mast cell degranulation, rumor, cardiac hypoxia, cerebral ischemia, diuresis, renal failure, neurological disorder, mental disorder, cognitive disorder, myocardial ischemia, bronchoconstriction, arthrit_.s, autoimmune disease, Crohn's disease, Grave's disease, diabetes, multiple sclerosis, anaemia, psoriasis, fertility disorders, lupus erthyematosus, reperfusion injury, brain arteriole diameter, the release of allergic mediators, scleroderma, stroke, global ischemia, central nervous system disorder, cardiovascular disorder, renal disorder, inflammatory disorder, gastrointestinal disorder, eye disorder, allergic disorder, respiratory disorder, or immunological disorder.
Diseases associated with adenosine A1, A2a, A2b and A3 receptors are disclosed in WO 99/06053 and WO-09822465, WO-09705138, WO-09511681, WO-09733879, JP-09291089, PCT/US98/16053 and U.S.
Patent No. 5, 516, 894, the entire content of which are fully incorporate herein by reference.
This invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII; wherein said water-s soluble prodrug that is metabolized in vivo to an active drug which selectively inhibit A3 adenosine receptor.
In one embodiment of the prodrug, said prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
This invention also provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting said cell with any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of said A3 adenosine receptor.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
This invention also provides a method for treating a gastrointestinal disorder in an subject, comprising administering to the an effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is diarrhea.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
This invention further provides a method for treating respiratory disorder in a subject, comp=ising administering to the subject an effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory disorder.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said compound is an antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
This invention also provides a method for treating damage to the eye of a subject which comprises administering to said subject an effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, said damage comprises retinal or optic nerve head damage.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is acute or chronic.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is the result of glaucoma, edema, ischemia, hypoxia or trauma.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
This invention also provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In one embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat a respiratory disorder or a gastrointestinal disorder.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said gastrointestinal disorder is diarrhea.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said respiratory disorder is asthma, allergic rhinitis, or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceut-cal composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a surgical irrigating solution.
This inventio also provides a packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with A3 adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising: (a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII; and (b) instructions nor using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
Compounds represented by the formula It', V, VI, VII, and VIII
can be synthesized by the Schemes I-IX.
As used herein, "A compound is A3 se..ective." means that a compound has a binding constant to adenosine A3 receptor of at least ten time higher then that to adenosine A1, AZa, or A~b.
The invention is further illustrated by the following examples which in no way should ~>e construed as being further limiting.
The contents of all references, pending patent applications and published patent applications, cued throughout this application, including those referenced in the background section, are hereby incorporated by reference. It should be understood that the models used throughout the examples are accepted models and that the demonstration of efficacy in these models is predictive of efficacy in humans.
A skilled artisan will know that metabolism of the compounds disclosed herein in a subject produces certain biologically active metabolites which can serve as c:rugs.
This invention will be better understood from the Experimental Details which follow. However, one s::illed in the art will readily appreciate that the specific methods and results discussed are merely illustrative of the invention as described more fully in the claims which follow thereafter.
Example 24: Adenosine A3 Antagonist Experimentals Compound 1700 (Table 17 below): MS (ES): 366.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1710 (Table 17 below): MS (ES;. 381.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1316 (Table below): MS (ES): 353.2 (M'+1).
Compound 1703 (Table below): MS (ES): 357.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1719 (Table ~-DMSO) ( 1.75 17 below) : '-H-NMR
(200MHz, d (m, 2H), 3.11 (m, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 5.72 (m, 1H), 5.96 (m, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 8.32 (m, 2H).
Compound 1704 (Table 17 below): MS (ES): 367.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1706 (Table 17 below) : '-H-NMR (200MHz, CDC13) d 1.22 (m, 2H) , 1 . 60-2. 40 (m, 4H) , 4 .53 (m, 1H) , 4 . 94 (m, 1H) , 5.70 (d, 1H, J = 8.2 Hz) , 6.35 (d, 1H, J = 2 . 8 Hz) , 6. 97 (d, 1H, J
- 2.0 Hz), 7.50 (m, 3H), 8.40 (m, 2H), 10.83 (brs, 1H).
Compound 1707 (Table 17 below): MS(ES): 347.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1708 (Table 17 below): MS (ES) 399.0 (M-+1).
Compound 1709 (Table 17 below): MS (ES! 385.9 (M'+1).
Compound 1710 (Table 17 below): MS (ES) 434.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1711 (Table 17 below) : iH-NMR (200MHz, CD,OD) d 3.95 (d, 2H, J - 5.8Hz), 4.23 - 4.31 (m, 2H), 4.53 (t, 2H, J -8.8Hz), 6.30 (d, 1H, J = 3.OHz), 6.98(d, 1H, = 3.OHz), J 7.45 - 7.48 (m, 3H ) , 7.83 - 8.42 (m, 2H) 9.70 (brs,1H) . MS (ES) , 281.1 (M++1) .
OSIC-148313 'H-NMR 3.02 (m, 2H), 3.92 (200MHz, CD30D) (m, d 2H), 5.09 (2, 2H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 6.90-7.04 1H), 6.92 (br s, (m, 2H), 7.02 (m, 1H), 7.21 (dd, 1H, J - 8.2Hz), 7.40 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.80 (br s, 1H), 8.33 (m, 2H).
MS (ES): 445.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1713 (Table 17 below): -H-NMR (200MHz, CDCl;) d 1.65-1.80(m, 7H), 1.88-2.00(m, 1H), 2.10 - 2.40 (m, 1H), 2.70-3.05 (m, 3H), 3.09-3.14 (m, 2H), ~.16-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.45 (d, 1H, J = l4Hz), 3.53-3.60 (m, 2H), .,.84-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.97 (d, 1H, J - l4Hz), 5.55 (t, 1H, J - 5.8Hz), 6.17 (s, 1H), 6.55-6.59 (m, 2H), 6.64-6.71 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.46 (m, 3H), 8.38-8.42 (m, 2H), MS (ES): 484.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1714 (Table 17 below): MS (ES): 471.0 (M1+1).
Compound 1715 (Table 17 below): MS (ES): 505.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1716 (Table 17 below): iH-NMR (200MHz, CD70D) d 1.6~
(m, 1H), 2.18(m, 1H), 2.49 (br d, 2H, = 6.2Hz), 2.64(m, J
1H), 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.93 (m, 1H), 4 . 10 (m, 1H) 5.06 (2, 2H) , 6.58 (s, 1H) 6. 92 (m, 2H) 7.02 , , , (m, 1H), 7.23(dd, 1H, J = 8.lHz), 7.39 3H), 8.32 (m, 2H).
(m, MS (ES) : 477.1 (M'+1) .
Compound 1717 (Table below): =H-NMR(200MHz, CD:OD)d 1.69 (m, 1H), 2.26 (m, 1H), 2.42 (d, 2H, = 7.4Hz), 2.72 (m, 1H), J
3.53 (m, 1H), 3.83 (m, 1H), 4.02 (m, ~H), 4.14 (dd, 1H, J
=
10.6, 7.OHz) 5.14 (2, 2H) , 6. 69 1H) , 6. (m, H) 7.06 , (s, 96 2 , (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H, J = 8.OHz), 9 (m, 3H),8.35 (m, 2H).
7.3 MS (ES) : 462.2 (M'+1) .
Compound 1718 (Table 17 1.40 below):
'-H-NMR
(200MHz, CD,OD) d - 2.00 (m, 5H), 3.52 (d, 2H, 7.6Hz), 3.80 - 4.00 (m, 1H),4.00 - 4.20 (m, 3H), 4.50 (m, 2H), 6.36 - 0.50 (m, 2H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 6.84 - 6.92 (m, 1H),7.05 (t, 1H, J = 8.2Hz), 7.30 7.45 -(m, 3H) , 8.24 (d, 2H, J 9.8Hz) . MS (ES) : 449.0 (M'+1) = .
TABLE 17. Adenosine A; Receptor Selective Compounds * at least 10 times more selective than other three subtypes.
ompound Structure i-A1 i-A2a i-A2b i-A3 NH
O' ~NH
CH ~
N
CHI
~N N
H
H3C' /O
CHI
HN
~CH 3 NH CHI
N / I
''//~CH ~
~N N
H
H
O
N
N
,--CH3 ~N ~N
H
~ 01 H,c H3C~N~0 HN
NH
CHI
N
rCH, ~N N
H
311 H,c ~o HN
S
NH
CH ~
f--CH ~
N /
~N ~N
1~ H
312 /cH, HN
~O
H ~N
NH
CHI
N
?5 I ~H3 ~N N
H
Z
J
310 H,c~
NH
O~NH
NH
CH, ~CH, N /
~N N
I H
HzN
O ~NH
NH
CH, J---CH, N /
~ \N HH
702 H,c' /s H~N
NH
~CH~
N /
~N N
H
to 15 Ho 20 ( N
H
704 cH, -NH
O"NH
NH
N~ ~ \
'///~CH~
\N N
I H
NHZ
O
NH
CH, N /
~CH3 ~N ~N
H
~ /
HO
NH
N
I
~N N
H
HN
NH
N /
I
~N N
H
//o HN
7 0 8 ~~II'N
NH
N
~N N
H
15 i-s~N O
NH
CFA /
N
H
NH
N /
N
N H
HO
N
i ~N N
H
N~NH
H
CI
~N N
H
c~
713 ~ /N
r1 ~'H
O
HN
I ~~---~ 1 W
N
H
HO
NH
N
~N N
H
CI
H
O
715 ~NH
/ NN~
/ NH
CI
N
~N~H~
HOC
N
CI
N
~N H O
NHi N
~ c1 N
\N N O
H
25 71g ~ -oH
N
N ~ ~ii~
~N I H O
I
a \NH
O NH
NF.
H
IO N ~~H
~N N
H
CI
IS
This invention provides a compound having the structure:
.."--~'~O . .
H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
fsJ NH2 N
O
N ~
I
N~ N
I i H
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
fSJ NH2 N
N ~ ~ O-I
wN N
H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
H O (S) ( 11 NH2 N
O
N
I ~
N
I i H
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
(S) NH2 N O O
N
I OH
~ / N/ H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
(S) N H z N ~CONHz O O
N
I
N/ H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
~S~ NH2 N
O OH
N \
I
\ N~ H O
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
lS~ N H 2 N
O
N
I
I \ N/ H
/
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
N ~S~ NH2 N O
\ ~ ~ \ OfOH
~N N
H
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
OH
N
HN
Ni ~ N
~N N
H
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
OH
HN
N , OH
\ ~N N O
/ H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
OH
HN 'OH
N~ O
\ ~N N
/ H
OH
HN
N~ \ O-\ wN I ~O
N
I H
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
N ~S~ NH2 N~ O O
N ~ ~ O~O
N
H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
N~NH2 N~ O O
OOH
, N
H
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
OH
HN
N , NH2 \ ~ I N\' -O
I N H
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating a disease associated with A~ adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of compounds 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1519, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method, wherein the subject is a mammal.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method, wherein the mammal is a human.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method, wherein said A~ adenosine receptor is associated with cognitive disease, renal failure, cardiac arrhythmias, respiratory epithelia, transmitter release, sedation, vasoconstriction, bradycardia, negative cardiac inotropy and dromotropy, branchoconstriction, neutropil chemotaxis, reflux condition, or ulcerative condition.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a water-soluble prodrug of compound 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520, wherein the water-soluble prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce an active drug which selectively inhibits A~ adenosine receptor.
In a further embodiment the invention provides, wherein said prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the above prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an Ai adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting the cell with compounds 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method for inhibiting the activity of an Ai adenosine receptor in a cell, wherein the compound is an antagonist of the A~ adenosine receptor.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method for inhibiting the activity of an A1 adenosine receptor in a cell, wherein the cell is human cell.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method for inhibiting the activity of an Ai adenosine receptor in a human cell, wherein the compound is an antagonist of A~
adenosine receptors.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating a disease associated with A~ adenosine receptor in a subject, wherein said disease is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory disorder.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating a disease associated with A~ adenosine receptor in a subject, wherein said disease is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory disorder and wherein the subject is a human.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating the above disease, wherein said compound is an antagonist of Ai adenosine receptors.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a combination therapy for asthma, comprising the compound 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520, and a steroid, (32 agonist, glucocorticoid, lucotriene antagonist, or anticolinergic agonist.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating a respiratory disorder with the compound 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520, wherein said respiratory disorder is asthma, allergic rhinitis, or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
In a further embodiment the inventi:~n provides the above pharmaceutical composir_ion(s), wherein said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above pharmaceutical composition(s), wherein said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above pharmaceutical composition(s), wherein said pharmaceutical composition is a surgical irrigating solution.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with Ai adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising:
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1519, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520; and (b) instructions for using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of tl~e compound 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above pharmaceutically acceptable salt, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound 1509, 1511, 1515, 1518, or 1519 contains a cation selected from the group consisting of sodium, calcium and ammonium.
In yet a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating a disease associated with A~ adenosine receptor in a subject, wherein the A~ adenosine receptor is associated with congestive heart failure.
Exemplification Example 21: Synthesis of 1-[6-(4-Hydroxy-4-phenyl-piperidin-1-yl-methyl)-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (1505).
Compound 1505 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of Example 17 using synthesis scheme IX with L-prolineamide and 4 phenyl-piperidin-4-of to obtain:
~R~ NH2 OH
H
=H-NMR (d~-DMSO) d 1.53 (s, 1H), 1.60 (s, 1H), 1.84-2.30 (m, 6H) , 2. 66 (m, 2H) , 3. 60 (s, 2H) , 3. 88 (m, 1H) , 4 .02 (m, 1H) , 9 . 66 (d, 1H, J = 6.8Hz) , 4 .73 (s, 1H) , 6.44 (s, 1H) , 6.94 (s, 1H), 7.12 - 7.50 (m, 10H), 8.35 (m, 2H), 11.6 (brs, 1H); MS
(ES): 305.1 (M'+1); mp = 234-235°C.
Example 22: Synthesis of [N-(2-Phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d]pyrimidin-9-yl)(L)-prolinamide (i506) Compound 1506 was synthesized using synthesis scheme VII with L-prolineamide to obtain:
~S~ N H 2 N
O
N ~
I ~
N
1 s ~ / ~ 5os -H-NMR (DMSO-do) d 2.05 (m, 4H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.70 (d, 1H, J=8.OHz), 6.58 (brs, 1H), 6.95 (brs, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H, J=3.4Hz), 7.40 (m, 3H), 7.50 (brs, ~H), 8.40 (m, 2H), 11.6 (brs, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 308.3 (M'+1) . mp= 236-238''C.
Example 23: Synthesis of [N-(2-phenyl-6-methoxymethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(L)-prolinamide (1507) Compound 1507 was synthesized using precursor compound 23 of synthesis scheme IX to obtain:
CI CI
N ~ ~ Br N ~ ~ O-N' N HOCH3, DCM, CF3C02Ag ~ N~ N
0 rt, 1 h I / O O
23 ~ 4 Bromide 23 (4.238, lOmmol) is dissolved in anhydrous methanol (60mL) and DCM (120mL) and treated ~nith Aa0=CCF- under N- at rt for 1h. The solid is removed by filtration and washed with DCM
(2x20mL) . The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is redissolved in DCM (80mL). The resulted solution is then washed with saturated NaHCO, solution and brine, dried over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated to give 3.718 (4, 99=) off white solid. =H-NMR (CDCl;) d 1.75 (s, 9H) , :3.51 (s, 3H) , 4 .83 (s, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 8.52 Im, 2H).
CI
(S~ NHz N \ \ O-I, r o \ ~N N L-Prolineamide, DMSO N \ ~ O-I~ I
4 p O 120°C, 4h \ N' N
H
Aryl chloride 4 (2.4488, 6.55mmo1), DMSO (lSmL), L-prolineamide (4.0g, 35.Ommo1) and NaHC03 (2.98) are combined and heated to 120°C under nitrogen. After 4h, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (60m1). The resulted slurry is extracted with DCM (10x). The comb~.ned organic layers are washed with saturated NaHCO; solution and brine, dried over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated to give 2.488 brown solid. Pure product (1.868, 810) is obtained after flash column as white solid. White crystals are gotten from THF/hexane. M.p. - 213-215°C. 1H-NMR (CDC13) d 2.15 (m, 3H), 2.52 (m, 1H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 9.42 (s, 2H), 5.08 (d, 1H, J=8.2Hz), 5.49 (brs, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 7.08 (brs, 1H), 7.42 (m, 3H) , 8.38 (m, 2H) , 9.78 (brs, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 352.2 (M'+1) .
Example 24: Synthesis of 4-Hydroxy-1-(2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (1508) Compound 1508 was obtained with synthesis scheme VII using cis-hydroxy prolineamide to obtain:
HO ~S~
~S~ N H 2 N
O
N ~
I
~ ~ N/ H
'-H-NMR (dG-DMSO) d 1.90 (m, 1H), 3.85 (d, 1H, J = 9.2Hz), 4.08 (m, 1H), 4.37 (s, 1H), 4.67 (dd, 1H, J = 8.8, 4.OHz), 5.30 (s, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 2H), 7.37 (m, 3H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 8.37 (m, 2H), 11.65 (brs, 1H); MS (ES): 324.2 (M'+1); mp = 268-271°C.
Example 25: Synthesis of 3-[4-((S)-2-Carbamoyl-pyrrolodin-1-yl)-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl]-propionic acid (1509) Compound 1509 was obtained using precursor compound 23 of synthesis scheme IX to obtain:
CI CI
Br N
Na,HP04, NaH,P04 I \ ~ CHO
N/ ~O DMSO, SO°C, 3.5h ~ \ N/ ~O
~ 23 O ~ 7 O
The tert-butoxycarbonyl protected ar,:jl bromide 23 (~.Og, 9 . 5mmo1 ) , dry DMSO ( 25m1 ) , NaH~PO; ( 4 54mg, 3 . 7 9mmol ) and Na HPO.
(1.62g, 11.4mmo1) were combined and heated to 50~C under argon for approximately 3.5h. The mixture was then poured into water (200m1) and extracted with three 100m1 portions of EtOAc. The combined organic layers were thoroughly washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO;, filtered and concentrated to give a yellow solid which was purified by triturati ng with ethanol . to give 1.558 of a pale yellow solid (7). The mother liquor was purified by flash chromatography (10°-., EtOAc in hexane) to give an additional 454mg (60%). iH-NMR (CDC1;,) d 1.77 (s, 9H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 8.52 (m, 2H) 10.39 (s, 1H); m.p.= 156°C
(dec) .
CI CI
N
~ CHO (ph)3p-CHCO_tBu O THF, 0°C, 1h I ~ 8 O O
N/ N \ N/ N
Aldehyde 7 (600mg, l.7mmo1) was dissolved in dry THF (20m1) and cooled to 0°C under argon. To this was added a 0°C solution of (tert-butoxycarbonylmethylene)-triphenylphosphorane (694mg, l.8mmo1) in lOml of dry THF dropwise through a cannula. After 3h the mixture was concentrated and purified by triturating with ethanol to give 565mg ( 73 0 ) of a white solid ( 8 ) . 1HNMR
(CDCl;) d 1.58 (s, 9H), 1.79 (s, 9H), n.46 (d, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 8.56 ;m, 2H).
CI O CI O
N \
O I ~ O
N N ~ _H, . Pd-C \ N
~O THF. EtOAC I / N ~O
A solution of compound 8 (565mg l.2mmo1) in 5m1 THF was diluted to 100m1 with EtOAc. After adding 600mg of catalyst (5o wt Pd, 50o H-O) and purging with argon, the mixture was hydrogenated under atmospheric pressure. After 8h the mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified with flash chromatography (loo EtOAc in hexane) to isolate 200mg (350) of 9 as a clear oil that crystallized upon standing. -HNMR (CDCl_) d 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.75 (s, 9H), 2.65 (t, 2H), 3.32 (t, 2H), 6.41 (s, 1H) 7.45 (m, 3H), 8.51 (m, 2H).
CI O
N \.~ \ N O
I ~ O L-prolinamide O
\ N ~ ~ N
/ O DMSO, 85"C I ~ O
O \ N N
~ / 10H
Aryl chloride 9 (200mg, 0.44mmo1), DMSO (lOml) and L-prolinamide (440mg, 4.4mmo1) were combined and heated to 85°C
under argon. After 14 hours the mixture is cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and ethyl acetate.
The layers were separated and the aqueous layer washed with EtOAc (3x).' The combined organic layers were thoroughly washed with water (3x), brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to give 10 as a yellow film which was purified by flash chromatography (2.5% MeOH in CH.,C1-,). 185mg (970). MS
(ES) : 435.8 (M-+1) .
(S) NH2 (S) NH2 N O
O O O
N \ HCI, dioxane N \
I , \ O I OH
\ N N ~ \ N~ N
~ i 10H ~ ~ H
Ester 10 (30mg, mmol) in 5m1 dioxane was hydrolyzed by adding 0.5m1 concentrated HC1. After 3 hours the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and recrystali~ed in EtOH/ EtOAc to obtain 1509 as a white solid (20mg, 6101. MS (ES): 380 (M'+1).
Example 26: Synthesis of [N-(2-phenyl-E-aminocarbonyl l~ methoxymethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(L)-prolinamide (1510) Compound 1510 was obtained using precursor compound 23 of synthesis scheme IX to obtain:
N \ Br N \
HOCH2C02CH3, I ~
\ N N \ Ni 'N
O DCM, AgOTf, rt, 2h 23 ~ 12 Bromide 23 (1.278, 3mmo1) and molecular sieve (5g) are stirred in anhydrous methyl glycolate (5.8g, 60mmo1) and DCM (40mL).
The solution is treated with AgOTf under N~ and allowed to stir for 3h. The solid is removed by filtrat_on and washed with DCM
(2x20mL) . The filtrate is concentrated _'.n vacuo. The residue is redissolved in DCM (80mL). The resulted solution is Lhen was~nec with water, saturated NaHCO: solution and brine, dried over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated to give 1.358 (990) off white solid (12). =H-NMR (CDC13) d 1.75 (s, 9H;, 3.80 (s, 3H), 5.0 (s, 2H) , 6.78 (s, 1H) , 7.47 (m, 3H) , 8. 52 (m, 2H) .
CI ~C02CH3 N ~S~ NH2 N ~ O O C02CH3 L-Prolineamide N ~ ~ O~
\N N DMSO, 120°C, 4h ~ i N~N~
i Aryl chloride 12 (177mg, 0.41mmo1), DMSO (lOmL), L-prolinamide (466mg, 4mmo1) and NaHCO, (500mg) are combined and heated to 120°C under nitrogen. A:'ter 4h, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (60m1). The resulted slurry is extracted with DCM (5x30mL). The combined organic layers are washed with saturated NaHCO;solutio:z and brine, dried over MgSOq, filtered and concentrated to give brown solid. Pure product (154mg, 920) is obtained after flash column as white solid (13) . -H-NMR (CDC1,) d 2.15 (m, 3H) , 2. 52 (m, 1H) , 3.55 (s, 3H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 5.08 (s, 1H, ), 5.85 (brs, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 7.08 (brs, 1H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 8.40 (m, 2H), 10.58 (brs, 1H); MS (ES): 410.1 (M'+1).
(SJ NH2 (SJ NHz O z \ O~ NH3/HOCH3 N \ O O~ ONH
N' N rt, 4 h I
/ ~ O ~ / \N H
Methyl ester 13 (124mg, 0.3mmo1) is dissolved in HOCH, (l5mL).
Ammonia is bubbled through the solution for 0.5h. The reaction mixture is then stirred for another 3h at rt. After removal of solvent lilmg of a white solid (1510, 93~) is obtained. -H-NMR
(CDC1~,) d 1 . 82 (m, 3H) , 2.20 (m, 1H) , 2. 80 (m, 1H) , 3. 10 (m, 1H), 3.63 (dd, 2H, J;=13.8Hz, J~=19.4Hz), 3.87 (m, 1H), 4.07 (m, 1H), 4.97 (m, 1H), 5.96 (m, 2H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 6.86 (brs, 1H), 7.11 (brs, 1H), 7.37 (m, 3H), 8.28 (m, 2H), 11.46 (brs, 1H); MS
(ES) : 394.8 (M-+1) .
Example 27: Synthesis of [4-(2-Carbamoylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-dJpyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid] (1511) Compound 1511 was synthesized using precursor compound 15 of synthesis scheme VII to obtain:
CI CI
N ~ N ~ \
\ NaH, then PhSOzCI ~ ~ ' N
N N 'N
H DMF
O =S
15 020 °C, 4h 16 / \
To a suspension of sodium hydride (780mg of a n0~. oi'.
suspension, 19.5mmo1) in dry DMF (20mL), cooled by an ice/water bath, under nitrogen, is added a solution of the pyrrolopyrimidine 15 ( 2 . 00g, 7 . 52mmo1 ) in DI~~1F ( l 0m L ) ov er 5 min. After 15 min, benzenesulfonyl chloride (l.2mL, 9.40mmo1) is added, then the cooling bath is removed. After 4h, the reaction mixture is poured into a mixture of ice and sat. NaHCO:
sol., the precipitated solid is filt.e~ed off and triturated with acetone (3 ) and methanol (2 ), yielding 2.378 of a beige solid. This solid (16) contains approx. lOmol-o DMF (based on that 83o yield) and can be used in the next step; a pure sample can be obtained by chromatography on silica gel using acetone as eluent. =H-NMR (CDC1;): d 6.70 (d, J - 4.2Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.68 (m, 6H), 7.76 (d, J = 4.2Hz, 1H), 8.24-8.32 (m, 2H), 1~ 8.48-8.56 (m, 2H); IR (solid): n = 314n cm--, 1585, 1539, 1506, 1450, 1417, 1386, 1370, 1186, 1176, 1154, 1111, 1015, 919, 726, 683, 616, 607; MS (ES): 372/370 (MH~); :np = 226-227 °C.
C~ Ct N ~ LDA, then CO2 N ~
I
\ \N N ~.O THF I ~ N~ N 'O O
O'S ~ OsS
16 ~ \ -~8 °C, ~ h, 17 / \
then ~ rt To a solution of the N-sulfonyl compound 16 (337mg, 0.911mmo1) in dry THF (34mL), cooled by dry ice/acetone, is added LDA~THF
(l.OmL, 1.5M solution in cyclohexane, l.5mmo1). After 45min, carbon dioxide is bubbled into the solution for 5min, then the cooling bath is removed. When the solution has reached ambient temp., the solvents are evaporated, yielding 398mg of the salt 17, containing 0.5 equiv. of (iPr).,NCO..Li, as yellow solid. The salt is used without purification in the next step. =H-NMR (D~-DMSO): d = 6.44 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.75 (m, 6H), 8.33-8.40 (m, 2H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.0, l.6Hz, 2H).
(S) NHz _ N
N ~ \ O ~i+ O OH
N O L-prolinamide _N / N~ NS;O O
/ ~S'O DMSO
17 0 ° ~ 1g o 80 C, 15.5h A solution of the lithium salt 17 (50mg) and L-prolinamide (122mg, 1.07mmo1) in DMSO (l.SmL) is heated under nitrogen to 80 °C for 15.5h. 4 o aq. acetic acid (lOmL) is added to the cooled solution, and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (5~lOmL). The combined organic layers are washed with 4o aq.
acetic acid (lOmL), water (lOmL) and brine (lOmL) and are dried over MgS04. Filtration and concentration gives 40mg of 18 as a yellowish solid, which is used without purification in the next step. 1H-NMR (CD~OD) : d = 1. 95-2. 36 (m, 4H) , 3. 85-3. 95 (m, 1H), 3.95-4.17 (m, 1H), 4.72 (brs, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.45-7.70 (m, 3H), 8.33-8.50 (m, 4H).
(SJ NHz (SJ NH2 N
N ~ O OH NaOH ; N ~ O OH
N O MeOH ~ \
N
/ O S%O 20 °C, 2h I ~ N H O
1g / \ / 1511 A solution of sodium hydroxide in methanol (l.SmL, 5M, 7.5msnol) is added to a solution of the pyrrolopyrimidine 18 (40mg, 0.081mmo1) in methanol (2mL). After 2h, the pH is adjusted to 5, most of the methanol is evaporated, tze mixture is extracted with EtOAc (5 lOmL), the combined organic layers are washed with brine and dried over MgS04. Filtration and concentration yields 24mg of a pale yellow solid, which is triturated with toluene/EtOAc/MeOH to yield 15.6mg (55s) cf the acid 1511 as slightly yellowish solid. =H-NMR (CD;OD): d - 2.05-2.20 (m, 4H), 3.95-4.10 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.85 (brs, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.42 (m, 3H), 8.38-8.45 (m, 2H); IR (solid): n =
3192 cm-', 2964, 2923, 2877, 1682, 1614, 1567, 1531, 1454, 1374, 1352, 1295, 1262, 1190, 974, 754, 700; MS (ES): 352 (M'+1); m.p.
- 220 °C (decomp.).
Example 28: Synthesis of 1-(6-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-4-yl)-(S)-pyrrolidine-2 -carboxylic acid amide (1512) Compound 1512 was synthesized by the following steps:
CI ~S~ NHz N ~ L-Prolineamide N O
I ~\~ N ~ \
N~ N DMSO, 85°C I
H ~ N~ N
H
20 ~ 1512 Aryl chloride 20 (3g, 10.7 mmol), DMSO (50m1) and (S)-prolinamide were combined and heated to 85°C under argon. After stirring overnight (l4hrs), the mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into 800m1 of wager. This was extracted with three 200m1 portions of EtO~c. ! he ~ombi ned organic 1 avers were thoroughly washed with water (3 x 300 ml), trine, dried over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated to give a dark brown solid. The solid was recrystallized twice from EtOAc to yield 1.958 (57°) of a tan solid (1512). =HNMR(DMSO-d~) d 1.8-2.2 (m, 4H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 4.6 (d, 1H) 6.2 (s, 1H) , 6.9 (s, 1H) , 7.2 (m, 3H) , 7.3 (s, 1H) , 8.4 (m, 2H) , 11 .5 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 322 (M-+1) Example 29: Synthesis of 1-[6-(2-Hydroxy-ethoxymethyl) -2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-dJpyrimidin-4-yl]-pyrrolidine-2-carb oxylic acid amide(1513) Compound 1513 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of Example 17 using synthesis scheme IX with L-prolineamide and ethane-1,2-diol to obtain:
N ~S~ NH2 N O
O ~/~'O H
~N N
H
MS (ES) : 382 (M'+1) .
Example 30: Synthesis of 4-(6-Imidazol-1-ylmethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrroio[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-cyclohexanol (i514).
Compound 1514 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of Example 17 using synthesis scheme IX with N-6 amino cyclohexanol and imidazole to obtain:
OH
N
HN
Ni ~ N
\ ~N N
MS (ES) : 389 (M'+1) Example 31: Synthesis of 4-(4-Hydroxy-cyclohexylamino) -2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (1515) Compound 1515 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of Example 27 using synthesis scheme IX with N-6 amino cyclohexanol to obtain:
OH
HN
N , OH
N O
N H
MS (ES): 353 (M'+1) 1~ Example 32: Synthesis of 4-[6-(2-Hydroxy-ethoxymethyl) -2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-cyclohexanol (1516) Compound 1516 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of Compound 1513 using synthesis scheme IX with N-6 amino cyclohexanol to obtain:
OH
HN 'OH
Ni ~ O
N
I \ \N H
MS (ES) : 383 (M'+l;
Example 33: Synthesis of 4-(4-Hydroxy-cyclohexylamino) -2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1517) CI
CI
N ~ ~ O-Li+ CH I N ~ OCH3 w ~ N p s I
'N :S'0 ~ \ N/ N O O
O / O~S
20 °C, 3h A solution of the lithium salt 17 (0.13mmo1) in dry DMF (4mL) is stirred with methyl iodide (O.lmL, i.6mmo1) at 20 °C under argon for 3h. DMF is evaporated, and aaueous ammonium chloride solution is added (l5mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3~15mL), the combined organic layers are washed with water (2'lOmL) and brine (lOmL) and are dried over MgS04. Filtration and concentration gives 2lmg (38o) of the methyl ester 22.
CI 1. H2N~~~OH ,,.OH
N ~ ~ OCH3 I DMSO, 80 °C, 5h, HN
N~ N O then 20 °C, 13.5h OCH
/ :S'0 N ~ ~ 3 O 2. NaOH, MeOH, 20 min ~ I _ ~ N O
N H
l~
A solution of the methyl ester 22 (24.5mg, 0.057mmol) and 4 trans-aminocyclohexanol (66mg, 0.57mmo1) in DMSO (l.SmL) is heated under nitrogen to 80 °C for 5i'., then the heating is stopped, and stirring at 20 °C is continued for 13.5~~. 4% aq.
acetic acid (lOmL) is added to the cooled solution, and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3'lOmL). The combined organic layers are washed with 4o aq. acetic acid (lOmL), water (lOmL) 2N NaOH (lOmL), water (lOmL), and brine (lOmL) and are dried over MgSO;. To a solution of the crude material obtained after filtration and concentration (1H NMR indicates about 500 removal of the benzenesulfonyl group) in THF (2mL) is added a solution of NaOH in MeOH (0.5mL of 5~_ solution, 2.5mmo1) at ambient temperature. After 20min, water and sat. NaHCO;
solution (5mL each) are added, and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (4'l5mL). The combined organic layers are washed with 2N NaOH (lOmL), water (lOmL), and brine (lOmL) and are dried over MgSO~ . Chromatography of the crude material obtained after filtration and concentration on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/EtOAc 1:1 O 1:2 yields 8.6mg (410) .of 1517 as a white solid, mp. 225-227 °C. 1H-NMR (CD30D): d = 1.38-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.95-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.25 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 4.20-4.35 (m, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.47 (m, 3H), 8.35-8.42 (m, 2H); IR (solid): n = 3352 cm-~, 3064, 2935, 2860, 1701, 1605, 1588, 1574, 1534, 1447, 1386, 1333, 1263, 1206, 1164, 1074, 938, 756, 705; MS (ES) : 367 (MH') .
Example 34: Synthesis of [4-(2-Carbamoyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl) -2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-ylmethoxy]-acetic acid methyl ester (1518) Compound 1518 was synthesized in a manner similar to example 26 using precursor compound 12 to obtain:
N~NH2 N~ O O
N
N
MS (ES) : 410 (M'+1) Example 35: Synthesis of [4-(2-Carbamoyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl) -2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-ylmethoxy]-acetic acid (1519) Compound 1519 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 1518 wherein the methyl ester group was hydrolized with a base to obtain:
fsl N~ O O
OOH
N
H
ll~
MS ~ . 396 (M'+1) l~
Example ~ . Synthesis of 4-(4-Hydroxy-cyclohexylamino)-2-phenyl-7H-_ -rolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid amide (1520) ,,.. - ,OH
,, HN HN
N ~ OCH3 N~ ~ NH2 I , ~~ MeOH
N N O o ~ _ ~-~O
H 20 C,10d I / N H
Gaseous ammonia is condensed into a solution of the pyrrolopyrimidine 23 (7.8mg, 0.021mmo1) in methanol (6mL), cooled by dry ice/acetone, until a total volume of l2mL is reached. After stirring for lOd at 20 °C, the solvents are evaporated, and the residue is purified by preparative TLC on silica gel, eluting with 5o MeOH in CH~C1~. The material thus obtained is triturated with ether to yield 6.5mg (880) of the amide 1520 as white solid, mp. 210-220 °C (decomp.). '-H-NMR
(CD;OD) : d = 1 . 40-1 . 60 (m, 4H) , 2.00-2. 15 (m, 2H) , 2. 15-2 .25 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.70 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.35 (rr:, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.47 (m, 3H), 8.34-8.40 (m, 2H); IR (solid): n = 3358 cm-=, 3064, 3025, 2964, 2924, 2853, 1652, 1593, 1539, 1493, 1452, 1374, 1326, 1251, 1197, 1113, 1074, 1028, 751, 699; MS (ES):
352 (MH') .
Activity of Compounds Adenosine 1 (A,) receptor subtype saturation and competition radio ligand binding were carried out for compounds 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1519, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, and 1520 as described herein and inter alia, on pages 152-153 of this specification. All of the above referenced compounds equaled or surpassed the A, receptor binding affinity of reference compounds 1318 or 1319 as described herein and, inter alia, in Table 13, on page 171 of the specification.
The water solubilities of the above compounds listed in Table 18 are expected to be better than reference compounds 1318 or 1319 due to their cLogP values, which we=a calculated usina the computer program CS ChemDraw, ChemDraw Ultra ver. 6.0 X1999 as provided by CambridgeSoft Corporation., 100 Cambridge Park Drive, Cambridge, MA 02140.
The compounds specific to the A: receptor listed in Table 18 had lower cLogP values, between about 1.5 to about 3.4, as compared to reference compounds 1318 or 1319 with a cLogP value about 3.8. It was not predicted that the more polar Ai receptor compounds listed in Table 18 having lower cLogP values than the reference compounds 1318 or 1319 would still retain the potency and A, receptor binding selectivity as compared to those reference compounds.
Table 18 Compound cLogP
1505 4.1 1506 3.0 1507 2.88 1508 2.1 1509 2.
1510 1.5 1511 2.7 1512 3.37 1513 2 .
1514 2.8 1515 3.1 1516 2.q 1517 3 . 4 1518 2.4 1519 2.2 1520 2.~
Paces 288-293 relate to additional compounds specific to A_ receptor This invention provides a compound having the structure:
~(RJ NH2 N/ O
~N
I ~ ~N~N /N
i H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
NHZ
\ ' (R I I \\
N O
~N
iO ~ ~ N ~ ~ N
~N~ /
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating a disease associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of compounds 1609 or 1610.
The invention also provides the above method, wherein the subject is a mammal.
The invention further provides the above method, wherein the mammal is a human.
The invention also provides the method for treating a disease associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a subject, wherein the Ana adenosine receptor is associated with locomotor activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition, neutrophil superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, senile dementia, or Parkinson's disease.
The invention provides the above method, wherein the compound treats the diseases by stimulating adenylate cyclase.
The invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of the compound 1609 or 1610, wherein the water-soluble prodrug is metabolized in vivo to an active drug tc selectively inhibit an Ana adenosine receptor.
The invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of the compound 1609 or 1610, wherein the prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the water-soluble prodrug of the compound 1609 or 1610, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an AZa adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting the cell with compound 1609 or 1610.
S The invention also provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an A.,a adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting the cell with compound 1609 or 1610, wherein the compound is an antagonist of said A,~ adenosine receptor.
The invention also provides the above method, wherein the cell is a human cell.
The invention also provides the above method, wherein the cell is a human cell and the compound is an antagonist of A?a adenosine receptors.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1609 or 1610 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical composition, wherein the therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat Parkinson's disease and diseases associated with locomotor activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition, neutrophil superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, or senile dementia.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical composition, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical composition, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical composition, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical composition, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is a surgical irrigating solution.
The invention also provides a combination therapy for Parkinson's disease, comprising the compounds 1609 or 1610, and any of the dopamine enhancers.
The invention also provides a combination therapy for cancer, comprising the compound 1609 or 1610, and any of the cytotoxic agents.
The invention also provides a combination therapy for glaucoma, comprising the compound 1609 or 1610, and a prostaglandin agonist, a muscrinic agonist, or a (3-2 antagonist.
The invention also provides a packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with Ana adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising:
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1609 or 1610; and (b) instructions for using the compound for treating said disease in a subject.
Exemplification Example 41: Synthesis of 1-(6-Phenyl-2-pyridin-4-yl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (1609) .
Compound 1609 was synthesized by reacting L-prolinamide with the appropriate chloride intermediate described in synthesis scheme II on page 82 to obtain:
~~RJ \'NH2 .~il~
N O
~N
~N~N /N
i H
-H-NMR (dE,-DMSO) d 1.95-2.15 (m, 4H), 4.00 (brs, 1H), 4.15 (brs, 1H), 4.72 (brs, 1H), 6.90 (brs, 1H), 7.19 (brs, 1H), 7.30 (t, 1H, J - 7.OHz), 7.44 (t, 2H, J - 7.OH~), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.92 (brs, 2H), 8.26 (d,2H, J = 6.2Hz), 8.65 (d, 2H, J = 6.2Hz); MS
(ES): 384.9 (M'+1); Mpt = 280-316°C (decomp.).
Example 42: Synthesis of 1-[6-(3-Methohy-phenyl)-2-pyridin-.
yl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-dJpyrimidin-4-ylJ-pyrrolidine-2-carbo~vlic acid amide (1610).
Compound 1610 was synthesized by reacting L-prolinamide with the appropriate chloride intermediate described in synthesis scheme II on page 82 to obtain:
NHz ~~R I I \' N o ~N
N \ N
~N~ /
H
'-H-NMR(dE-DMSO) d 2.07 (m, 4H) , 3.85 (s, 3H) , 4 .02 (m, 1H) , 4.17(m,lH), 4.75(m,lH), 6.89(m,lH), 7.00(s,lH), 7.23(s,lH), 7.35 (t, 1H, J=8.2Hz) , 7 .53 (s, 2H) , 7. 60 (s, 1H) , 8.28 (d, 2H, J=5. 8Hz) , 8. 67 (d, 2H, J=5.8Hz) , 12.37 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 415.0 (M'+1) .
Activity of Compounds Adenosine 2a (A~a) receptor subtype competition radio ligand binding were carried out for compounds 1609 and 1610 as described herein and inter alia, on page 153 of this specification. Compounds 1609 and 1610 were found have A.,a receptor binding affinity and selectivity.
Paaes 294-300 relate to additional co~noounds specific to A_:
receptor This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
N
N
H
NH
N \
\ N~ N
H
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting the cell with the compound 1720.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, wherein the compound is an antagonist of the A3 adenosine receptor.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, wherein the cell is human cell.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, wherein the cell is a human cell and wherein the compound is an antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
In a further embodiment the invention. provides a method of treating damage to the eye of a subject which comprises administering to the subject a composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1720.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method, wherein the damage comprises retinal or optic nerve head damage.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a therapy for glaucoma, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1720.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a therapy for glaucoma comprising one or more adenosine receptor antagonists, preferably comprising an adenosine receptor A3 antagonist (preferably an N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, most preferably [2-(3H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-(2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-9-yl)-amine).
In an alternative embodiment the invention provides a combination therapy for glaucoma comprising an adenosine receptor A3 antagonist (preferably an N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, most preferably [2-(3H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-(2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine)) and one or more other compounds selected from the group consisting of beta adrenoceptor antagonists (i.e. beta adrenergic antagonists or -blockers) (e. g. timolol maleate, betaxolol, carteolol, levobunolol, metipranolol, L-653328 (the acetate ester of L-652698), beta 1 adrenoceptor antagonists), alpha-2 adrenoceptor agonists (e. g. aplaclonidine, brimonidine, AGN-195795, AGN-190837 (an analog of Bay-a-6781)), carbonic anhydrase inhibitors (brinzolamide, dorzolamide, MK-927 (an inhibitor of the human carbonic anhydrase II isoenzyme), inhibitors of carbonic anhydrase IV isoenzyme), cholinergic agonists (e. g.
muscarinic cholinergic agonists, carbachol, pilocarpine HC1, pilocarpine nitrate, pilocarpine, pilocarpine prodrugs (e. g.
DD-22A)), prostaglandins and prostaglandin receptor agonists (e. g. latanoprost, unoprostone isopropyl, PGF2 alpha agonists, prostanoid-selective FP receptor agonis's, PG agonists such as the hypotensive prostamides), angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors (e. g. Spirapril, spiraprilat), AMPA receptor antagonists, 5-HT agonists (e. g. a selective 5-HT 1A receptor agonist such as MKC-242 (5-3-[((2S)-1,4-benzodioxan-2-ylmethyl)amino]propoxy-1,3-benxodioxole HC1), angiogenesis inhibitors (e. g. the steroid anecortave), NMDA antagonists (e. g. HU-211, memantine, the cannabinoid NMDA-receptor agonist dexanabinol, prodrugs and analogs of dexanabinol, NR2B-selective antagonists (e. g. eliprodil (SL-82.0715)), renin inhibitors (e. g. CGP-38560, SR-43845), cannabinoid receptor agonists (e. g. tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and THC analogs, selective CB2 cannabinoid receptor agonists (e.g. L-768242, L-759787), compounds such as anandamide that bind to both brain-specific CBl receptors and peripheral CB2 receptors), angiotensin receptor antagonists (e. g., angiotensin II receptor antagonists (e.g. CS-088), selective angiotensin II AT-I
receptor antagonists, such as iosartan potassium',, hydrochlorothiazide (HCTZ), somatostatin agonists (e.g. the non-peptide somatostatin agonist NNC-26-9100), glucocorticoid antagonists, mast cell degranulation inhibitors (e. g.
nedocromil), alpha-adrenergic receFtor blockers (e. g.
dapiprazole, alpha-2 adrenoceptor antagonists, alpha 1 adrenoceptor antagonists (e.g. aunazosin)), alpha-2 adrenoceptor antagonists, thromboxane A2 mimetics, protein kinase inhibitors (e. g. H7), prostaglandin F derivatives (e. g.
S-1033), prostaglandin-2 alpha antagonists (e. g. PhXA-34), dopamine D1 and 5-HT2 agonists (fenoldopam), nitric-oxide-releasing agents (e. g. NCX-904 or NCX-905, nitric-oxide-releasing derivatives of timolol), 5-HT 2 antagonists (e. g.
sarpogrelate), NMDA antagonists (e.g. prodrugs and analogs of dexanabinol), alpha 1 adrenoceptor antagonists (e. g.
bunazosin), cyclooxygenase inhibitors (e.g. diclofenac, or the non-steroidal compound nepafenac), inosine, dopamine D2 receptor and alpha 2 adrenoceptor agonists (e. g. talipexole), dopamine Dl receptor antagonist and D2 receptor agonists (e. g.
SDZ-GLC-756), vasopressin receptor antagonists (e. g.
vasopressin V2 receptor antagonists (e. g. SR-121463)), endothelin antagonists (e.g. TBC-2576), 1-(3-hydroxy-2-phosphonylmethoxypropyl;cytosine (HPMPC) and related analogs and prodrugs, thyroid hormone receptor ligands (e.g. KB-130015), muscarinic Ml agonists, NMDA-receptor antagonists (e.g. the cannabinoid NMDA-receptor antagonist dexanabinol), PG
agonists such as the hypotensive lipids, prostamides, sodium channel blockers, NMDA antagonists, mixed-action ion channel blockers, beta adrenoceptor antagonist and PGF2 alpha agonist combinations (e. g. latanoprost and timo?ol), guanylate cyclase activators (e. g. atrial natriuretic :peptide (ANP) or non-peptide mimetics, inhibitors of ANP neutral endopeptidase, nitrovasodilators (e. g. nitroglycerin, hydrala~ine, sodium nitroprusside), endothelin receptor modulators (e.g. ET-1 or non-peptide mimetics, sarafotoxin-S6c), ethacrynic acid, other phenoxyacetic acid analogs (e. g. indacrinone, ticrynafen), actin disrupters (e. g. latrunculin), calcium channel blockers (e.g. verapamil, nifedipine, brovincarline, nivaldipine) and neuroprotective agents.
A combination therapy for glaucoma, comprising the compound of 1702, and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of beta adrenoceptor antagonists, alpha-2 adrenoceptor agonists, carbonic anhydrase inhibitors, cholinergic agonists and prostaglandin receptor agonists.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1720 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with A3 adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising:
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1720; and (b) instructions for using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method of making a composition which comprises the compound 1720, the method comprising admixing the compound 1702 with a suitable carrier.
In a further embodiment the i:~vention provides a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of compound 1720, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt contains an anion selected from the group consisting of malefic, fumaric, tartaric, acetate, phosphate and mesylate.
Exemplification Example 43: Synthesis of [2-(3H-Imidazol-9-yl)-ethyl]-(2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-dpyrimidin-4-yl)-amine (1720) Compound 1720 was synthesized using precursor compound 1 of synthesis scheme VII to obtain:
N
Ci ~N
H
N
I ~ histamine, DMSO, NH
~N N
~ / H 120°C, 6.5h N ~ \
1 ~ w N, Aryl chloride 1 (400mg, 1.50mmo1), DMSO (lOmL) and histamine (1.678, l5.Ommo1) are combined and heated to 120°C under nitrogen. After 6.5h, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2x), dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to yield 494mg of a brown solid. The solid is washes; with cold MeOH and recrystallized from MeOH to yield 197mg (430) of an off white solid (1720). '-H-NMR (CD,OD) d 3.05 (t, 2H, J = 7.OHz), 3.94 (t, 2H, J = 7.OHz), 6.50 (d, 1H, J = 3.5Hz), 6.88 (brs, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H, J = 3. 5Hz) , 7. 42 (m, 3H) , 7. 57 (s, 1H) , 8 . 34 (m, 2H) ;
MS (ES) : 305.1 (M'+1) ; Mpt = 234-235°C.
Activity of Compounds Adenosine 3 (A3) receptor competition radio ligand binding was carried out for compound 1720 as described herein and inter alia, on pages 153-154 of this specification. Compound 1720 was found to have an A, receptor binding affinity greater than 10 times that of reference compound 1308 as described herein and, inter alia, in Table 13, on page 169 of the specification.
Incorporation by Reference All patents, published patent applications and other references disclosed herein are hereby expressly .incorporated herein by reference.
Equivalents Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain, using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to specific embodiments of the invention described specifically herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed in the scope of the following claims.
This invention further provides compounds having the formula:
RyN~R2 S
N
~Rs N/ N
H
XI
wherein R1NR2 together form a ring having the structure:
HO
or NHZ
or R1 is H and R2 is OH
R5 is H, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or alkylaryl.
The present invention is based, at least in part, vn the discovery that certain N-6 substituted 7-deazapurines, described infra, can be used to treat a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state. Examples of such states include those in which the activity of the adenosine receptors is increased, e.g., bronchitis, gastrointestinal disorders, or asthma. These states can be characterized in that adenosine receptor activation can lead to the inhibition or stimulation of adenylate cyclase activity. Compositions and methods of the invention include enantiomerically or diastereomerically pure N-6 substituted 7-deazapurines.
Preferred N-6 substituted 7-deazapurines include those which have an acetamide, carboxamide, substituted cyclohexyl, e.g., cyclohexanol, or a urea moiety attached to the N-6 nitrogen through an alkylene chain.
The present invention pertains to methods for modulating an adenosine receptors) in a mammal by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, such that modulation of the adenosine receptor's activity occurs. Suitable adenosine receptors include the families of Al, A2, or A3. In a preferred embodiment, the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine is a adenosine receptor antagonist.
The invention further pertains to methods for treating N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine disorders, e.g., asthma, bronchitis, allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, renal disorders, gastrointestinal disorders,~and eye disorders, in a mammal by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, such that treatment of the disorder in the mammal occurs. Suitable N-6 substituted 7 deazapurines include those illustrated by the general formula I:
R~~ iR2 N R
s RS
r R ~N~ N
Ra (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. R1 and R2 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety or together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety.
Rq is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety. RS and R6 are each independently a halogen atom, e.g., chlorine, fluorine, or bromine, a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety, or RS is carboxyl, esters of carboxyl, or carboxamides, or R9 and R5 or R5 and R6 together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring.
In certain embodiments, Rl and R2 can each independently be a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl or heteroarylalkyl moieties. In other embodiments, R3 is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl moiety. In still other embodiments, R~, R= and Rt can each be _naep=_..~.aer.tlv heteroaryl moieties. In a p-e=e=red w y ernbo~;me~ ~ , R1 a hydrogen atom, RZ is a cyclohexanc_, e.a., t=a~s cyclohexanol, R~ is phenyl, R~ is a ~hydroa_eatom., n. .s a J
methyl group and R6 is a methyl group. I.~. s~i~i another embodiment, R1 is a hydrogen atom, R~ is O
NHMe R3 is phenyl, R4 is a hydrogen atom and R5 and Rr are methyl groups.
1~
The invention further pertains to pharmaceutical compositions for treating a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in a mammal, e.g., asthma, bronchitis, allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, renal disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, and eye disorders. The pharmaceutical composition includes a therapeutically effective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also pertains to packaged pharmaceutical compositions for treating a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in a mammal. The packaged pharmaceutical composition includes a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of at least one N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine and instructions for using the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine for treating a N-6 substituted 7-deaz~purine responsive state in a mammal.
The invention further pertains to compounds o~ 'o~nula I
wherein R1 is hydrogen;
R2 is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, su~st_tutec o.
unsubstituted alkyl, or R1 and R2 together form a s~,:bstituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring;
R3 is unsubstituted or substituted aryl;
Rq is hydrogen; and R5 and R6 are each independently hydrogen or alkyl, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The deazaDU_ines of this embodiment may advantageously be selective A. receptor antagonists. These compounds may be useful for numerous therapeutic uses such as, for example, the treatment of asthma, kidney failure associated with heart failure, and 1~ glaucoma. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is a water soluble prodrug that is capable of being metabolized in vivo to an active drug by, for example, esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
In yet another embodiment, the invention features a method for inhibiting the activity of an adenosine receptor (e. g., A~) in a cell, by contacting the cell with N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine (e. g., preferably, an adenosine receptor antagonist).
In another aspect, the invention features a method for treating damage to the eye of an animal(e.g., a human) by administering to the animal an effective amount of an N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine of formula I. Preferably, the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine is an antagonist of A~ adenosine receptors in cells of the animal. The damage is to the retina or the optic nerve head and may be acute or chronic.
The .damage may be the result of, for example, glaucoma, edema, ischemia, hypoxia or trauma.
3~
The invention also features a pharmaceutical composi~io::
comprising a N-6 substituted compound of formula I.
Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is an ophthalmic formulation (e. g., an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation, a systemic formulation, or a surgical irrigating solution).
In yet another embodiment, the invention features a compound having the formula II:
R~~N/Rz X Q-W
N
R3 N/ N \L
(II) wherein X is N or CR6; R1 and R_~ are each independently hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, aminoalkyl, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl, or together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, provided that both R1 and Rz are both not hydrogen; R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, or aryl;
R9 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1- C6 alkyl; L is hydrogen, substituted or ~unsubstituted alkyl, or RQ and L together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring; R6 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or halogen; Q is CHZ, O, S, or NR~, wherein R~ is hydrogen 'or substituted or unsubstituted C1- C6 alkyl; and W is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, biaryl, heteroaryl, substituted carbonyl, substituted thiocarbonyl, or substituted sulfonyl;
provided that i' R, is pyrrolidinc, ther. z4 _s n'~
methyl. The inventic.~.~. also pe=rains to pra=-rnaceut_cailw acceptable salts and prodruas c_ the cospo::::ds c=- .-.::_ invention.
In an advantageous embodiment, X is CRe and Q is C:i2, C, S, e.
NF: in formula II, wherein R~ is as defined above.
In another embodiment of formula II, X is N.
The invention further pertains to a method for ini:ibitinQ the activity of an adenosine receptor (e. g., an A:b adenosine receptor) in a cell by contacting the cell with a compound of the invention. Preferably, the compound is an antagonist of the receptor.
1~
The invention also pertains to a method for treating a gastrointestinal disorder (e. g., diarrhea) or a respiratory disorder (e. g., allergic rrinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease) in an animal by administering to an animal an effective amount of a compound of formula II (e.g., an antagonist of A,r). Preferably, the animal is a human.
This invention also features a compound having the structure:
NH-R~
N
Ar N N
H
IV
wherein R: is traps-4-hydroxy cyclohexyl, 2-methylamino carbonylamino cyclohexyl, 2-methylamino carbonylamino cyclohexyl, acetamido ethyl, or methylamino carbonylamino ethyl;
wherein Ar is a substtuted o. unsubstitutec fc~.:_ to membered ring.
In one embodiment of the compound, Ar is p:~e:~wl, pv_~=rc_~, thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazoie, py=azc_e, I, ,4-tr iazole , pyridine , 2 ( 1H) -pyridone, 4 ( 1H ) -pyr idone , pyr az _ne , pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxazole, tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, be~.zofuran, benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, _..-indole, 10 indoline, benzopyrazole, 1,3-benzodioxole, be~zoxazole, purine, coumarin, chromone, quinoline, tetrahydroeuinoline, isoquinoline, benzimidazole, ouinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b] pyrazine, pyrido [3, 4-b] pyrazine, pyrido [3, 2-c] pyr idazine, purido [ 3 , 4 -b] -pyridine , 1H-pyrazole [ 3 , 4 -d] pyr imidine , pteridine, 2(1H)-quinolone, 1(2H)-isoQUinolone, 1,4-benzisoxazine, benzothiazole, quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide, quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine, phthalazine, cinnoline, or having a structure:
R2 \ \' ,, Y
wherein Y is carbon or nitrogen;
wherein Rz and R.' are independently H, . substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, halogen, methoxy, methyl amino, or methyl thio; wherein R3 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C(R~) (Ra)XR=, wherein X is 0, S, or NR6, wherein R~ and 3~ Re are each independently H or alkyl, wherein Rs and RE
are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R:, Re and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members;
wherein R4 is H, alkyl, substituted al kyl , cyc=oa=);wi ;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a ores=~c derivative, or a biologically active metabolite; w_t::
the proviso that when R: is acetylamino ethyl, Ar ;s not 4-pyridyl.
This invention also pertains to a compound having the structure:
HO~~~~~~I.
NH
1~
R~~N
V
Rz wherein R. is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl;
wherein R. is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; wherein R. is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (Re) (R7) NR:Rs, wherein RE and R
are each H or alkyl, wherein R; and Rsare each alkyl or cycloal kyl, or R~ R. and the nitrogen together form a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
.
This invention also features a method for inhibiting the activity of an A1 adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting said cell with the above-mentioned compounds.
3~
The features and other details of the inventio: k_11 now be more particularly described and pointed ou~ i:. t ~e c_a~.~.a .
It will be understood that the particular embod_me::ts of the invention are shown by way of illustration a..~.c not as limitations of the invention. The principle featu:es of t!:~s invention can be employed in various embodime.~..s without departing from the scope of the invention.
The present invention pertains to methods for ~rea~i.~.Q a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in a mamcr~al. '.'he methods include administration of a therapeutically eFfective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, desc~;bed infra, to the mammal, such that treatment of the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in the mammal occurs.
The language "N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state"
is intended to include a disease state or condition characterized by its responsiveness to treatment with a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine of the invention as described infra, e.g., the treatment includes a significant diminishment of at least one symptom or effect of the state achieved with a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine of the invention. Typically such states are associated with an increase of adenosine within a host such that the host often experiences physiological symptoms which include, but are not limited to, release of toxins, inflammation, coma, water retention, weight gain or weight loss, .pancreatitis, emphysema, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, multiple organ failure, infant and adult respiratory distress syndrome, allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, eye disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, skin tumor' promotion, immunodeficiency and asthma. (See for example, C.E. Muller and B. Stein "Adenosine Receptor Antagonists: Structures and Potential Therapeutic Applications," Current Pharmaceutical Design, 2:501 (1996) and C.E. Muller "A1-Adenosine Receptor Antagonists," Exp.
Opin. They. Patents 7 (5) :419 (1997) and I. =eoktistove, _,.
Polosa, S. T. Hoigate and I ' ' Piaggyor._ "Ade.~.os_~e AZ
g r eceptor s : a novel therapeutic tar ge t in as thma? " 'r'iPS 19 ;
148 (1998) ) . The effects often associates wiry suc'.~. svr~ctor~s include, but are not limited to, fever, shortness o~ breat!:, nausea, diarrhea, weakness, headache, and ever. dear=.
embodiment, a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive s~a~e includes those disease states which are mediated bw stimulation of adenosine receptors, e.g., A1, A~~, A,b, A;, etc., such that calcium concentrations in cells and%e=
activation of PLC (phospholipase C) is modulates. Tn a preferred embodiment, a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state is associated with adenosine receptor(s), e.g., the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine aces as an 1~ antagonist. Examples of suitable responsive states which can be treated by the compounds of the invention, e.g., adenosine receptor subtypes which mediate biological effects, include central nervous system (CNS) effects, cardiovascular effects, renal effects, respiratory effects, immunological effects, gastro-intestinal effects and metabolic effects. The relative amount of adenosine in a subject can be associated with the effects listed below; that is increased levels of adenosine can trigger an effect, e.g., an undesired physiological response, e.g., an asthmatic attack.
CNS effects include decreased transmitter release (A1), sedation (A1), decreased locomotor activity (A2a), anticonvulsant activity, chemoreceptor stimulation (A2) and hyperalgesia. Therapeutic applications of the inventive compounds include treatment of dementia, Alzheimer's disease and memory enhancement.
Cardiovascular effects include vasodilation (AZa) , (AZb) and (A3), vasoconstriction (Al), bradycardia (Al), platelet inhibition (A2a), negative cardiac inotropy and dromotropy (A1), arrhythmia, tachycardia and angiogenesis. Therapeutic applications of the inventive compounds include, fo: exa~:_c_=, prevention of ischaemia-induced impa_rmen~ or she heart a cardiotonics, myocardial tissue protection anc =estoratio::
of cardiac function.
Renal effects include decreased GFR (Al), mesan"_a_ cel;
contraction (A, ) , antidiuresis (A1 ) and inhibi tior. c. --enir.
release (Al). Suitable therapeutic applicatio:.s of the inventive compounds include use of the inventive compounds as diuretic, natriuretic, potassium-sparing, kidney-protective/prevention of acute renal failure, antihypertensive, anti-oedematous and anti-neph==tic agents.
Respiratory effects include bronchodilation (AZ), 1~ bronchoconstriction (A1), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, mucus secretion and respiratory depression (A2). Suitable therapeutic applications for the compounds of the invention include anti-asthmatic applications, treatment of lung disease after transplantation and respiratory disorders.
Immunological effects include immunosuppression (A,), neutrophil chemotaxis (A1), neutrophil superoxide generation (A2a) and mast cell degranulation (A,b and A3) Therapeutic applications of antagonists include allergic and non allergic inflammation, e.g., release of histamine and other inflammatory mediators.
Gastrointestinal effects include inhibition of acid secretion (A1) therapeutic application may include reflex and ulcerative conditions Gastrointestinal effects also include colonic, intestinal and diarrhea) disease, e.g., diarrhea) disease associated with intestinal inflammation (A=p).
Eye disorders include retinal and optic nerve head injury and trauma related disorders )A,). In a preferred embodiment, the eye disorder is glaucoma.
Other therapeutic applications o. the compouns cf th_ invention include treatment of obesity (lioc,z'.L_~
properties), hypertension, treatment c. deb=essio:., sedative, anxiolytic, as antileptics and as laxa~_ves, e.g., effecting_ motility without causing diarrhea. ' The term "disease state" is intended to include those conditions caused by or associated with unwanted levels o--__ adenosine, adenylyl cyclase activity, increased physiological 10 activity associated with aberrant stimulation o. adenosine receptors and/or an increase in cAMP. In one embodiment, the disease state is, for example, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, broncritis, renal disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, or eye disorders.
l~ Additional examples include chronic bronchitis and cystic fibrosis. Suitable examples of inflammatory diseases include non-lymphocytic leukemia, myocardial ischaemia, angina, infarction, cerebrovascular ischaemia, intermittent claudication, critical limb ischemia, venous hypertension, varicose veins, venous ulceration and arteriosclerosis.
Impaired reperfusion states include, for example, any post-surgical trauma, such as reconstructive surgery, thrombolysis or angioplasty.
2~ The language "treatment of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state" or "treating a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state" is intended to include changes in a disease state or condition, as described above, such that physiological symptoms in a mammal can be~significantly diminished or minimized. The language also includes control, prevention or inhibition of physiological symptoms or effects associated with an aberrant amount of adenosine. In one preferred embodiment, the control of the disease state or condition is such that the disease state or condition is eradicated. In another preferred embodiment, the control is selective such that aberrant levels of adenosine receptor activity are controlled while other physiologic systems and parameters are unaffected.
The term "N-6 subst_tt:ted 7-deazapurine" is arc rec - .~ze~
and is intended to include hose compounds ha~-_na ~h~ ..,.-:u?a I:
R'\N/R2 N-6 ---~ Rs "7 deaza site"
N
Rs R N~ N
.
(I) 1~
"N-substituted 7-deazapurine" includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and, in one embodiment, also includes certain N-6 substituted purines described herein.
In certain embodiments, the N-6 substituted 7-deazaDUrine is not N-6 benzyl or N-6 phenylethyl substituted. In other embodiments, R~ is not benzyl or phenylethyl substituted. In preferred embodiments, R1 and R2 are both not hydrogen atoms.
In still other preferred embodiments, R3 is not a hydrogen atom.
The language "therapeutically effective amount" of an N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, described infra, is that amount of a therapeutic compound necessary or sufficient to perfozzn its intended function within a mammal, e.g.; treat a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state, or a disease state in a mammal. An effective amount of the therapeutic compound can vary according to factors such as the amount of the causative agent already present in the mammal,~the age, sex, and weight of the mammal, and the ability of the therapeutic compounds of the present invention to affect a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in the mammal.
One cf ordinary skip in the ar t would be able tc stu3v t::=
aforementioned factors and make a determination r~ca_d:nc effective amount o. the therapeutic compound without undue experimentation. An in vitro or in vivc assaw a_sc car. b=
used to determine an "effective amount" o' the tzeraoe~.:tic compounds described infra. The ordinarily skilled art=sa::
would select an appropriate amount of the th~raD_eutic compound for use in the aforementioned assay or as a therapeutic treatment.
A therapeutically effective amount preferably diminishes at least one symptom or effect associated with the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state or condit;on being treated by at least about 20%, (more preferably by at least 1 ~ about 4 0 % , even more preferably by at least about 6 0 % , and still more preferably by at least about 80%) relative to untreated subjects. Assays can be designed by one skilled in the art to measure the diminishment of such symptoms and/or effects. Any art recognized assay capable of measuring such 30 parameters are intended to be included as part of this invention. For example, if asthma is the state being treated, then the volume of air expended from the lungs of a subject can be measured before and after treatment for measurement of increase in the volume using an art recognized 25 technique. Likewise, if inflammation is the state being treated, then the area which is inflamed can be measured before and after treatment for measurement of diminishment in the area inflamed using an art recognized technique.
30 The term "cell" includes both prokaryotic .and eukaryotic cells.
The .term "animal" includes any organism with adenosine receptors or any organism susceptible to a N-6-substituted 7-35 deazapurine responsive state. Examples of animals include yeast, mammals, reptiles, and birds. It also includes transgenic animals.
The term "mammal" is art =ecognized and is _..te:.de~ t~
include an animal, more preferably a warm-blooded an_r"a_, most preferably cattle, sheep, pins, horses, dons, ;.ats, rats, mice, and humans. Mammals susceptible tc a N-o substituted 7-deazapurine responsive' state, ir.~' ammatio::, emphysema, asthma, central nervous system cor.~_~=ons, c~
acute respiratory distress syndrome, for example, are included as part of this invention.
In another aspect, the present invention pertains to methods for modulating an adenosine receptors) in a mammal by administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, such that modulation of the adenosine receptor in the mammal occurs.
Suitable adenosine receptors include the families of A1, A~, or A,. In a preferred embodiment, the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine is an adenosine receptor antagonist.
The language "modulating an adenosine receptor" is intended to include those instances where a compound interacts with an adenosine receptor(s), causing increased, decreased or abnormal physiological activity associated with an adenosine receptor or subsequent cascade effects resulting from the modulation of the adenosine receptor. Physiological activities associated with adenosine receptors include induction of sedation, vasodilation, suppression of cardiac rate and contractility, inhibition of platelet aggregbility, stimulation of gluconeogenesis, inhibition of lipolysis, opening of potassium channels, reducing flux of calcium channels, etc.
The terms "modulate", "modulating" and "modulation" are intended to include preventing, eradicating, or inhibiting the resulting increase of undesired physiological activity associated with abnormal stimulation of an adenosine receptor, e.g., in the context of the therapeutic methods of the invention. In another embodiment, the term modulate includes antagonistic effects, e.g., dimirishme.~.~ c. ~h_ activity or production of mediators of allerg}~ any alter=~_ inflammation which results from the overstimu~a~ior. c=
adenosine. receptor(s). For example, the she=aDe~tc S deazapurines of the invention can interact wi~r ar. aae.~.os_ne receptor to inhibit, for example, adenylate cyc~ase ac~i~-ity.
The language "condition characterized by aberrant adenosine receptor activity" is intended to include those diseases, disorders or conditions which are associated with aber=ant stimulation of an adenosine receptor, in that the s~imulatior.
of the receptor causes a biochemical and or physiological chain of events that is directly or indirectly associated with the disease, disorder or condition. This stimulation of 1~ an adenosine receptor does not have to be the sole causative agent of the disease, disorder or condition but merely be responsible for causing some of the symptoms typically associated with the disease, disorder, or condition being treated. The aberrant stimulation of the receptor can be the sole factor or at least one other agent can be involved in the state being treated. Examples of conditions include those disease states listed 'supra, including inflammation, gastrointestinal disorders and those symptoms manifested by the presence of increased adenosine receptor activity.
Preferred examples include those symptoms associated with asthma, allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, emphysema, bronchitis, gastrointestinal disorders and glaucoma.
The language "treating or treatment of a condition characterized by aberrant adenosine receptor activity" is intended to include the alleviation of or diminishment of at least one symptom typically associated with the condition.
The treatment also includes alleviation or dimini$hment of more than one symptom. Preferably, the treatment cures, e.g., substantially eliminates, the symptoms associated with the condition.
The present invention per;.ains to compounds, N-6 subs=_t~~e3 7-deazapurines, having the formula I:
R'\ / R2 Rs N~ \
Ra (I) wherein R1 and R2 are each independently a hydrogen atom 1~ or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety or together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; R3 is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety; Rq is a hydrogen atom or a substituted 20 or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety. R5 and R6 are each independently a halogen atom, e.g., chlorine, fluorine, or bromine, a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety or Rq and R5 or RS and R6 together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring. Also included, are pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurines.
In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 can each independently be a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl or heteroarylalkyl moieties. In other embodiments, R3 is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl moiety. In still other~embodiments, Rq, RS and R6 can each be independently a heteroaryl moiety.
In one embodiment, R1 is a hydrogen atom, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexane, cyclopentyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopropane moiety, R3 is a substituted or urs::bst_t::te~
phenyl moiety, Rq is a hydrogen atom and R: and F~5 are .".~..
methyl groups.
In another embodiment, R2 is ' a cyclohexa.~.ol, a cyclohexanediol, a cyclohexylsulfonamide, a cycichexanam_de, a cyclohexylester, a cyclohexene, a cyclopentano'_ o. a cyclopentanediol and R3 is a phenyl moiety.
In still another embodiment, R1 is a hydrogen atom, R2 is a cyclohexanol, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, pyridine, furan, cyclopentane, or thiophene moiety, Rq is a hydrogen atom, a substituted alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl moiety, and RS and R6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a 1~ substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety.
In yet another embodiment, R1 is a hydrogen atom, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkylamine, arylamine, or alkylarylamine, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamide, arylamide or alkylarylamide, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonamide, arylsulfonamide or alkylarylsulfonamide, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylurea, arylurea or alkylarylurea, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbamate, arylcarbamate or alkylarylcarbamate, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarboxylic acid, arylcarboxylic acid or alkylarylcarboxylic acid, R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl moiety, Rq is a hydrogen atom and R5 and R6 are methyl groups.
In still another embodiment, R2' is guanidine, a modified guanidine, cyanoguanidine, a thiourea, a thioamide or an amidine.
is In one embodiment , R2 can be N_ / R2d Ri, Rxc wherein R2a-R2c are each independently a hydroQer. atom cr a saturated or unsaturated alkyl, aryl or alkylary_ moiety anc R2d is a hydrogen atom or a saturated or unsaturated alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl moiety, NR2eR~f, or OR2c, where_r. R=E-R2c are each independently a hydrogen atom or a sa~::rated or unsaturated alkyl, aryl or alkylaryl moieties.
Alternatively, R2a and R2b together can form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring having a ring size between about 3 and 6 members, e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl groups.
In one aspect of the invention, both RS and R6 are not methyl groups, preferably, one of RS and R6 is an alkyl group, e.g., a methyl group, and the other is a hydrogen atom.
In another aspect of the invention, when Rq is 1-phenylethyl and R1 is a hydrogen atom, then R3 is not phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl or 4-methoxyphenyl or when Rq and R1 are 1-phenylethyl, then R3 is not a hydrogen atom or when Rq is a hydrogen atom and R3 is a phenyl, then R1 is not phenylethyl.
In another aspect of the invention, when RS and R6 together form a carbocyclic ring, e.g., N
N\
~, r R~ N N
or pyrimido(4,5-6]indole, then R3 is not phenyl when Rq is 1-(4-methylphenyl)ethyl, phenylisopropyl, phenyl or 1-phenylethyl or when R3 is not a hydrogen atom when~Rq is 1-phenylethyl. The carbocyclic ring formed by RS and R6 can be either aromatic or aliphatic and can have between 4 and 12 carbon atoms, e.g., naphthyl, phenylcyclohexyl, etc., preferably between 5 and 7 carbon atoms, e.g., cycl:,centw; cr cyclohexyl. Alternatively, R~ and R~ together ca:: fc_;:, a heterocyclic ring, such as those disclosed below. Typical heterocyclic rings include between 4 and I2 carbon atoms, S preferably between S and 7 carbon atoms, and ca:: be either aromatic or aliphatic. The heterocyclic ring ca:. be r~~r~he_ substituted, including substitution of one or mc=a carbo~
atoms of the ring structure with one or more hete_oatoms.
In still another aspect of the invention, R1 and R;, form a heterocyclic ring. Representative examples include,-but are not limited to, those heterocyclic rings listed below, such as morpholino, piperazine and the like, e.g., 4 hydroxypiperidines, 4-aminopiperidines. Where R, and R..
together form a piperazino group, R~
N
N
l wherein R~ can be a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, aryl or alkylaryl moiety.
In yet another aspect of the invention Rq and R5 together can form a heterocyclic ring, e.g., R~~N~R1 N
/~ /
R~ N
wherein the heterocyclic ring can be either aromatic or aliphatic and can form a ring having between 4 and 12 carbon atoms, e.g., naphthyl, phenylcyclohexyl, etc. and can be either aromatic or aliphatic, e.g., cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl.
The heterocyclic ring can be fu_ther substituted, ir,~_u~z::~
substitution of carbon atoms of the ring structure wits c-:e or more heteroatoms. Alternatively, R~ and R~ together ca-form a heterocyclic ring, such as those disclosed below.
In certain embodiments, the N-6 substituted 7-deazao_::r_ne is not N-6 benzyl or N-6 phenylethyl substituted. 'n other embodiments, R4 is not benzyl or phenylethyl substituted. Ir.
preferred embodiments, R1 and R2 are both not hydroa_er. atoms.
In still other preferred embodiments, R3 is not F:.
The compounds of the invention may comprise water-soluble prodrugs which are described in WO 99/33815, International Application No. PCT/US98/04595, filed March 9, 1998 and 1~ published July 8, 1999. The entire content of WO 99/33815 is expressly incorporated herein by reference. The water-soluble prodrugs are metabolized in vivo to an active drug, e.g., by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis. Examples of potential prodrugs include deazapurines with, for example, R2 as cycloalkyl substituted with -OC(O)(Z)NH2, wherein Z is a side chain of a naturally or unnaturally occurring amino acid, or analog thereof, an a, Q, Y, or c~ amino acids, or a dipeptide. Preferred amino acid side chains include those of glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, lysine, a-methylalanine, aminocyclopropane carboxylic acid, azetidine-2-carboxylic acid, a-alanine, Y-aminobutyric acid, alanine-alanine, or glycine-alanine.
In a further embodiment, the invention features deazapurines of the formula (I), wherein R1 is hydrogen; R~ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or R1 and R2 together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; R3 is unsubstituted or substituted aryl; R4 is hydrogen; and R5 and R6.are each independently hydrogen or alkyl, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. The deazapurines of this embodiment may potentially be selective A; receptor antagonists.
In one embodiment , R2 is subs tituted ( a . ,: . , :nyc= ~xw substituted) or unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In ar. adva:.taceous ~ subembodiment, R, and Rq are hydrogen, R~ is u.~.s~.:bstitute,: c_ substituted phenyl, and R5 and R6 are each alkyl. P=eferab_y R2 is mono-hydroxycyclopentyl or mono-hydroxycyclohexvl. R' also may be substituted with -NH-C(=0)E, wherein E ~s substituted or unsubstituted C1-Cq alkyl (e.g., a?kylar;.ine, 10 e.g., ethylamine.).
R1 and R2 may also together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, which may be substituted with an amine or acetamido group.
In another aspect, R~ may be -A-NFiC(=O)B, wherein A is unsubstituted C1-CQ alkyl (e.g., ethyl, propyl, butyl), and B
is substituted or unsubstituted C;-C4 alkyl (e. g., methyl, aminoalkyl, e.g., aminomethyl or aminoethyl, alkylamino, e.g., methylamino, ethylamino), preferably when Rl and Rq are hydrogen, R3 is unsubstituted or substituted phenyl, and R5 and R6 are each alkyl. B may be substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, e.g., cyclopropyl or 1-amino-cyclopropyl.
In another embodiment, R3 may be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, preferably when RS and R6 are each alkyl.
Preferably, R3 may have one or more substituents (e.g., o-, m- or p- chlorophenyl, o-, m- or p- fluorophenyl).
Advantageously, R3 may be substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, preferably when Rg and R6 are each alkyl.
Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrrolyl, triazolyl, thioazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, furanyl, methylenedioxyphenyl and thiophenyl. Preferably, R3 is 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl or 3- pyrimidyl.
Preferably in one embodiment, R, and Ro are eacW -d=c~e_-..
In another, R6 and Rd are each methyl.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, ~he deazapu~ines e~
~ the invention are water-soluble prodrugs ~ha~ cap be metabolized in vivo to an active drug, e.g. bw es~e=ase catalyzed hydrolysis. Preferably the prodrug comp=ises a.~. R~
group which is cycloalkyl substituted with -OC(O?(Z)NH-,, wherein Z is a side chain of a naturally o~ unnaturally occurring amino acid, an analog thereof, an a, :, ~~, o.
amino acid, or a dipeptide. Examples of preferred side chains include the side chains of glycine, alanin~, valine, leucine, isoleucine, lysine, a-methylalanine, aminocyclopropane carboxylic acid, azetidine-2-carboxylic l~ acid, Q-alanine, Y-aminobutyric acid, alanine-alanine, or glycine-alanine.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, Z is a side chain of glycine, R2 is cyclohexyl, R3 is phenyl, and R5 and R6 are methyl.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(cis-3-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo (2,3d]pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(cis-3-(2-aminoacetoxy) cyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d] pyrimidine trifluoroacetic acid~salt.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(3-acetamido)piperidinyl-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(2-N'-methylureapropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine.
In another embo3=ment, the deazapurine .s :~-;I
acetamidobutyl)amino-~,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyr=c_o;I,3d:
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment , the dea~zapur ine i= .~ - ( ~ -r" -methylureabutyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyr=c_o(2,3d) pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(~
aminocyclopropylacetamidoethyl)amino-2-phenyl-7'r.'-pyrrolo [2,3d]pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(traps-4 hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine.
In another embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(4-pyridyl)~-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine.
2~ In yet another embodiment, the invention features a method for inhibiting the activity of an adenosine receptor (e. g., A:, A_;,, A=e, or, preferably, A,) in a cell, by~ contacting the cell with N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine (e.g., preferably, an adenosine receptor antagonist).
In another aspect, the invention features a method for treating damage to the eye of an animal(e.g., a human) by administering to the animal an effective amount .of an N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine. Preferably, the N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine is an antagonist of A: adenosine receptors in cells of the animal. The damage is to the ret_na c. t~=
optic nerve head and may be acute or chronic. The damage r,~aw be the result of, for example, glaucoma, edema, ische~:_a, hypoxia or trauma.
In a preferred embodiment, the invention =ea_;:res a deazapurine having the formula II, suara, wherein. ~; is r e_-CR6; R1 and R= are each independently hydrogen, o. substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, aminoalkyl, alkyl, aryl, or alkylaryl, or together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, provided that both R1 and R: are both not hydrogen; R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, arylalkyl, or aryl; R4 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C.
alkyl; L is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or 1~ R4 and L together form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic or carbocyclic ring; R6 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or halogen; Q .is CHI, 0, S, or NR~, wherein R, is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; and W is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, biaryl, heteroaryl, substituted carbonyl, substituted thiocarbonyl, or substituted sulfonyl, provided that if R3 is pyrrolidino, then Rq is not methyl.
In one embodiment, in compounds of formula II, X is CR6 and Q is CH,, 0, S, or NH. In another embodiment, X is N.
In a further embodiment of compounds of formula II, W is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, 5- or 6- member heteroaryl, or biaryl. W may be substituted with one or more substituents. Examples of substituents include: halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, aminoalkyl, aminocarboxyamide, CN, CF3 , . C02R8 , CONHRB , CONRBR9 , SORB , SORB , and SO~NRoR9 , where in RB and Ro are each independently hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl.
Preferably, W may be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, e.g., methylenedioxyphenyl. W also may be a substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered he~eroa=-yl ring, e.a., pyrro;e, pyrazole, oxazole, imidazoie, triazole, ~etrazcle, ~Lran, thiophene, thiazole, and oxadiazoie. Preferably, 4. may be a 6-member - heteroaryl r ing, e. g. , . pyr idy l , pvr imidyl , pyridazinyl, pyrazinal, and thiophenyl. I:: a _re'erred embodiment, W is 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pwridyl, '?-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, or 5-pyrimidyl.
In one advantageous embodiment of compounds or formula i_, Q
is NH and W is a 3-pyrazolo ring which is unsubsti~u~ed or N-substituted by substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl.
In another embodiment of compounds of formula iI, Q is 1~ oxygen, and W is a 2-thiazolo ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl.
In~ another embodiment of compounds of formula II, W is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl e.g:, cyclopentyl, or arylalkyl. Examples of substituents include halogen, hydroxy , substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or NHRlo, wherein Rlo is hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl.
In yet another embodiment, the invention features a deazapurine of formula II wherein W is -(CH.)a-C(=O)Y or - (CH,) s-C (=S) Y, and a is an integer from 0 to 3, Y is aryl, alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, alkynyl, NI3R11Ri2~
or, provided that Q is NH, OR13 , wherein R11, R1= and R13 are each independently hydrogen, or unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or cycloalkyl. Preferably, Y is a 5-or 6- member heteroaryl ring.
3~
Furthermore, W may be -(CH:)r-S(=0)JY, wherein j is 1 or 2, b is 0, 1, 2, or 3, Y is aryl, alkyl, arylalkyl, cv~ioaikmi, al kynyl , heter oa=-yl , N'rIRl~Ri; , provided that when r . _ , CFil, , and wherein R14, R,;, and R:6 are each .naepende.~.t~w hydrogen, or unsubstituted or substituted aikvl, ar~_~', 5 arylalkyl, or cycloalkyl.
In another embodiment, R, is selected from the crow consisting of substituted and unsubstituted phenyl, pyridy;, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinal, pyrrolyl, ~riazolyl, 10 thioazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, ~uranyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, and thiophenyl. When R: is phenyl, it may be substituted with, for example, hydroxyl, alkoxy (e. g., methoxy), alkyl (e.g., tolyl), and halogen,(e.g., c-, m-, or p- fluorophenyl or o-, m-, or p- chlorophenyl).
1~ Advantageously, R, may be 2-, 3-, or 4- pyridyl or 2- or 3-pyrimidyl.
The invention also pertains to a deazapurine wherein R6 is hydrogen or C1-C; alkyl. Preferably, R6 is hydrogen.
The invention also includes deazapurines wherein R1 is hydrogen, and R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkylamine, arylamine, or alkylarylamine, substituted or unsubstituted aminoalkyl, amino aryl, or aminoalkylaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylamide, arylamide or alkylarylamide, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonamide, arylsulfonamide or alkylarylsulfonamide, substituted or unsubstituted alkylurea, arylurea or alkylarylurea, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbamate, arylcarbamate or alkylary3carbamate, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarboxylic acid, arylcarboxylic acid or alkylarylcarboxylic acid.
Preferably, R~ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, e.g., mono- or dihydroxy-substituted cyclohexyl or cyclopentyl (preferably, monohydroxy-substituted cyclohexyl or monohydroxy-substituted cyclopentyl).
Advantageously, Rz may be o. the following for-mu;a:
A ' J ~ B or A' O
Ri7 wherein A is Cl-C~ alkyl, C;-C~ cycloalkyl, a chair. o~ one ~o seven atoms, or a ring of three to seven atoms, optionali~~
substituted with Cl-C~ alkyl, halogens, hydroxyl, carboxyl, thiol, or amino groups; wherein B is methyl, N(Me)I, N(Et)2, NHMe , NHEt , ( CH, ) :NH3+ , NH ( CHZ ) ; CH3 , ( CH, ) : NH, , ( CHI ) :
CHCH,NH~ , (CH2):NHMe, (CH~)rOH, CH:CN, (CH~)nCO,H, CHRIgR,o, or. - CHMeOH, wherein r is an integer from 0 to 2, m is 1 or 2, R13 is 1~ alkyl, R:~ is NH:+ or CO,H or Rle and Rlo together are:
CH NH---(CHZ)P
wherein p is 2 or 3 ; and R1~ is Ci-Co alkyl , cycloalkyl, a chain of one to seven atoms, or a ring of three to seven atoms, optionally substituted with C1-Cp alkyl, halogens, hydroxyl, carboxyl, thiol, or amino groups.
Advantageously, A is unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 alkyl.
B may be unsubstituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl.
In a preferred embodiment, R, is of the formula -A-- NFiC(=O)B.
In a particularly advantageous embodiment, A is -CH,CFi2- and B is methyl. ' ' The compounds of the invention may comprise water-soluble prodrugs which are metabolized in vivo to an active drug, e.g., by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis. Examples of potential prodrugs include deazapurines with, for example, R2 as cycloalkyl substituted with -OC(0)(Z)NH2, wherein Z is a side chain of a naturally or unnaturally occ~ur_ing a.;.i.~.c acid, or analog thereof , an a, G , ~~, or c.~ amino acid, c. a dipeptide. Preferred amino acid side chains ;nc_ude those cf glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, lysine, a-methylalanine, aminocyclopropane carboxylic acid, aze~id_ne-2-carboxylic acid, Q-alanine, Y-aminobutyric aci;:, alarine-alanine, or glycine-alanine.
In another embodiment, R: and R, together are:
~n N
wherein n is 1 or 2, and wherein the ring may be optionally substituted with one or more hydroxyl, amino, thiol, carboxyl, halogen, CH20H, CH~NFiC(=O)alkyl, or C~#~NHC (=O) NHalkyl groups . Preferably, n is 1 or 2 and said ring is substituted with -NHC(=O)alkyl.
In one advantageous embodiment, R1 is hydrogen, R, is substituted or unsubstituted C_,-Co alkyl, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, R4 is hydrogen, L is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, Q is 0, S or NR~, wherein R? is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C;-C6 alkyl, and W is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
Preferably, RZ is -A-NHC(=0)B, wherein A and B are each independently unsubstituted or substituted C1-C4 alkyl. For example, A may be CH~CH;. B may be, for example, alkyl (e. g., methyl), or aminoalkyl (e.g., aminomethyl). Preferably, R3 is unsubstituted.phenyl and L is hydrogen. R6 may be methyl or preferably, hydrogen. Preferably, Q is O, S, or NR~
wherein R~ is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1- C6 alkyl, e.9., methyl. W is unsubstituted or substituted phenyl (e.g., alkoxy, halogen substituted). Preferably, W is p-f 1 uorophenyl , p-chlor ophenyl , or p-methoxypheny_ . H ;-aw also be heteroa:-yl, e.g., 2-pyridyl.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapu__ne _s ~_ (2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-phenoxymethyl-a-phenyl-7F:-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapu=ine is ~
(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)methyl-2 phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(4-chlorophenoxy)methyl-2-phenyl- 7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine.
1~
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl-2-phenyl - 7H-pyrrolo [ 2 , 3d] pyrimidine .
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(2-pyridyloxy)methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine .
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4 (2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(N-phenylamino)methyl-2-phenyl 7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine .
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4 (2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6-(N-methyl-N-phenylamino)methyl 2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the deazapurine is 4-(2-N'-methylureaethyl) amino-6-phenoxymethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
The invention further pertains to a method for inhibiting the activity of an adenosine receptor (e.g., an A~ adeaosi~e receptor) in a cell by contacting the cell witi: a cor"~ou:.~ c~
the invention. Preferably, the compound is an ar.~aaonis~ o.
the receptor.
The invention also pertains to a method for ~r~atina_ a gastrointestinal disorder (e.g., diarrhea) in gr. a..~.ima'_ b~~
administering to an animal an effective amount of a comDOUnd of the invention (e.g., an antagonist of A~b) . P=eferably, the animal is a human.
In another embodiment, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition containing an N-6 substituted '7 deazapurine of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also pertains to a method for treating a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in an animal, by administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a deazapurine of the invention, such that treatment of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in the animal occurs. Advantageously, the disease state may be a disorder mediated by adenosine. Examples of preferred disease states include: central nervous system disorders, cardiovascular disorders, renal disorders, inflammatory disorders, allergic disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, eye disorders, and respiratory disorders.
The term "alkyl" refers to the radical of saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups, cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups, alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups. The term alkyl further includes alkyl groups, which can further include oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorous atoms replacing one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorous atoms. In preferred embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has 30 or fewer carbo~ m oms .a its backbone (e.g., C_-C3~, for straight chaff.~., C3-C~~ fcr branched chain), and more preferably 20 0. fewe_. ~ik~w=se, preferred cycloalkyls have from 4-10 carbon atoms in ~hei:
5 ring structure, and more preferably have 5, o o. 7 carbons '~
the ring structure.
Moreover, the term alkyl as used throughout the spec_ficatior.
and claims is intended to include both "unsubstituted alkvi~'~
10 and "substituted alkyls", the latter of which refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can include, for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, 1~ aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, 20 arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. It will be understood by those 25 skilled in the art that the moieties substituted on the hydrocarbon chain can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. Cycloalkyls can be further substituted, e.g., with the substituents described above. An "alkylaryl" moiety is an alkyl substituted with an aryl (e.Q_. t~henvlmPthvl 30 (benzyl)). The term "alkyl" also includes unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively.
35 The term "aryl" as used herein, refers to the radical of aryl groups, including 5- and 6-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, benzene, py_roie, furan, thiophene, i".idazcle, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, ;.riazole, tetrazoie, p~~raz~=e, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, anc the like.
Aryl groups also include polycyclic fused a=omatic a_rou~s such as naphthyl, quinolyl, indolyl, and the like. Those aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring struc~u_e may also be referred to as "aryl heterocycles", "hete~oa=vls" o.
"heteroaromatics". The aromatic ring can be substitutes at one or more ring positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl 1~ amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety Aryl groups can also be fused or bridged with alicyclic or heterocyclic rings which are not aromatic so as to form a polycycle (e. g., tetralin).
The terms "alkenyl" and "alkynyl" refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous in length and possible substitution to the alkyls described above, but that contain at least one double or triple bond respectively. For example, the invention contemplates cyano .and propargyl groups .
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower alkyl" as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined above, but having from one to ten carbons, more preferably.from one to six carbon atoms in its backbone structure, even more preferably one to three carbon atoms in its backbone structure. Likewise, "lower alkenyl" and "lower alkynyl"
have similar chain lengths.
T he terms "alkoxyalkyl", "polyaminoalky_" a::~
"thioalkoxyalkyl" refer to alkyl groups, as desc=ibec above, which further include oxygen, nitrogen or sul''.:r atom=
replacing. one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon: backbone, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms.
The terms "polycyclyl" or "polycyclic radical" re~e= to the radical of two or more cyclic rings (e. g., cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls and/or heterocyclyls? i~
which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings, e.g., the rings are "fused rings". Rings that are joined through non-adjacent atoms are termed "bridged" rings. Each of the rings of the polycycle can be substituted with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, 1~ hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, a=-ylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, vitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety The term "heteroatom" as used herein means an atom of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus.
The term "amino acids" includes naturally and unnaturally occurring amino acids found in proteins such as glycine, alanine, valine, cysteine, leucine, isoleucine, serine, threonine, methionine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, glutamine, asparagine, lysine, arginine, proline, histidine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan. Amino acid analogs include amino acids with lengthened o_- shortened side c:.ai:a or variant side chains with appropriate func~iora~ a:oL~s.
Amino acids also include D and L stereoisome=s o. ar. aminc acid when the structure of the amino acid admits of stereoisomeric forms. The term "dipeptide" includes two o~
more amino acids linked together. Preferably, dipep~ides are two amino acids linked via a peptide linkage. Pa«icula_iy preferred dipeptides include, for example, ala~=ne-alanine and glycine-alanine.
It will be noted that the structure of some of the comDOUnds of this invention includes asymmetric carbon atoms and thus occur as racemates and racemic mixtures, single enantiomers, diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomers. All l~ such isomeric forms of these compounds are expressly included in this invention. Each stereogenic carbon may be of the R
or S configuration. It is to be understood accordingly that the isomers arising from such asymmetry (e.g., all enantiomers and diastereomers) are included within the scope of. this invention, unless indicated otherwise. Such isomers can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically controlled synthesis.
The invention further pertains to pharmaceutical compositions for treating a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine responsive state in a mammal, e.g., respiratory disorders (e. g., asthma, bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder, and allergic rhinitis), renal disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, and eye disorders. The pharmaceutical composition includes a therapeutically effective amount of a N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, described supra, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. It is to be understood, that all of the deazapurines described above are included for therapeutic treatment. It is to be further understood that the deazapurines of the invention can be used alone or in combination with other deazapurines of the invention or in combination with additional therapeutic comaourds, such a:
r antibiotics, ant=in~lamma~ories, or anticancer aoents, _~i example.
The term "antibiotic" is art recognized and is _..bender ~c include those substances produced by growinc mic=~~rganisms and synthetic derivatives thereof, which eliminate o. in'.~.ib_t growth of pathogens and are selectively toxic to the oathoae.~.
while producing minimal or no deleterious efrect= uDO.~. the infected host subject. Suitable examples or a::tibiotics include, but are not limited to, the principle c'asses of aminoglycosides, cephalosporins, chloramphenicols, ~uscidic acids, macrolides, penicillins, polymixins, tetracyclines and streptomycins.
1~
The term "antiinflammatory" is art recognized and is intended to include those agents which act on body mechanisms, without directly antagonizing the causative agent of the inflammation such as glucocorticoids, aspirin, ibuprofen, NSAIDS, etc.
The term "anticancer agent" is art recognized and is intended to include those agents which diminish, eradicate, or prevent growth of cancer cells without, preferably, adversely affecting other physiological functions. Representative examples include cisplatin and cyclophosphamide.
When the compounds of the present invention are administered as pharmaceuticals, to humans and mammals, they can be given per se or as a pharmaceutical composition containing, for example, 0.1 to 99.5% (more preferably, 0.5 to 90%) of active ingredient in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used 3~ herein means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a compounds) of the present invention wit'.~_in or to the subject su:.t::a=
perfor-ms its intended fLnction. Typically, Suc: c;~.T.D.~,~.:;.d=
are carried or transported From one organ, or ocrt_~_. cy tea body, to another organ, or portion o. the bony. sac:: carr_e_ F must be "acceptable" in the sense of~ being co~;patirie wt::
the other ingredients of the formulation and no~ i.~.: ~ ~ _o~,a tc the patient. Some examples of materials which ca:: serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: sucrars, suci: as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as ccr:: spar c::
10 and potato starch; cellulose, and its derivatives, suc'.~. as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelati.~.; talc;
excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oi~, sesame 1~ oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; glycol s, such as propylene glycol; polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, marinitol and polyethylene glycol; esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid;
20 pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol; phosphate buffer solutions; and other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.
25 As set out above, certain embodiments of the present compounds can contain a basic functional group, such as amino or alkylamino, and are, thus, capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable 30 salts" in this respect, refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified 3~ compound of the invention in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed. Representative salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, steaYate, ~a_rat_, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, cit=a=e, ",a~eat~, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, rapthylate, TesW ate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, and laurylsulpho:~a~e salts a.~.d ( 1 9 7 7 ..
~ the like. (See, e.g. , Herge et a1. ) P!~a<<-"aceutical Salts", J. Pharm. Sci. 66:1-19).
In other cases, the compounds of the present inventior maw contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, a=a capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base addition salts of compounds of the present invention. These 1~ salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like. Representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable esters" refers to the relatively non-toxic, esterified products of the compounds of the present invention. These esters can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid form or hydroxyl with a suitable esterifying agent.
Carboxylic acids can be converted into esters via treatment with an alcohol in the presence of a catalyst. Hydroxyl containing derivatives can be converted into esters via treatment with an esterifying agent such as alkanoy_ halides.
The term is fur ther intended to include lower hycr o~arb~::
groups capable of being solvated unde_ p::ysioioc~~a?
conditions, e.g., alkyl esters, methyl, e~hy~ a:c propyl ~ esters. (See, for example, Berge et~al., supra.!
The invention further contemplates the use of proarugs wish are converted in vivo to the therapeutic compounds o.
invention (see, e.g., R.B. Silverman, 1992, "The Oraaric Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action", Academic Press, Chapter 8). Such prodrugs can be used to alter the biodistribution (e.g., to allow compounds which would not typically enter the reactive site of the protease) or the pharmacokinetics of the therapeutic compound. For example, 1~ a carboxylic acid group, can be esterified, e.g., with a methyl group or an ethyl group to yield an ester. When the ester is administered to a subject, the ester is cleaved, enzymatically or- non-enzymatically, reductively or hydrolytically, to reveal the anionic group. An anionic group can be esterified with moieties (e. g., acyloxymethyl esters) which are cleaved to reveal an intermediate compound which subsequently decomposes to yield the active compound.
In another embodiment, the prodrug is a reduced form of a sulfate or sulfonate, e.g., a thiol, which is oxidized in vivo to the therapeutic compound. Furthermore, an anionic moiety can be esterified to a group which is actively transported in vivo, or which is selectively taken up by target organs. The ester can be selected to allow specific targeting of the therapeutic moieties to particular reactive sites, as described below for carrier moieties.
Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricants, such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as' coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the compositions.
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable antioxidar_~s l water soluble antioxidants, such as asco=bic aci;:, c~_~stA~ne hyarochloride, sodium bisulfate, sodium metabis;:'_.fite, sodi~.:r..
sulfite and the like; oil-soluble antioxiaar.~s, suci: as ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole (B:iA;~, bum-~a~ed hydroxytoluene (HFiT), lecithin, propyl gallate, aioha-tocopherol, and the like; and metal chelating agents, suc.: as citric acid, ethylenediamine tetraacetic acic (EL"'A), sorbitol, tartaric acid, phosphoric acid, and the dice.
Formulations of the present invention include those suitable for oral, nasal, topical, transdermal, buccal, sublingual, rectal, vaginal and/or parenteral administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage 1~ form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. The amount of active ingredient which can be combined with a carrier material to produce a single dosage form will generally be that amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. Generally, out of one hundred per cent, this amount will range from about 1 per cent to about ninety-nine percent of active ingredient, preferably from about 5 per cent to about 70 per cent, most preferably from about 10 per cent to about 30 per cent.
Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a compound of the present invention with the carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association a compound of the present invention with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
Formulations of the invention suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, tablets, lozenges (using a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth), powders, granules, or as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or as an oil-i~-water o_~ water-i~-cil __ _..
emulsion, or as an elixir o_- syrup, or as past_'__es i~~s~n~_ a::
inert base, such as gelatin and g_yceri:., e. s;:=rose a::c acacia) and/or as mouth washes and the like, eac= cc::ta_n_nc a predetermined amount of a compound of the preser__ _~ve::t;cn as an active ingredient. A compound of the present _nver.t_on may also be administered as a bolus, electuary o. baste.
In solid dosage forms of the inventic.~. =or oral administration (capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules and the like), the active ingredient is m_xed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, 1~ sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia;
humectants, such as glycerol; disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, aTginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate;
solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; wetting agents, such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; absorbents, such as kaolin and bentonite clay;
''S lubricants, such a talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof; and coloring agents. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the ?ike.
3~ A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium stare::
glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellu;ose.'~, surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets maw_ be made by molding in a suitable machine a m=xt~.:re of the 5 powdered compound moistened with an inert 1=cuid d=luent.
The tablets, and other solid dosage forms of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be 10 scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art. They may also be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying 15 proportions to provide the desired release profile, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres. They may be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved 30 in' sterile water, or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use. These compositions may also optionally contain opacifying agents and may be of a composition that they release the active ingredients) only, or preferentially, in a certain portion of the 25 gastrointestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. The active ingredient can also be in micro-encapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-described excipients.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration of the compounds of the invention include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active ingredient, the liquid 3~ dosage forms may contain inert dilutents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, ~,3-butv_e_~_e glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerc_, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and ~at~y acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
Besides inert dilutents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsi'ying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming and preservative agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing one or more compounds of the invention with one or more suitable nonirritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
Formulations of the present invention which are suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants. The active compound may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, i:.
addition~to an active compound of this invention, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, ~araf:_ns, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, po'_yethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, tale and zinc oxide,~or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to a compound of this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants, such as 1~ chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound of the present invention to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispersing the compound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate of such flux can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the active compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
Ophthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders, solutions and the like, are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention. Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is an ophthalmic formulation (e.g., an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation, a systemic formulation, or a surgical irrigating solution).
The ophthalmic formulations of the present invention may include one or more deazapurines and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. Various types of vehicles may be used.
The vehicles will generally be aqueous in nature. Aqueous solutions are generally preferred, based on case of formulation, as well as a patient's ability ~~ eas__w administer such compositions by means of instil'__::g one tc two drops of the solutions in the affected eyes. However, the deazapurines of the present invention may a_so be readily incorporated into other types of compositions, suci: as suspensions, viscous or semi-viscous gels or other types of solid or semi-solid compositions. The ochthalmic compositions of the present invention may also include various other ingredients, such as buffers, preservatives, co-solvents and viscosity building agents.
An appropriate buffer system (e. g., sodium phosphate, sodium acetate or sodium borate) may be added to prevent pH d-ift under storage conditions.
Ophthalmic products are typically packaged in multidose form.
Preservatives are thus required to prevent microbial contamination during use. Suitable preservatives include:
benzalkonium chloride, thimerosal, chlorobutanol, methyl paraben, propyl paraben, phenylethyl alcohol, edetate disodium, sorbic acid, polyquaternium-1, or other agents known to those skilled in the art. Such preservatives are typically employed at a level of from 0.001 to 1.0%
weight/volume ("°s w/v") .
When the deazapurines of the present invention are administered during intraocular surgical procedures, such as through retrobulbar or periocular injection and intraocular perfusion or injection, the use of balanced salt irrigating solutions as vehicles are most preferred. BSS° Sterile Irrigating Solution and BSS Plus Sterile Intraocular Irrigating Solution (Alcon Laboratories, Inc., Fort Worth, Texas, USA) are examples of physiologically balanced intraocular irrigating solutions. The latter type of solution is described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,550,022 (Garabedian, et a1.), the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated in the present specification by reference. Retrobulbar and periocular injections are known to those skilled in the art and are described in numerous publications inc_ud_:,g, fcr example, Ophthalmic Surgery: Principles of Practice, Ec., L. Spaeth. W. B. Sanders Co., Philadelphia, Pa., LT.S.A., pages 85-87 (1990).
As indicated above, use of deazapurines to prevent cr ~e~~,:ce damage to retinal and optic nerve head tissues at the cellular level is a particularly important aspect of one embodiment of the invention. Ophthalmic conditions which may be treated include, but are not limited to, retinopathies, macular degeneration, ocular ischemia, glaucoma, and damage associated with injuries to ophthalmic tissues, such as ischemia reperfusion injuries, photochemical injuries, and injuries associated with ocular surgery, particularly injuries to the retina or optic nerve head by exposure to light or surgical instruments. The compounds may also be used as an adjunct to ophthalmic surgery, such as by vitreal or subconjunctival injection following ophthalmic surgery.
The compounds may be used for acute treatment of temporary conditions, or may be administered chronically, especially in the case of degenerative disease. The compounds may also be used prophylactically, especially prior to ocular surgery or noninvasive ophthalmic procedures, or other types of surgery.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention suitable for parenteral administration comprise one or more compounds of the invention in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions~or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers which may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, aad the _ike), a-~
suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. P=ope_ fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance o~
the required particle size in the case of dispersions, a.~.:: by the use of surfactants.
These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as 10 preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to 1~ include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like into the compositions. In addition, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents which delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material having poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally-administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the subject compounds in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending on the ratio of drug to polymer, and the nature of the particular~polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled.
Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the d.;:~ _..
liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with bodes tissue.
The preparations of the present invention may be c_ve~
orally, parenterally, topically, or rectally. They are o~
course given by forms suitable for each admiristra~ion route.
For example, they are administered in tablets or capsule form, by injection, inhalation, eye lotion, ointment, suppository, etc. administration by injection, infusion or inhalation; topical by lotion or ointment; and rectal by suppositories. Oral administration is preferred.
The phrases "parenteral administration" and "administered parenterally" as used herein means modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and includes, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous,. subcuticular, intraarticular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrasternal injection and infusion.
The phrases "systemic administration," "administered systematically," "peripheral administration" and "administered peripherally" as used herein mean the administration of a compound, drug or other material other than directly into the central nervous system, such that it enters the patient's system and, thus, is subject to metabolism and other like processes, . for example, subcutaneous administration.
These compounds may be administered to humans and other animals for therapy by any suitable route of administration, including orally, nasally, as by, for example, 'a spray, rectally, intravaginally, parenterally, intracisternally and topically, as by powders, ointments or drops, including buccally and sublingually.
Regardless of the route of administration seiec~ed, compounds of the present invention, which may be Lsec .r. a suitable hydrated form, and/or the pharmaceu~i~ai compositions of the present invention, are formu'_a~ed in~c pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by corve:~tional methods known to those of skill in the art.
Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be va=ied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
1~ The selected dosage level will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the particular compound of the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compound employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
A physician or veterinarian having ordinary skill in the art can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required For example, the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
In general, a suitable daily dose of a compound of the invention will be that amount of the compound which is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the =aches~
described above. Generally, intravenous and subc~,:taneo::s doses of the compounds of this invention for a patient, whey.
used for the indicated analgesic effects, wil'_ range 'rom about 0.0001 to about 200 mg per kilogram of body weighs per day, more preferably from about 0.01 to about 150 mQ per kg per day, and still more preferably from about 0.2 to about 140 mg per kg per day.
If desired, the effective daily dose of the active compound may be administered as two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered separately at appropriate intervals throughout the day, optionally, in unit dosage forms.
1~ While it is possible for a compound of the present invention to be administered alone, it is preferable to administer the compound as a pharmaceutical composition.
The present invention also pertains to packaged pharmaceutical compositions for treating a N-6 substituted 7 deazapurine responsive state, e.g., undesirable increased adenosine receptor activity in a mammal. The packaged pharmaceutical compositions include a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of at least one deazapurine as described supra and instructions for using the deazapurine for treating the deazapurine responsive state in the mammal.
The deazapurines of the invention can be prepared using standard methods for organic synthesis. Deazapurines can be purified by reverse phase HPLC, chromatography, recrystallization, etc. and their structures confirmed by mass spectral analysis, elemental analysis, IR and/or NMR
spectroscopy.
Typically, synthesis of the intermediates as well as the deazapurines of the invention is performed in solution. The addition and removal of one or more protecting group is also typical practice and is known to those skilled i~ t:~e a. ~ .
Typical synthetic schemes for the preparation of deazap;:r_~e intermediates of the invention are outlined below in Scheme I.
This invention further provides a compound having the structure !IV):
NH-R~
Ra N
N
Ar N H
Iv wherein R: is trans-4-hydroxy cyclohexyl, 2-methylamino carbonylamino cyclohexyl, acetylamino ethyl, or methylamino carbonylamino ethyl;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring, phenyl, pyrrole, thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, 2(1H)-pyridone, 4(1H)-pyridone, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxazole, tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, 1H-indole, indoline, benzopyrazole, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzoxazole, purine, coumarin, chromone, ~ quinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, isoquinoline, . benzimidazole, quinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,2-c]pyridazine, purido[3,4-b]-pyridine, 1H-pyrazole[3,4-d]pyrimidine, pteridine, 2(1H)-quinolone, 1(2H)-isoquinolone, 1,4-benzisoxazine, benzothiazole, quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide, quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine, phthalazine, cinnoline, or having a structure ,, wherein Y is carbon or nitrogen;
10 wherein R. and R.' are independently H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, halogen, methoxy, methyl amino, or methyl thio; wherein R. is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl 1~ is -C (R7 ) (R: ) XR_, wherein X is 0, S, or NR~, wherein R-and R~ are each independently H or alkyl, wherein R~ and Ro are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or NRsRe is a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members;
wherein R< is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a prodrug derivative, or a biologically active metabolite, with proviso that when R. acetylamino ethyl, Ar is not 4 pyridyl.
In one embodiment of the compound having structure IV, NRsRc is a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members which is selected from the group consisting of:
\O
~s~~~ m ~~~J
wherein m is o, i, or 2, n5 \N
wherein n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; wherein Re is hydrogen, -OH, -CHzOH, -C (=O) NRsRio, NHRii; wherein Rii is -C (=O) CHa, or -SOzMe, or ~NR
3o wherein R is H, alkyl, or aryl.
J
In another embodiment of the compound having struc~::_e T_V, Ar has the structure:
Rz to Y
15 wherein Y is carbon or nitrogen; wherein Rz is H, or halogen, -0-alkyl group, amine group, or sulfide group;
wherein R3 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said 20 substituted alkyl is -C (R~ ) (Re ) NR:Rs, wherein R~ and Rs are each independently H or alkyl, wherein Rs and R are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or Rs, Rs and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members.
2j In another embodiment of the compound, Y is carbon.
In another embodiment of the compound, R. is hydrogen.
30 In another embodiment of the compound, Ra is hydrogen.
In another embodiment of the compound, Ra is hydrogen.
In another embodiment of the compound, R3 and R9 are each 35 methyl.
In another embodiment of the compound, R3 is -C (R-) (Re) NRsRE, wherein R, and Re are each independently H or alkyl, wherein Rs and R are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R , and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubs~i~::~ed ring of between 4 and 7 members.
In another embodiment of the compound,.Rz is halogen.
In another embodiment of the compound, Y is nitrogen.
In yet another embodiment of the compound, Rz is hydrogen.
In a further embodiment of the compound, R~ and Rt are each hydrogen.
This invention also provides a compound having the structure (v>
V
wherein R: is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl;
wherein R~ is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl,, or cycloalkyl;
wherein R3 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (R6) (R,) NR<R:, wherein Re and R~ are each H or alkyl, wherein R< and R~ are each alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R4 Rs and the nitrogen together form a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
Ii In one embodiment of the compound having structure t', R,t a::~
R- are each H; wherein Ra is H and Rs is -R:~C (=O! R.. .
In another embodiment of the compound.having structure V, and R- are each H; wherein the ring system is morpholino, thiomorpholino, N-4-substituted piperazino, 2-substituted piperazine, or Re substituted pyrrolidino, piperadine, wherein Re is H, OH, CH~OH, -C (=O) NRsR~o, NRm, wherein Ru is -C (=O? CH3 , -S02Me.
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the following structure:
F\
(Compound 706) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
''~~HN
CHI
N
~CH~
~F
~N N
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound ha= ~::e structure:
H~ii.,,.
'NH
(Compound 1318-a) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
~5 H
N
--.H
N~
(Compound 1318-b) In another embodiment of the compound, the compounc has t::e structure:
NII~~"...
OH
N
(Compound 1319) N
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
c1 (Compound 1320) HNl~iu~...
OH
N
N/ _N
H
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has structure:
HN .."~mnpH
N~
I N H
(Compound 1321) A compound having the structure:
NH
~NH
N
RZ rv H
VI
wherein RZ is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring; wherein R3 and R, are independently H, or alkyl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compounc has :.he structure:
CH ~
HN O
NH
CHI
N
~CH~
~N ~N
H
is (Compound 1500) 20 In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
30 ~~,~ % H' N
CHI
~N N
I H
In another embodiment of the compound, the composnd has ~::_ structure:
cH, HN' ~IN/N
~~H
NN
In another embodiment of compound 1500, the compound has the 15 structure:
In a further embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
CHI
HN' 'O
~Ir/"
',,~~~NH
',~'~~H
NII
This invention also provides a compound having the st=uc_u=e:
NH
RZ
VII
wherein Rz is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring; wherein R;
and R~ are independently H, or alkyl; alkyl; with the proviso that RZ is not 4-pyridyl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HOC O
HN
NH
N _' I
N
(Compound 1501) This invention further provides a compound havirc ~~e structure:
O
NH
HN NH CHg I Ra N
VIII
1~ wherein R, is a substituted 5-6 membered aromatic ring;
wherein R: and R~ are independently H, or alkyl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
~NH
HN~ NH-CHI
N 'N
H
(Compound 1520) This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
HO~~~~~,.
NH
X
IX
1~
wherein RZ is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring; wherein X is oxygen, or sulfur.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
,a ~ .
35 (Compound 1503) This invention also provides a compound having the st=uc:.u=~:
HO
J
.~,~~~~~NH
' X
X
wherein RZ is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring; wherein X is oxygen, or sulfur.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
'75 ..I ,~~~~~NH
35 (Compound 1504) This invention further provides a method for __eati..~.c a disease associated with A= adenosine receptor in a su~iec~, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutica'_1~~
effective amount of a compound having.the formula =V, V, V;, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
In one embodiment of the method, the subject is a mammal. In another embodiment of the method, the mammal is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the A~ adenosine receptor is associated with cognitive disease, renal failure, cardiac arrhythmias, respiratory epithelia, transmitter release, sedation, vasoconstriction, bradycardia, negative cardiac inotropy and dromotropy, branchoconstriction, neutropil chemotaxis, reflux condition, or ulcerative condition.
This invention also provides a combination therapy for asthma, comprising compounds IV and V, and a steroid, ~i2 agonist, glucocoticoid, lucotriene antagonist, or anticolinegic agonist. Diseases associated with adenosine Ai, P.za, A2b and A3 receptors are disclosed in WO 99/06053 and WO
09822465, WO-09705138, WO-09511681, WO-09733879, JP-09291089, PCT/US98/16053 and U.S. Patent No. 5,516,894, the entire content of which are fully incorporate herein by reference.
This invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of a compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X, wherein said water-soluble prodrug that is .metabolized in vivo to an active drug which selectively inhibit A~ adenosine receptor.
In orie embodiment of the prodrug, said prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
This invention further provides a method for inhibit'_ng tze activity of an A1 adenosine receptor in a celi, wr_c::
comprises contacting said cell with a compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
In one embodiment of the method, the compou~d is an antagonist of said A~ adenosine receptor.
This invention also provides for a method for treating a 10 gastrointestinal disorder in an subject, comprising administering to the an effective amount of a compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is diarrhea.
1~
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another method of the method, the compound is an antagonist of A~ adenosine receptors.
This invention also provides a method for treating respiratory disorder in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
2~
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory disorder. .
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said compound is an antagonist of Ai adenosine receptors.
This invention further provides a method for treating damage to the eye of a subject which comprises administering to said subject an effective amount of a compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X.
In one embodiment of the method, said damaa_e cor.;_or_ses retinal or optic nerve head damage.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is acute or chronic.
In another embodiment of the method, wherein said damage is the result of glaucoma, edema, ischemia, hypoxia or trauma.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of A~ adenosine receptors.
This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structures IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat a respiratory disorder or a gastrointestinal disorder.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said gastrointestinal disorder is diarrhea.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said respiratory disorder is asthma, allergic rhinitis, or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
In yet another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formu~atio::.
In a further embodiment of the pharmaceutical p_eparatio:., said pharmaceutical composition is ~a surgical ___iga~_ng solution.
This invention also provides a packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with Ai adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising: (a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of an adenosine A1 specific compound; and (b) instructions for using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
As used herein, °A compound is A1 selective." means that a compound has a binding constant to adenosine A1 receptor of at least ten time higher then that to adenosine A~a, A~b or A3.
This invention also provides a method of preparing the.
compound having structure IV, comprising the steps of CN R, a) reacting O
HZN N Ra and Ar P
NC R, O
to provide Ar ~N~ ~Ra P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide OH
N~
~R3 Ar N N
H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide CI Rs N
NrR~ : and Ar N H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NH2R1 to provide NHR~
Ra N
~R3 Ar N/
wherein R: is trarls-4-hydroxy cyclohexyl, 2-methylamino carbonylamino cyclohexyl, acetylamino ethyl, or methylamino carbonylamino ethyl;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring;
wherein R< is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a prodrug derivative, or a biologically active metabolite; with the proviso that when R: is acetylamino ethyl, Ar is not 4-pyridyl.
1~
This invention also provides a method of preparing the compound having structure V, comprising the steps of CN Rz a) reacting O
HzN N Ra and Ar P
NC Rz O
to provide Ar ~N~ ~Ra P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide OH R
Z
N ~
~R~
Ar N NN
H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide CI R
z N
N,"'-Ra ; and Ar N H
HOi~~~~~, d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NHR, NH=
to provide N
Ar wherein R. is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl;
wherein R is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein R3 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (Rs) (R-) NR;R:, wherein Re and R- are each H or alkyl, wherein R; and R~ are each alkyl or cycloalkyl, or NR;R= is a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
Compounds represented by formula VI, VII, and VIII can be synthesized by any of the Schemes I-VIII. Compounds represented by formula IX, and X can be prepared by Scheme IX.
The invention is further illustrated by the following examples which in no way should be construed as being further limiting. The contents of all references, pending patent applications and published patent applications, cited throughout this application, including those referenced in the background section, are hereby incorporated by reference.
It should be understood that the models used throughout the examples are accepted models and that the demonstration of efficacy in these models is predictive of efficacy in humans.
This invention will be better understood from the Experimental Details which follow. However, one skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the specific methods and results discussed are merely illustrative of the invention as described more fully in the claims which follow thereafter.
The deazapurines of the invention can be prepared usi.~.c standard methods for organic synthesis. Deazapurines car. be purified by reverse phase HPLC, chromatography, recrystallization, etc. and their structures cor.rirmed by mass spectral analysis, elemental analysis, IR and/or NMR
spectroscopy.
Typically, synthesis of the intermediates as well as the deazapurines of the invention is performed in solution. The addition and removal of one or more protecting group is also typical practice and is known to those skilled in the art .
Typical synthetic schemes for the preparation of deazapurine intermediates of the invention are outlined below in Scheme I .
Scheme I
NC
Rs NC
O
O
R
HEN N s R~ Rs X R N N
M Ph pyridine. CH:CI= HM Ph X= halide O
H
MeOH. H:SO, ~ PPA
Rs --.-~N N I10° C
R~
Me Ph c~
N ~ ~~- Rs POCI, ~ /
NH
I OS° C R~ N
wherein R3, R5 and Rd are as defined above.
In general, a protected 2-amino-3-cyano-pyrrole ca~ be treated with an acyl halide to form a carboxyamido-3-cyano-pyrrole which can be treated with acidic methanol to effect ring closure to a pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine-4 (3H) -one (Mul ler , C.E. et al. J. Med. Chem. 40:4396 (1997)). Removal of the pyrrolo protecting group followed by treatment with a chlorinating reagent, e.g., phosphorous oxychloride, produced substituted or unsubstituted 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidines. Treatment of the chloropyrimidine with amines afforded 7-deazapurines.
For example, as shown in Scheme I, a N-(1-d1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-cyano-pyrrole was treated with an acyl halide in pyridine and dichloromethane. The resultant N-(1-dl-phenylethyl)-2-phenylcarboxyamido-3-cyano-pyrrole was treated with a 10:1 mixture of methanol/sulfuric acid to effect ring closure, resulting in a dI-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine-4 (3H) -one. Removal of the phenylethyl group by treatment of the pyrimidine with polyphosphoric acid (PPA) followed by POC13 afforded a key intermediate, the 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
Further treatment of the 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine with various amines listed in Table 1 gives compounds of formula (I) and (II) .
R M- + H R N.- ~ H
343.2 35.27 N ~ 'NH
I N/ vn~~
I
343.18 430.35 i I
337.21 ~ 359.44 ~N
NN
ww OH
364.19 404.32 M
~ 'N
M ' VA
I
N
O NN-''''~ NO:
N 330.18 \ 330.45 HN ~ ~N
i H i N
~ 347.22 i 339.47 I N v \ N
N
I
350.28 353.41 a'I
344.19 0 324.4=
NH
~ ww HN~
i N
o / 394.16 / 359.38 ~~~~ ~/
o 371.12 379.40 N
~~N
Nhf-359.39 387.41 -NN
N~~_ ON
403.33 344.48 N
N NN
'..~~''bN N/
351.49 337.53 Nfe-~- -yHN
..,...
~~~OH HO~~~
330.37 295.2 I N' ~N
N ~ H
407.23 32=.~
/~N
H
I \
G
355.45 N~ 337.53 NN' ...4i~
f~/~~ / I 441.33 0 350.2 ~N \
~~ N
N
413.24 ~ 343.2 N
N
H
~N ,N
/ 372.48 /°N 373.2 ~\ ~N ~ ~ ~ v N
N
hi 307.2 /N
A general approach to prepare 6-substituted pyrroles is depicted in the following scheme (Scheme II).
Scheme II
~o 0- + oi~ o-R, --r Rs NG NC
O
~ off NH
R * ~ HCh N ~ ~s0 O R, NH, IJ
NC R N NHIO
OH
H
N ~ ~ Rs ----~ N ---N
~N
R, I HCI R, ~ H H
NR,R~
H
N~ I
Rs ~N~ N
R, H
wherein R1 through RS are as defined above.
Transesterification and alkylation of ethyl cyanoacetate with an a-haloketone affords a ketomethylester. Protection of the ketone followed by treatment with an amidine (e. g., alkyl, aryl or alkylaryl) hydrochloride produced the resultant ketal protected pyrimidine. Removal of the protecting group, followed by cyclization and treatment with phosphorous oxychloride afforded the chloride intermediate which could be further treated with an amine to afford an amine 6-substituted pyrrole. Additionally, alkylation of the py_=c_=_ nitrogen can be achieved under art recognized conditions.
A general approach to prepare 5-substituted pyrroles is S depicted in the following scheme (Scheme III).
Scheme III
O NC CN NC CN
I O NC CN ~ ~ ----.-R Br R~
s R~
Br NC R NC Rs s -~ / \ - -- ~ / \
1S ~
R~~CI R~ N ~H
NN= N H
R
R
CI
R~
~0 N
\N N
R~
N
NR,RT R
s 2S N ~ H
~ N
R~~N
Fi 30 wherein R1 through R6 are defined as above and R is a removable protecting group.
Condensation of malononitrile and an excess of a ketone followed by bromination of the product afforded a mixture of 3S starting material, monobrominated and dibrominated.products which were treated with an alkylamine, arylamine or alkylarylamine. The resultant amine product was acylated with an acid chloride and the monacylated pyrrole was cyclized in the presence of acid to afford the corresponc_.-.c pyrimidine. The pyrrole protecting group was removed w=~..
polyphosphoric acid and treated with phosphorous oxychloride to produce a chlorinated product. The chlorinated py=role could subsequently be treated with an~ amine to p=oduce an amino 5-substituted pyrrole. Alkylation of the pyr~ole nitrogen can be achieved under art recognized conditions.
Schemes IV and V depict methods for preparing the deazapurines 1 and 2 of the invention.
HO
HO
NH
NH Re H
N
N / /
~ ~H
~r N
N/ _N/ N H
wherein RS and R6 are as described above, e.g., CH3.
Specific Preparation of 6-methyl nvrroloflvrim;r~~npa.
The key reaction toward 6-methylpyrrolopyrimidines (1) [RS =
CH3] was cyclization of a cyanoacetate with benzamidine to a pyrimidine. It was believed methyl cyanoacetate would cyclize more efficiently with benzamidine to a pyrimidine than the corresponding ethyl ester. ' Therefore, transesterification and alkylation of ethyl cyanoacetate in the presence of NaOMe and an excess of an a-haloacetyl moiety', e.g., chloroacetone, gave the desired methyl ester (3) in 79% yield (Scheme IV). The ketoester (3) was protected as the acetal (4) in 81% yield. A new cyclization method to the pyrimidine (5) was achieved with an amidine hydrochloride, e.g., benzamidine hydrochloride, with 2 equivalents of DBU to afford the 5 in 54% isolated yie_::.
This method improves the yield from 20% using the published conditions, which utilizes NaOMe during the cyclization with guanidine. C~rclization to the pyrrole-pyrimidine (6) was S achieved via deprotection of the acetal in aqueous HCl in '78%
yield. Reaction of (6) with phosphorous oxychloride at reflux gave the corresponding 4-chloro derivative (7). Coupling with traps-4-aminocyclohexanol in dimethyl sulfoxide at 135°C
gave (1) in 57o from (7). One skilled in the art will 10 appreciate that choice of reagents allows for great flexibility in choosing the desired substituent R5.
Scheme IV
o c~
NG
!IN
°"
NN= N ~ O
HC.
~N NN
o~
NO
NN
N
_ N
N I
H
\ 1 Knoevengel condensation of malononitrile and an excess ketone, e.g., acetone in refluxing benzene gave a in 50°s yield after distillation. Bromination of 8 with N-S bromosuccinimde in the presence of benzoyl peroxide in chloroform yielded a mixture of starting material, mono- (9), and di-brominated products (5/90/5) after distillation (COs>.
The mixture was reacted with an a-methylalkylamine or a-methylarylamine, e.9., a-methylbenzylamine, to deliver the aminopyrrole (10). After passing through a short silica gel column, the partially purified amine (31% yield) was acylated with an acid chloride, e.g., benzoyl chloride to deliver mono- (11), and diacylated (12) pyrroles, which were separated by flash chromatography. Acid hydrolysis of the disubstituted pyrrole (12) generated a combined yield of 29%
for the acylpyrrole (11). Cyclization in the presence of concentrated sulphuric acid and DMF yielded (13) (23°s), which was deprotected with polyphosphoric acid to (14). Reaction of (14) with phosphorous oxychloride at reflux gave the corresponding 4-chloro derivative (15). Coupling with trans-4-aminocyclohexanol in dimethyl sulfoxide at 135°C gave (2) [R6 = CH3) in 30% from (14) (See Scheme V). One skilled in the art will appreciate that choice of reagents allows for great flexibility in choosing the desired substituent R6.
Scheme V
O NC~CH NC CN NC CN
NC~CN ~ _ & Br Br O
/ \c H ~ -a NC NC
12 ~
H
H ~ N N
\N N
O 1l OH
OH
N/
~H
N
H -~. / ~N N
\N . I 1~ H
--~ 2 Alternative S~~thetic Route to Ro-SubstitLted Pt-~ro~es a g This alternative route to R6-substituted pyrroles, e.g., methylpyrrolopyrimidines, involves transesterification and alkylation of ethyl cyanoacetate to (16) (Scheme vI). The condensation of (16) with benzamidine hydrochloride with 2 equivalents of DBU affords the pyrimidine (17). Cyclization to the pyrrole-pyrimidine (14) will be achieved via deprotection of the acetal in. aqueous HC1. Reaction of (14) with phosphorous oxychloride at reflux gave the corresponding 4-chloro derivative (15). Coupling with trans-4-aminocyclohexanol in dimethyl sulfoxide at 135°C gives 2.
This procedure reduces the number of synthetic reactions to the target compound (2) from 9 to 4 steps. Moreover, the yield is dramatically improved. Again, one skilled in the art will appreciate that choice of reagents allows for great flexibility in choosing the desired substituent R6.
Scheme VI
ci o ~o NC
NH
~ NHZ
I N
OH
N ~N
H
NR~RZ H
A general approach to prepare des-methyl pyrrole is depicted N ~
in the following scheme (Scheme VII) ~N N
Rs H
Scheme VII
Et ~
O
O ~ er~\~ ~ t ~~..// 0 Et NC v~Et R~ ~NHZ
Ra .._. R; .__.
HNR ~ R, R~
H
wherein R1 through R3 are defined as above.
Alkylation of an alkyl cyanoacetate with a diethyl acetal in the presence of a base afforded a cyano diethyl acetal which was treated with an amidine salt to produce a methyl pyrrolopyrimidine precursor. The precursor was chlorinated and treated with an amine to form the des-methyl pyrrolopyrimidine target as shown above.
For example, Scheme VIII depicts the synthesis of compound (18) .
Scheme VIII
Et ~O
O
O
O B~ O-Et O
t NC
NC O~Et \NH~ / C~ H
N H
IS ~ ~ N
--~ ~ ~N N H
~N N
H ( ~ ~ HCI
?1 H
OH
NH
N~
~H
~N N
18 ~ .
Commercially available methyl cyanoacetate was alkylated with bromoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal in the presence of potassium carbonate and NaI to yield (19). Cyclization to the pyrimidine (20) was achieved in two steps. Initially, the pyrimidine-acetal was formed via reaction of (19) with benzamidine hydrochloride with 2 equivalents of DBU. The resultant pyrimidine-acetal was deprotected without purification with aqueous 1 N HC1 and the resultant aldehvde cyclized to the pyrrolo-pyrimidine (20), which was isolated by filtration. Reaction of (20) with phosphorous oxychloride at reflex afforded the corresponding 4-chloro derivative (21). Coupling of the chloro derivative with trans-4-aminocyclohexanol in DMSO at 135°C gave compound (18) from compound (21).
Schemes II-VIII demonstrate that it is possible to functionalize the 5- and 6-position of the pyrrolopyrimidine ring. Through the use of different starting reagents and slight modifications of the above reaction schemes, various functional groups can be introduced at the 5- and 6-positions in formula (I) and (II). Table 2 illustrates some examples.
Table 2. Selected list of 5- and 6-substituted pyrrolopyrimidines.
Starting Rea ent RS R~
/o ~ H
° H Substituted Ar 0 o H CH2C(O)OCH3 o ° C (O) OCH3 CH3 i a 0 o C (O) NHCH3 CH3 H
A skilled artisan will know that metabolism of the com~ouncs disclosed herein in a subject produces certain biologically active metabolites which can serve as. drugs.
The invention is further illustrated by the following examples which in no way should be construed as being further limiting. The contents of all references, pending patent applications and published patent applications, cited throughout this application, including those referenced in the background section, are hereby incorporated by reference.
It should be understood that the models used throughout the examples are accepted models and that the demonstration of efficacy in these models is predictive of efficacy in humans.
~.~~~ ~ ficat? on Preparation 1:
A modification of the alkylation method of Seel a and Li:pke was used.l To an ice-cooled (0'C) solution o' e~~:yi .. $ cyanoacetate (6.58 g, 58.1 mmol) in .MeOH (20 mL) was slowly added a solution of NaOMe (25% w/v; 58.1 mmol). A-ter 10 min, chloroacetone (5 mL; 62.8 mmol) was slowly added. After 4 h, the solvent was removed. The brown oil was diluted the EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with H20 (100 mL). The organic fraction was dried, filtered, and concentrated to a brown oil (7.79 g; 79%). The oil (3) (Scheme IV) was a mixture of methyl/ethyl ester products (9/1), and was used without further purification. 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_4.24 (q, J
- 7.2 Hz, OCHZ), 3.91 (dd, 1H, J = 7.2, 7.0 Hz, CH), 3.62 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.42 (dd, 1H, J = 15.0, 7.1 Hz, 1 x CH2); 3.02 (dd, 1H, J = 15.0, 7.0 Hz, 1 x CH2); 2.44 (s, 3H, CH3), 1.26 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, ester-CH3).
lSeela, F.; Lupke, U. Chem. Ber. 1977, 110, 1462-1469.
Preparation 2:
The procedure of Seela and Lupke was used.l Thus, protection of the ketone (3) (Scheme IV; 5.0 g, 32.2 mmol) with ethylene glycol (4 mL, 64.4 mmol) in the presence of TsOH (100 mg) of forded (4 ) as an oil (Scheme IV; 5 . 2 g, 81. 0 ) after f lash chromatography (Si02; 3/7 EtOAc/Hex, Rf 0.35). Still contains -5% ethyl ester: 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 4.24 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, OCHZ), 3.98 (s, 4H, 2 x acetal-CH2), 3.79 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.62 (dd, 1H, J = 7.2, 7.0 Hz, CH), 2.48 (dd, 1H, J = 15.0, 7 . 1 Hz, 1 x CH2 ) , 2 . 32 (dd, 1H, J = 15 . 0, 7 . 0 Hz, 1 x CH2 ) ;
1.35 (s, 3H, CH3) , 1.26 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, ester-CH3) ; MS (ES) 200.1 (M'+1) .
-Seela, F.; Lupke, U. Chem. Ber. 1977, 110, 1462-1469.
Preparation 3:
A solution of acetal (4) (Scheme IV, 1 g, 5.02 mmcl;, benzamidine (786 mg, 5.02 mmol), and DBU (1.5 mL, 10.04 mmol!
in dry DMF .(15 mL) was heated to 85°C for 15 h. The mixture 5 was diluted with CHC13 (30 mL) and washed with 0.5 h Na;i: (10 mL) and H20 (20 mL). The organic fraction was dried, Fil~ered and concentrated to a brown oil. Flash chromatography (SiO~;
1/9 EtOAc/CH2C12, Rf 0.35) was attempted, but material crystallized on the column. The silica gel was washed with 10 MeOH. Fractions containing the product (5) (Scheme IV) were concentrated and used without further purification (783 mg, 54.3%) : 1H NN~t (200 I~iz, CDC13) S 8.24 (m, 2H, A_Y-H) , 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 5.24 (br s, 2H, NH2), 3.98 (s, 4H, 2 x acetal CH2), 3.60-3.15 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.38 (s, 3H, CH3); MS (ES):
15 288.1 (M'+1) .
Preparation of compound (20) (Scheme VIII): A solution of acetal (19) (4.43 g, 20.6 mmol)1, benzamine hydrochloride (3.22 g, 20.6 mmol), and DBU (6.15 mL, 41.2 mmol) in dry DMF
20 (20 mL) was heated to 85°C for fifteen hours. The mixture was diluted with 100mL of CHC1,, and washed with H_O (2 x 50 mL).
The organic fraction was dried, filtered, and concentrated to a dark brown oil. The dark brown oil was stirred in 1N HC1 (100 mL) ..for 2 hours at room temperature. The resulting 25 slurry was filtered yielding the HC1 salt of (20) as a tan solid (3 .60 g, 70.6°x) ; 1H NNfft (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) 11.92 (s 1H) , 8.05 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 7.05 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H) ; MS (ES) : 212.1 (M'+1) .
30 Preparation 4:
A solution of acetal (5) (700 mg, 2.44 mmol) in 1 N HC1 (40 mL) was stirred for 2 h at RT. The resultant slurry was filtered yielding the HC1 salt of 2-phenyl-6-methyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one as a tan solid (498 mg, 35 78.0%): 1H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 11.78 (s, 1H), 8.05 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 6.17 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 2.25 (s, 3H, CH3) ; MS (ES) : 226.1 (M'+1) .
Preparation 5:
A modification of the Chen et a1. cyclization method was used.l To an ice-cooled (0°C) solution of bromide ;9), (Scheme V; 20.0 g, 108 mmol; 90% pure) in isopropyl alcohol (60 mL) was slowly added a solution of a-methylbenzylarr,ine (12.5 mL, 97.3 mmol). The black solution was allowed to warm to RT and stir for 15 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed with 0.5 N NaOH (50 mL). The organic fraction was dried, filtered, and concentrated to a black tar (19.2 g; 94%). The residue was partially purified by flash chromatography (Si02; 4/96 MeOH/CH2C12, Rf 0.35) to a black solid (6.38 g, 31%) as the compound d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-cyano-4-methylpyrrole: MS (ES): 226.1 (M-+1).
'Chen, Y. L.; Mansbach, R. S.; Winter, S. M.; Brooks, E.;
Collins, J.; Corman, M. L.; Dunaiskis, A. R.; Faraci, W. S.;
Gallaschun, R. J.; Schmidt, A.; Schulz, D. W. J. Med. Chem.
1997, 40, 1749-1754.
Preparation 6:
To a solution of d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole' (14.9 g, 62.5 mmol) and pyridine (10.0 mL) in dichloromethane (50.0 mL) was added benzoyl chloride (9.37 g, 66.7 mmol) at 0'C. After stirring at 0°C for 1 hr, hexane (10.0 mL) was added to help precipitation of product.
Solvent was removed in vacuo and the solid was recrystallized from EtOH/H,O to give 13.9 g (65%) of dI-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-phenylcarbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole. mp 218-221°C;
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b_1 .72 (s, 3H) , 1.76 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 5.52 (q, J - 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.54 (m, 9H), 7.68-7.72 (dd, J = 1.4 Hz, 6.9 Hz , 2H), 10.73 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 344.4 (M'+1) .
' Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1986, 1485-1505.
The following compounds were obtained in a similar mar.:~e_.
Preparation 6A:
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(3-pyridyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-S dimethylpyrrole.'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) S_1.83 (d, J - 6.B Hz, 3H) , 2.02 (s, 3H) , 2.12 (s, 3H) , 5.50 (q, J - 6.8 Hz, 1H) , 7.14-7.42 (m, 5H), 8.08 (m, 2H), 8.75 (m, 3H); MS (ES): 345.2 (M'+1) .
dI-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(2-furyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole. 'H NM~t (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.84 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H) , 1.92 (s, 3H) , 2. 09 (s, 3H) , 5.49 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H) , 6.54 (dd, J - 1.8 Hz, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.47 (m, 7H); MS
(ES): 334.2 (M'+1), 230.1.
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(3-furyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 1.80 (d, J = 7 Hz 3H), 1.89 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 5.48 (q, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.40 (m, 6H), 7.93 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 334.1 (M'+1) , 230Ø
dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-cyclopentylcarbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole.-H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 1.82 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 1,88 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 1.63-1.85 (m, 8H), 2.63 (m, 1H) , 5.43 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H) , 6 .52 (s, 1H) , 7.05-7.20 (m, 5H) ; MS (ES) : 336.3 (M'+1) .
dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(2-thieyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole, 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) S 1.82 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 5.49 (q, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7. 05-7.55 (m, 8H) ; MS (ES) : 350.1 (M~+1) , 246. 0.
dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(3-thienyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole.
'H NN~t (200 MHz, CDCl~) b 1.83 (d, J = 7. 0 Hz, 3H) , 1.99 (s, 3H) , 2 . 12 (s, 3H) , 5.49 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H) , 6.90 (m, 1H) , 7.18-7.36 (m, 6H), 7.79 (m, 1H); MS (ES): 350.2 (M~+1), 246.1.
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)carbonylamino-3-cva::c-4,5-dimethylpyrrole.
iH NMR (200 MHz, CDClz) S 1.83 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H) , 1. 96 (s, 3H) , 2.08 (s, 3H) , 5.51 (q. J - 7.4 Hz, 1H) , 7.10'-7.55 (m, 9H) ; MS (ES) : 362.2 (M'+1) , 258.1.
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(3-fluorophenyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole.
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1.83 (d, J = 7.4 Hz 3H) , 1. 97 (s, 3H) , 2.10 (s, 3H) , 5.50 (q, J = 7.4 H2, 1H) , 7. 05-7.38 !m, 7 H), 7.67-7.74 (m, 2H); MS (ES): 362.2 (M'+1), 258.1.
d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-(2-fluorophenyl)carbonylamino-3-cyano-4, 5-dimethylpyrrole. 'H NNLR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.85 (d, J -7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 5.50 (q, J = 7.2 hz, 1H), 7.12-7.35 (m, 6H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.77 (m, 1H), 8.13 (m, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 362.2 (M'+1) , 258. 0.
dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-isoproylcarbonylamino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole.~H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.19 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H), 1.82(d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 5.39 (m, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 7.11-7.36 (m, 5H); MS (ES): 310.2 (M'+1), 206.1 .
In the case of acylation of d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-cyano-4-methylpyrrole, monoacylated dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-benzoylamino-3-cyano-4-dimethylpyrrole and diacylated pyrrole d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-dibenzoylamino-3-cyano-4-~methylpyrrole were obtained. Monoacylated pyrrole: 1H NNgt (200 MHz, CDC13) b_7.69 (d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz, Ar-H), 7.58-7.12 (m, 8H, Ar-H), 6.18 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 5.52 (q, 1H, J = 7.2 Hz, Cg-CH3), 2.05 (s, 3H, pyrrole-CH3), 1.85 (d, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz, CH-C$3);
MS (ES): 330.2 (M'+1); Diacylated pyrrole: 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_7.85 (d, 2H, J = 7.7 Hz, Ar-H), 7.74 (d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz, Ar-H), 7.52-7.20 (m, 9H, Ar-H), 7.04 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 6.21 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 5.52 (q, 1H, J = 7.2 Hz, Cg-CH3), 1.77 (d, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz, CH-C$3), 1.74 (s, 3H, pyrrole-CH3); MS DES;:
434 .1 (M-+1 ) .
Preparation 7:
To a solution of dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-phenylcarboxyamido-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole (1.0 g, 2.92 mmol) in methanol (10.0 mL) was added concentrated sulfuric acid (1.0 mL) at 0'C. The resulted mixture was refluxed for 15 hr and cooled down to room temperature. The precipitate was filtered to give 0.48 g (48%) of d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl ) pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidin-4 ( 3H) -one . 'H NMR ( 200 MHz , CDC13) b_2.02 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 6.25 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.50 (m, 9H), 8.07-8.12 (dd, J = 3.4 Hz, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 10.51 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 344.2 (M'+1).
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Preparation 7:
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-pyridyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b-2.03 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 6.24 (q, J - 7.2 Hz, 1H) , 7.09-7.42 (m, 5H) , 8.48 (m, 2H) , 8.70 (m, 3H) ; MS (ES) : 345.1 (M'+1) .
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-furyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) S
1. 98 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 3H) , 1.99 (s, 3H) , 2.37 (s, 3H) , 6 .12 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (dd, J=1.8 Hz, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.55 (m, 7H) , 9.6 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 334.2 (M'+1) .
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-furyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) S 1 . 99 (d, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 6.24 (q, J = 7 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 334.2 (M'+1) .
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-cyclopentyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMFt (200 MHz, CJC13 ' b 1.95 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), _.66-1.88 (m, 8H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 6.10 (q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.30 (m, 5H) , 9.29 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 336.3 (M-+1) .
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-thienyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) 2.02(d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 6.13 (q, J - 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (dd, J = 4.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.32 (m, 5H) , 7.44 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H) , 8. O1 (d, J = 2. 8 Hz, 1H) 11.25 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 350.2 (M'+1) .
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-thienyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 2.00 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 6.24(q, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H) , 7.24-7.33 (m, 5H) , 7.33-7.39 (m, 1H) , 7.85 (m, 1H) , 8.47 (m, 1H) , 12.01 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 350.2 (M'+1) .
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 2.01 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H) , 2.05 (s, 3H) , 2.42 (s, 3H) , 6.26 (q, J - 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.36 (m, 7H), 8.23-8.30 (m, 2H), 11.82 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 362.3 (M'+1) .
d1-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 2. 02 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H) , 2.06 (s, 3H) , 2.44 ~ (s, 3H) , 6.29 (q, J - 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.51(m, 7H), 8.00-8.04 (m, 2H), 11.72 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 362.2 (M'+1) .
d1-5,.6-dimethyl-2-(2-fluorophenyl)-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one . 'H NMR (200 MHz, . CDC13) b 2.00(d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 6.24 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18 - 7.45 (m, 8 H), 8.21 (m, 1H), 9.54 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 362.2 (M'+1) .
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-isopropyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)py==c_c [2, 3d]pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one.
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDCl:) b 1.30 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H) , 1.32 (d, J - 7.0 Hz, 3H) , 2.01 (s, 3H) , 2.34 (s, 3H) , 2.90 (m, 1H) , 6.13 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.34 (m, 5H), 10.16 (s, 1H); MS (ES):
310 . 2 (M'+1 ) .
Preparation 8:
A solution of d1-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-benzoylamino-3-cyano-4-dimethylpyrrole (785 mg, 2.38 mmol) with concentrated H~SOq (1 mL) in DMF (13 mL) was stirred at 130°C for 48 h. The black solution was diluted with CHC13 (100 mL) and washed with 1 N NaOH (30 mL), and brine (30 mL). The organic fraction was dried, filtered, concentrated, and purified by flash chromatography (Si02; 8/2 EtOAc/Hex, Ri 0.35) to a brown solid (184 mg, 24%) as dl-5-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_8.18 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.62-7.44 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 7.40-7. 18 (m, 5H, Ar-H) , 6.48 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H) , 6.28 (q, 1H, J
- 7.2 Hz, C~-CH3), 2.18 (s, 3H, pyrrole-CH3), 2.07 (d, 3H, J
- 7.2 Hz, CH-C~3) ; MS (ES) : 330.2 (M+ + 1) .
Preparation 9:
A mixture of dl-1-(1-phenylethyl)-2-amino-3-cyano-4,5-dimethylpyrrole (9.60 g, 40.0 mmol) and of formic acid (50.0 mL, 98%) was refluxed for S.hr. After cooling down to room temperature and scratching the sides of flask, copious precipitate was formed and filtered. The material was washed with water until washings showed neutral pH to give dl-5,6-dimethyl-7H-7- (1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1. 96 (d, J = 7.4 hz, 3H) , 2.00 (s, 3H) , 2.38 (s, 3H) , 6.21 (q, J - 7.4 Hz, 1H) . 7:11-7.35 (m, 5H) , 7.81 (s, 1H) , 11.71 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 268.2 (M'+1) .
Preparation 10:
dl-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl) py----oi~
[2 , 3d] pyrimidin-4 ( 3H) -one ( 1. 0 g, 2 . 91 mmol ) was suspended i.~.
polyphosphoric acid (30.0 mL). The mixture was heated at 100'C
for 4 hr. The hot suspension was poured onto ice water, stirred vigorously to disperse suspension, and basified to pH
6 with solid KOH. The resulting solid was filtered and collected to give 0.49 g (69%) of 5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d~) b_2.17 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 7.45 (br, 3H), 8.07 (br, 2H,), 11.49 (s, 1H) , 11.82 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 344.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Preparation 10:
5-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. MS
(ES) : 226.0 (M'+1) .
5, 6-dimethyl-2- (3-pyridyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. MS (ES) : 241.1 (M'+1) .
5, 6-dimethyl-2- (2-furyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one.
'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.13 (s, 3H) , 2.18 (s, 3H) , 6.39 (dd, J = 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (dd, J = 1.8 Hz, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J - 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H,), 11.45 (s, 1H), 11.60 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 230.1 (M'+1).
5, 6-dimethyl-2- (3-furyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one.
'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 6.66 (s, 1H) , 7.78 (s, 1H) , 8.35 (s, 1H) , 11 .3 (s, 1H) , 11.4 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 230.1 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-cyclopentyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 1.57-1. 91 (m, 8 H) , 2.12 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 2.99 (m, 1H), 11.24 (s, 1H), 11.38 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 232.2 (M'+1).
5, 6-dimethyl-2- (2-thienyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidin-4 ;;:~; -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-de) b 2.14 (s, 3H) , 2.19 (s, 3H) , 7.14 (dd, J = 3.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 5.2 Hz 1H), 8.10 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 11.50 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 246.1 (M'+1).
5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-thienyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidin-4t3H)-one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.17 (s, 3H) , 2.21 (s, 3H) , 7.66(m, 1H), 7.75 (m, 1H), 8.43 (m, 1H), 11.47 (s, 1H), 11.69 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 246. 1 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.17 (s, 3H) , 2.21 (s, 3H), 7.31 (m, 2H), 8.12 (m, 2H), 11.47 (s, 1H); MS (ES):
258.2 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-dE) b 2.18 (s, 3H) , 2.21 (s, 3H), 7.33 (m, IH), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.95 (m, 2H), 11.56 (s, 1H) , 11.80 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 258.1 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.18 (s, 3H) , 2 .22 (s, 3H), 7.27-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.53 (m 1H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 11.54 (s, 1H) , 11.78 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 258.1 (M'+1) .
5,6-dimethyl-2-isopropyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d)pyrimidin-4(3H)-one.
'H NMIt (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 1.17 (d, J= 6 .6 Hz, 6H) , 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.81 (m, 1H), 11.20 (s, 1H), 11.39 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 206.1 (M'+1) .
5, 6-dimethyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one . 'H NMR
(200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.13 (s, 3H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 7.65 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 164.0 (M'+1) .
Preparation 11:
A solution of 5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d) pyrimidin-4 ( 3H) -one ( 1. 0 g, 4 . 2 mmol ) in phospaor vs oxychloride (25.0 mL) was refluxed for 6 hr and the::
concentrated in vacuo to dryness. Water was added to the residue to induce crystallization and the resulting solid was filtered and collected to give 0.90 g (830) of 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-ds) b_2.33 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 7.46-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.30-8.35 (m, 2H) , 12.20 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 258.1 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Preparation 11:
4-chloro-5-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS
(ES) : 244.0 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-6-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS
(ES) : 244.0 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8.35 (2, 2H), 7.63 (br s, 1H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 6.47 (br s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 230.0 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-pyridyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. MS (ES): 259.0 (M'+1).
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-furyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.35 (s; 3H) , 2.35 (s, 3H) , 6.68 (dd, J = 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J = 1.8 Hz; 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J = 1.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H); MS (ES): 248.0 (M'+1).
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-furyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
'H I~t (200 MHz, DMSO-dE) b 2.31 (s, 3H) , 2.31 (s, 3H) , 6.62 (s, 1H) , 7.78 (s, 1H) , 8.18 (s, 1H) , 12. 02 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) 248.1 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-cyclopentyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 1.61- 1.96 (m, 8H) , 2.27 (s, 3H) , 2.27 (s, 3H) , 3 .22 (m, 1H) , 11. 97 (s, lri) ; M=
(ES) : 250.1 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-thienyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine . 'H NN~ ( 2 0 0 MHz , DMSO-d6 ) b. 2 . 2 9 ( s , 3 H ) , 2 . 31 ( s , 3H), 7.14 (dd, J = 3.1 Hz, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 1H) , 7.82 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H) , 12.19 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 264 . 1 (M'+1 ) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-thienyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.32 (s, 3H) , 2.32 (s, 3H), 7.62 (dd, J = 3.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 1H); MS (ES): 264.0 (M'+1).
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-db) b 2.33 (s, 3H) , 2.33 (s, 3H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 8.34 (m, 2H), 12.11 (s, 1H); MS (ES):
276 . 1 . (M'+1 ) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NNfft (200 MHz, DMSO-do) b 2.31 (s, 3H) , 2.33 (s, 3H), 7.29(m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 8.14(m, 1H), 11.57 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 276.1 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.34 (s, 3H) , 2.34 (s, 3H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.99 (m, 1H), 12.23 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 276. 1 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-isopropyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
'H NNIR (200 MHz, DMSO-ds) b 1.24 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H) , 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 3.08 (q, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 11.95 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 224.0 (M'+1) .
4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidine. 'H NMR
(200 MHz, DMSO-d6) b 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 8.40 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 182.0 (M'+1) .
d1-4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethy_)pyr=c_o [2,3d]pyrimidine.
Preparation 12:
To a solution of d1-1,2-diaminopropane (1.48 g, 20.0 mmol) and sodium carbonate (2.73 g, 22.0 mmol) in dioxane (100.0 mL) and water (100.0 mL) was added di-tert-dicarbonate (4.80 g, 22.0 mmol) at room temperature. The resulted mixture was stirred for 14 hr. Dioxane was removed in vacuo. The precipitate was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was triturated with EtOAc and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness to give a mixture of d1-1-amino-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonylamino-propane and dl-2-amino-1-(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonylamino-propane which were not separable by normal chromatography method. The mixture was used for the reaction in Examt~le 8.
Preparation 13:
To solution of Fmoc-a-Ala-OH (1.0 g, 3.212 mmol) and oxalyl chloride (0.428 g, 0.29 mL, 3.373 mmol) in dichloromethane (20.0 mL) was added a few drops of N,N-dimethylformamide at 0"C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr followed by addition of cyclopropylmethylamine (0.229 g, 0.28 mL, 3.212 mmol) and triethylamine (0.65 g, 0.90 mL, 6.424 mmol). After 10 min, the mixture was treated with 1 M
hydrochloride (10.0 mL) and the aqueous mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 30.0 mL). The organic solution was concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was treated with a solution of 20% piperidine in N,N-dimethylforamide (20.0 mL) for 0.5 hr. After removal of the solvent in vacuo, the residue was treated with 1 M hydrochloride (20.O.mL) and ethyl acetate (20.0 mL) . The mixture was separated and the aqueous layer was basified with solid sodium hydroxide to pH
_ 8. The precipitate was removed by filtration and the aqueous solution was subjected to ion exchange column eluted with 20% pyridine to give 0.262 g (57%) cf I~-cyclopropylmethyl ~i-alanine amide. 'H NMR (200 MHz, cD~OC;
b-0.22 (m, 2H), 0.49 (m, 2H), 0.96 (m, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2. 92 (t, 2H) , 3 . 05 (d, 2H) ; MS (ES) : 143 . 1 (M-T1 ) .
Preparation 14:
N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-traps-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine.
traps-1,4-cyclonexyldiamine (6.08 g, 53.2 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (100mL). A solution of di-t-butyldicarbonate (2.32 g, 10.65 mmol in 40 mL
dichloromethane) was added via cannula. After 20 hours, the reaction was partitioned between CHC1, and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHC1 (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO"
filtered and concentrated to yield 1.20 g of a white solid (53%) . 'H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1,) : b 1.0-1.3 (m, 4H) , 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.8 -2.1 (m, 4H), 2.62 (brm, 1H), 3.40 (brs, 1H), 4.37 (brs, 1H0; MS (ES) : 215.2 (M'+1) .
4-(N-acetyl)-N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-traps-1,4-cyclohexyl diamine.
N-tent-butoxycarbonyl-traps-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine (530 mg, 2.47 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL). Acetic anhydride (250 mg, 2.60 mmol) was added dropwise. After 16 hours, the reaction was diluted with water and CHC13. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHC1; (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated. Recrystallization (EtOH/H_O) yielded 190 mg of white crystals ~(30%). 'H NMR
(200 MHz, CDC13): b 0.9 - 1.30 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.96-2.10 (m, 7H), 3.40 (brs, 1H), 3.70 (brs, 1H), 4.40 (brs, 1H), 4.40 , (brs, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 257.2 (M'+1) , 242.1 (M' - 15) , 201.1 (M' - 56 ) .
4-(4-traps-acetamidocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-(1-phenylethyl) pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(N-acetyl)-N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-traps-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine (190 mg, 0.74 mmol), was dissclvec ...
dichloromethane (5 mL) and diluted with TFA (6 ml). Ate= ;_ hours, the reaction was concentrated. The crude solid, DMSC
(2mL), NaHCO, (200 mg, 2.2 mmol) and 4-chloro-5,6-dimethvl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine (35 mg, 0.14 mmol) were combined in a flask and heated to 130 °C. After 4.5 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and d=luted with EtOAc and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated.
Chromatography (silica preparatory plate; 20:1 CHCI::EtOH) yielded 0.3 mg of a tan solid (1% yield). MS (ES): 378.2 (M'+1) .
4-(N-methanesulfonyl)-N-tent-butoxycarbonyl-trans-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine.
trans-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine (530 mg, 2.47 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml) and diluted with pyridine (233 mg, 3z0 mmol). Methanesulfonyl chloride (300 mg, 2.60 mmol) was added dropwise. After 16 hours, the reaction was diluted with water and CHC1:. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHC1~ (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated. recrystallization (EtOH/H,O) yielded 206 mg of white crystals (29%). 'H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1,): b 1.10-1.40 (m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.00-2.20 (m, 4H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 3.20-3.50 (brs, 2H) , 4.37 (brs, 1H) ; MS (ES) 293.1 (M'+1) , 278.1 (M'-15 ) , 237 . 1 (M'-56 ) .
4-(4-trans-methanesulfamidocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(N-sulfonyl)-N-tent-butoxycarbonyl-trans-1,4-cyclohexyldiamine (206 mg, 0.71 mmol), was dissolved in dichloromethane (5m1) and diluted with TFA (6 ml). After 16 hours, the reaction was concentrated. The crude reaction mixture, DMSO (2 ml), NaHCO, (100 mg, 1.1 mmol) and 1-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine were combined in a flask and heated to 130 °C. After 15 hours, reaction was cooled to room temperature, and diluted w:~
EtOAc (3x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated. Chromatography (silica preparatory plate, 20:1 CHClj/EtOH) yielded 2.6 mg of a tar.
solid (5°s yield) . MS (ES) : 414.2 (M'+1) .
Example l:
A solution of 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]
pyrimidine (0:50 g, 1.94 mmol) and 4-traps-hydroxy cyclohexylamine (2.23 g, 19.4 mmol) in methyl sulfoxide (10.0 mL) was heated at 130°C for 5 hr. After cooling down to room temperature, water (10.0 mL) was added and the resulted aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x10.0 mL). The combined EtOAc solution was dried (MgSO,) and filtered, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness, the residue was chromatographed on silica gel to give 0.49 g (75%) of 4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine. mp 197-199°C; 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) S_1.25-1.59 (m, 8H) , 2. 08 (s, 3H) , 2.29 (s, 3H) , 3 .68-3. 79 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.88 (d, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.40-8.44 (dd, J = 2.2, 8 Hz, 2H), 10.60 (s, 1H); MS
(ES) : 337.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner to that of Example 1:
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-6-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine.lH NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b-11.37 (s, 1H, pyrrole-NH), 8.45 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.55 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 6.17 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 4.90 (br d, 1H, NH), 4.18 (m, 1H, CH-O), 3.69 (m, 1H, CH-N), 2.40-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.19-1.98 (m, 2H), 2 .25 ~(s, 3H, CH3 ) 1. 68-1.20 (m, 4H) ; MS (ES) : 323 .2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.lH NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_11.37 (s, 1H, pyrrole-NH), 8.40 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 5.96 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H) , 4.90 (br d, 1H, NH) , 4.18 (m, lii, CH-C~ , 3.69 ,(m, 1H, CH-N), 2.38-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.18-1.98 (m, 2-), 2.00 (s, 3H, CH3) 1.68-1.20 (m, 4H) ; MS (ES) : 323.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]
pyrimidine. mp 245.5-246.5°C; 'H NMR (200MHz, CD,OD) b 8.33(m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.42 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 7.02 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz, pyrolle-H), 6.53 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz, pyrolle-H), 4.26 (m, 1H, CH-O), 3.62 (m,lH, CH-N), 2.30-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.12-1.96 (m, 2H) , 1.64-1.34 (m, 4H) ; MS, M+1=309.3; Anal (C::H_~N;O) C, H, N.
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-pyridyl) -7H-pyrrolo (2, 3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b_1.21-1.54 (m, BH); 2.28 (s, 3H); 2.33 (s, 3H); 3.70 (m, 1H) , 4. 31 (m, 1H) , 4. 89 (d, 1H) , 7.40 (m, 1H) , 8 .61 (m, 2H) , 9.64 (m, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
4-'(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2-furyl)-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1;) b 1 . 26-1. 64 (m, 8H) , 2.22 (s, 3H) , 2.30 (s, 3H) , 3 . 72 (m, 1H) , 4.23 (m, 1H), 4.85 (d, 1H), 6.52(m, 1H), 7.12 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H) , 9.28 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 327.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-furyl)-7H-pyrrolo (2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1. 25-1.63 (m, 8 H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 3.71.(m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 4.84 (d, 1H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 7.45(m, 1H), 8.13(m, 1H) , 10.38 (m, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 327.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2 cyclopentyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. =H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1.26-2.04 (m, 16 H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.27 ~(s, 3H), 3.15(m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 4.75(d, 1H); MS
(ES) : 329.2 (M'+1) .
4- (4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl) amino-5, 6-dimethyl-2- (2-~.._e.~.~._v -7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidin-4-amine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC_3) 1.28-1.59 (m, 8H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.74 (m, 1H), 4.19 (m, 1H), 4.84 (d, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H) , 9.02 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 343 .2 (M-+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(3-thienyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) S 1.21-1.60 (m, 8H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 3.66 (m, 1H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.86 (m, 1H), 8.09 (m, 1H), 11.23 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 343.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.26- 1.66 (m, 8H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 3.73 (m, 1H) , 4.33 (m, 1H) , 4 .92 (d, 1H) , 7.13 (m, 2H) , 8.41 (m, 2H) , 11.14 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 355.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5 ,6-dimethyl-2-(3-fluorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) S 1.26-1.71 (m, 8H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.30(s, 3H), 3.72 (m, 1H) , 4 .30 (m, 1H) , 4 .90 (d, 1H) , 1H) 7.39 (m, 7. 09 (m, , 1H), 8.05 (m, 1H), 8.20 (m, 1H), 10.04 (s. 1H); MS (ES):
355.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-(2 fluorophenyl) -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.30-1.64 (m, 8H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.73 (m, 1H) , 4.24 (m, 1H) , 4 . 82 (d, 1H) , 7.28 (m, 2H) , 8 .18 (m, 1H) , 9.02 (m, 1H) , 12.20 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 355.3 (M'+1) .
4-(4-~trans-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-isopropyl 7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b . 1.31 (d, J - 7.0 Hz, 6H), 1.30-1.65 (m, 8H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H) , 3 . O1 (m, J = 7. 0 Hz, 1H) , 3 . 71 (m, 1H) , 4 . 14 (m, 1H) , 4.78 (d, 1H); MS (ES): 303.2.
d1-4-(2-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dime:.'.'.~.vi-isopropyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine 'H NMR (200 M.uz, C~~I~) d 1.31-1.42 (br, 4H), 1.75-1.82 (br, 4H), 2.02 is, 3H), ...
(s, 3H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 4.02 (m, 1H), 5.08 (d, 1H), 7.41-7.48 S (m, 3H), 8.30 (m, 2H), 10.08 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 337.2 (M+-1).
4-(3,4-traps-dihydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyi-2-phenyi-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 353.2 (M++1).
4-(3,4-cis-dihydroxylcyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 353.2 (M++1) .
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
mp 196-199°C; 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b_1.72 (s, 3H) , 1.97 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 5.63 (br, 1H), 7.44-7.47 (m, 3H), 8.36-8.43 (dd, J = 1 Hz, 7 Hz, 2H), 10.76 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 324.5 (M'+1) .
d1-4-(2-traps-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine.' 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b-1.62 (m, 2H) , 1.79 (br, 4H) , 1.92 (s, 3H) , 2.29 (s, 3H) , 4.11 (m, 1H) , 4.23 (m, 1H) , 5.28 (d, 1H), 7.41-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.22 (m, 2H), 10.51 (s, 1H); MS (ES):
323.2 (M'+1) .
' For preparation of 2-traps-hydroxycyclopentylamine, see PCT
9417090. ' d1-4-(3-traps-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine . ' -H NMR (200 Ngiz,' CDC1~) b_1.58-1.90 (br, 6 H, ) , 2.05 ' (s, 3H) , 2.29 (s, 3H), 4.48-4.57 (m, 1H), 4.91-5.01 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.46 (m, 3H), 8.42-8.47 (m, 2H), 10.11 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 323.2 (M'+1) .
For preparation of 3-tracts-hydroxycyclopentylamine, see C_-A-322242.
d1-4-(3-cis-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenvl-7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine .
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b_1.82-2.28 (br, 6H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 4.53-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.95-5.08 (m, 1H), 5.85-5.93 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.47 (m, 3H), 8.42-8.46 (m, 2H), 10.05 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 323.2 (M'+1) .
' For preparation of 3-cis-hydroxycyclopentylamine, see EP-A-322242.
4-(3,4-traps-dihydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine.' 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 1 . 92-1.99 (br, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.20 (br, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.41-2.52 (br, 2H), 4.35 (m, 2H), 4.98 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.47 (m, 3H) , 8.38-8.42 (m, 2H) , 9.53 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 339.2 (M'+1) .
For preparation of 3,4-traps-dihydroxycyclopentylamine, see PCT 9417090.
4-(3-amino-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b-2.02 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.71 (t, 2H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 5.75-5.95 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.48 (m, 3H), '_5 8.37-8.41 (m, 2H) , 10.42 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 310.1 (M'+1) .
4-(3-N-cyclopropylmethylamino-3-oxopropyl)amino-.5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CD,OD) b_0.51 (q, 2H), 0.40 (q, 2H), 1.79-1.95 (br, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.72 (t, 2H), 2.99 (d, 2H), 4.04 (t, 2H), 7.58-7.62 (m, 3H), 8.22-8.29 (m, 2H); MS (ES): 364.2 (M'+1).
4-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine 'H NMR (200 MHz, CD,OD) b 2.31 (s, 3H) , 2.38 (s, 3H) , 4.26 (s, '2H) , 7.36 (m, 3H.) , 8.33 (m, 2H) ;
MS (ES) : 396.1 (M'+1) .
4-(2-N-methylamino-2-oxoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phe.~.y'_-~r pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. ~H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b_1 .99 (s, 3H), 2.17 .(s, 3H), 2.82 (d, 3H), 4.39 (d, 2H), 5.76 (t, =H), 6.71 (br, 1H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.40 (m, 2H), _0.60' is, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 310.1 (M'+1) .
4-(3-tert-butyloxyl-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyi-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) ~-1.45 is, 9H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.71 (t, 2H), 4.01 (q, ~H), 5.78 (t, 1H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.22-8.29 (m, 2H); MS (ES):
367.2 (M'+1) .
4-(2-hydroxyethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 1.92 (s, 3H) , 2.29 (s, 3H) , 3 . 81-3 . 98 (br, 4H) , 5.59 (t, 1H) , 7.39-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.37 (m, 2H), 10.72 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 283.1 (M'+1) .
4-(3-hydroxypropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 1. 84 (m, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.35 (t, 1H), 7.39-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.36 (m, 2H), 10.27 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 297.2 (M-+1) .
4-(4-hydroxybutyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1.71-1.82 (m, 4H) , 1.99 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 3.68-3.80 (m, 4H), 5.20 (t, 1H), 7.41-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.41(m, 2H), 10.37 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 311.2 (M'+1) .
4-(4-traps-acetylaminocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyzrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(4-traps-methylsulfonylaminocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-%-;=-phenylethyl)pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(4-traps-hydoxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-.
S phenylethyl)pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(3-pyridylmethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
4-(2-methylpropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-7-(1-phenylethyl)pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.
Example 2:
To a stirred suspension of triphenylphosphine (0.047 g, 0.179 mmol) and benzoic acid ( 0 . 022 g, 0 .179 mmol ) in TFiF ( 1 . 0 mL) cooled to 0°C was added 4-(4-traps-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (0.05 g, 0.149 mmol) at 0°C. Diethyl azodicarboxylate (0.028 ml, 0.179 mmol) was then added dropwise over 10 minutes. The reaction was then allowed to warm to room temperature. After reaction was complete by -TLC the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous sodium bicarbonate (3.0 mL). The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with ether (2 X 5.0 mL). The organic extracts were combined, dried, and concentrated in vacuo to dryness. To the residue was added ether (2.0 mL) and hexane (5.0 mL) whereupon the bulk of the triphenylphosphine oxide was filtered off. Concentration of the filtrate gave a viscous oil which was purified by column ,chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1) to give 5.o mg (7.6%) of 4-(4-cis-benzoyloxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrol,o [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 441.3 (M'+1) . The reaction also produced 50.0 mg (84%) of 4-(3-cyclohexenyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 319.2 (M'+1 ) .
Example 3:
To a solution of 4-(4-cis-benzoyloxycyclohexyl)a~:ino-9,c-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (5.0 mg, 0.0=14 mmol ) in ethanol ( 1. 0 mL) was added. 10 drops or 2M sodiu;r S hydroxide. After 1 hr, the reaction mixture was ex~=ac~ec with ethyl acetate (3 x 5.0 mL) and the organic layer was dried, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane: ethyl acetate=4:1) to give 3.6 mg (94%) of 4-(4-cis-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 337.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Example 3:
4-(3-N,N-dimethyl-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H
pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 2.01 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.73 (t, 2H), 2.97 (s, 6H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 6.09 (t, 1H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.43 (m, 2H), 10.46 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
4-(2-formylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1:) b 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 3.59-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.88-4.01 (m, 2H), 5.48-5.60 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.57 (m, 3H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.30-8.45 (m, 2H) , 8.82 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 310.1 (M'+1) .
4-(3-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
Example 4:
4-(3-tent-butyloxy-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-pheny~-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (70.0 mg, 0.191 mmol)) was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid:dichloromethane (1:1, 5.0 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. and then refluxed for 2 hr. After cooling down to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (EtOAc:hexane:
AcOH=7:2.5:0.5) to give 40.0 mg (68%) of. 4-(3-hydroxy-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CD,OD) b 2.32 (s, 3H) , 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 4.01 (t, 2H), 7.55 (m, 3H), 8.24 (m, 2H);
MS (ES) : 311.1 (M'+1) .
The following compound was obtained in a similar manner as that of Example 4:
4-(3-aminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7X-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 296 .1 (M'+1) , 279.1 (M'-NI33) .
Example 5:
4-(3-hydroxy-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (50.0 mg, 0.161 mmol) was dissolved ?5 in a mixture of N,N-dimethylformamide (0.50 mL), dioxane (0.50 mL) and water(0.25 mL). To this solution was added methylamine (0.02 mL, 40% wt in water, 0.242 mmol), triethylamine (0.085 mL) and N,N,N'N'-tetramethyl uronium tetrafluoroborate (61.2 mg, 0.203 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, the solution was concentrated and the residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (EtOAc) to give 35.0 mg (67%) of 4-(3-N-methyl-3-oxopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200MHz,CDC13) b 1.92 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.65 2H), 4.08(t, 2H), 5.90 (t, 1H), (t, 6. 12 (m, 1H) , 7.45 (m, 3H) 8.41 (m, 2H) 10.68 (s, 1H) ;
, , MS
(ES) : 311.1 (M'+1 ) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Example 5:
4-(2-cyclopropanecarbonylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 350.2 (M-+1).
4-(2-isobutyrylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 352.2 (M'+1) .
4-(3-propionylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) S 1 . 00-1 . 08 (t, 3H), 1.71-2.03 (m, 4H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 3.26-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.96 (m, 2H), 5.53-5.62 (m, 1H),_6.17-6.33 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.57 (m, 3H), 8.31-8.39 (m, 2H), 9.69 (s, 1H);
MS (ES) : 352.2 (M'+1) .
4-(2-methylsulfonylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 3.39-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.88 (m, 2H), 5.31-5.39 (m, 1H), 6.17-6.33 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.43 (m, 3H), 8.20-8.25 (m, 2H), 9.52 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 360.2 (M'+1).
Example 6:
A mixture of 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine (0.70 g, 2.72 mmol) and 1,2-diaminoethane (10.0 mL, 150 mmol) was refluxed under inert atmosphere for 6 hr.
The excess amine was removed in vacuo, the residue was washed sequentially with ether and hexane to give 0.75 g (98%) of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo,[2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES) ; 282.2 (M'+1) , 265.1 (M'-NH3) .
Example 7:
To a solution of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (70.0 mg, 0.249 mmol) and triethylamine (50.4 mg, 0.498 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added propionyl chloride (25.6 mg, 0.024 m~, ,;.
mmol) at 0'C. After 1 hr, the mixture was concentrated _..
vacuo and,the residue was subjected to preparative thin laye.
chromatography (EtOAc) to give 22,0 mg (26%) o_' 4-(2-propionylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Example 7:
4-(2-N'-methylureaethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H
pyrrolo [ 2 , 3 d] pyrimidine . 'H NMR ( 2 0 0 MHz , CDC1 ~ ) b 2 . 13 ( s , 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.53 (d, 3H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.88 (m, 2H), 4.29 (m, 1H), 5.68 (t, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 8.36 (dd, 2H) , 9.52 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 339.3 (M'+1) .
4-(2-N'-ethylureaethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 353.2 (M'+1).
Example 8:
To a solution of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodi-imide hydrochloride (41.1 mg, 0.215 mmol), dimethylamino-pyridine (2.4 mg, 0.020 mmol) and pyruvic acid (18.9 mg, 0.015 mL, 0.215 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine (55.0 mg, 0.196 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr. Usual workup. and column chromatography (EtOAc) then gave 10.0 mg (15°s) of 4-(2'-pyruvylamidoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-~2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine.. MS (ES) : 352.2 (M'+1) .
Examp'1 a 9 To a solution of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (60.0 mg, 0.213 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added N-trimethylsilyl isocyanate (43.3 mg, 0.051 mL, 0.320 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr followed by adc_t_o::
aqueous sodium bicarbonate. After fyltration thro~.~cn sna_1 amount of silica gel, the filtrate was concentrated yn vacuc to dryness to give 9.8 mg (14%) of 4-(2-ureaethyl)amino-5,e-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidine. MS (ES): ;25.2 (M'+1 ) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Example 9:
dI-4-(2-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1 .28-1 .32 (d, J=8 Hz, 3 H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H) 3.76-3.83 (m, 2H), 4.10-4.30 (m, 1H), 5.60-5.66 (t, J=6 H2, 1H) , 7.40-7.51 (m, 3H) , 8.36-8.43 (m, 2H) , 10. 83 (s, 1H) ; MS
(ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
(R)-4-(2-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1 .31 (d, 3H) , 1.66 (s, 3H) 1.99 (s, 3H) , 2.31 (s, 3H) , 3 . 78-3 .83 (m, 2H), 4.17-4.22 (m, 1H), 5.67 (t, 1H), 7.38-7.5 (m, 3H), 8.39 (m, 2H), 10.81 (s, 1H); MS (ES): 338.2 (M'+1).
(R)-4-(1-methyl-2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. -H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b 1.41 (d, 3H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 3.46-3.52 (br, m, 2H),, 4.73 (m, 1H), 5.22 (d, 1H), 7.41-7.46 (m, 3H) , 8.36-8.40 (m, 2H) , 8.93 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
(S)-4-(2-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 1 .31 (d, 3H), 1.66 (s, 3H) 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 3.78-3.83 (m, 2H), 4'.17-4.22 (m, 1H), 5.67 (t, 1H), 7.38-7.5 (m, 3H), 8.39 (m, 2H) , 8.67 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
(S)-4-(1-methyl-2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NNgt (200 MHz, CDC1,) b 1.41 (d, 3H),1.68 (s, 3H), 2.05 3H), 2.32 (s, 3::), _.
(s, 3 . 52 (m, 4 (m, 1H) , 5 .22 1 H) , 7 . 41-7 . 46 2H) , . (d, im, _... , 8.36-8.40 2H), 10.13 (s, 1H); (ES): 338.2 (M-+1).
(m, MS
Example 10:
Reaction of 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine with the mixture of d1-1-amino-2-(1,~-dimethyl ethoxy)carbonylamino-propane and dl-2-amino-1-(1,1-dimethyl ethoxy)carbonylamino-propane was run in a similar manner as that of Example 1. The reaction gave a mixture of d1-4 - ( 1-methyl-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonylamino)ethylamino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine and dl-4-(2-methyl-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonylamino)ethylamino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3d]pyrimidine which were separated by column chromatography (EtOAc:hexanes=1:3). The first fraction was d1-4-(1-methyl-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy) carbonylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine: 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) S 1 . 29 - 1.38 (m, 12 H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H) 3.34-3.43 (m, 2H), 4.62-4.70 (m, 1H), 5.36-5.40 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 5.53 (br, 1H), 7.37-7.49(m, 3H), 8.37-8.44(m, 2H), 10.75 (s, 1H). MS 396.3 (M'+1) ; The second fraction was d1-4- (2- (1, 1-dimethylethoxy)carbonylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine: -H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1_,) S
?S 1.26-1.40 (m, 12 H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H) 3.60-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.95-4.10 (m, 1H), 5.41-5.44 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 5.65(br, 1H), 7.40-7.46(m, 3H), 8.37-8.44(m, 2H), 10.89 (s, 1H); MS
(ES) : 396.2 (M'+1) .
The following compounds were obtained in a similar manner as that of Example 10:
(S,S)-4-(2-acetylaminocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo (2, 3d] pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1~) b_1 .43 (m, 4 H), 1.60 (s, 3 H), 1.83 (m, 2 H), 2.18 (s, 3 H), 2.30 (m, 2 H), 2.32 (s, 3 H), 3.73 (br, 1H), 4.25 (br, 1H), 5.29 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.35-8.40 (m, 2H), 9.05 (s, 1 H).
4-(2-methyl-2-acetylaminopropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phen~~__ 7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d) pyrimidine . -H NMR ( 200 MHz , CDCI _: ) b_1 . 51 ( s , 6H), 1.56 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 3.76 (d, 2ri), 5.78 (t, 1H) , 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H) , 7. 93 (s, 1H) , 8.39 (m, 2H) , 10.07 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 352.3 (M~+1) .
Example 11:
d1-4-(1-methyl-2-(1,1-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl aminoethyl) amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidine (60.6 mg, 0.153 mmol) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) for 14 hr. The organic solvent was removed in vacuo to dryness. The residue was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (2.0 mL) and triethylamine (2.0 mL). To the solution at 0°C was added acetic anhydride (17.2 mg, 0.016, 0.169 mmol). The resulted mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hr and then concentrated in vacuo to dryness. The residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (EtOAc) to give 27.0 mg (52%) of dl-4-(1-methyl-2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d) pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b 1.38-1.42 (d, J=8 Hz, 3 H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H) 3.38-3.60 (m, 2H), 4.65-4.80 (m, 1H), 5.23-5.26 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.51(m, 3H), 8.37-8.43(m, 2H), 10.44 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 338.2 (M'+1) .
Example 12:
(R,R)-4-(2-aminocyclohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine, prepared in a similar manner as that of Example 1 from 4-chloro-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d)pyrimidine (0.15 g, 0.583 mmol) and (1R, 2R)-( -1,2-diaminocyclohexane (0.63 g, 5.517 mmol), was treated with ~riethylamine (0.726 g, 7.175 mmol) and acetic anhydride (0.325 g, 3.18 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10.0 mL) at room temperature for 2 hr. After removal of solvent in vacuo, ethyl acetate (10.0 mL) and water (10.0 mL) were added to the residue. The mixture was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10.0 mL) . The co~rb=:~e~
ethyl acetate solution was dried (MgSO, ) and f i1 ~er ec . ':''.::e filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness and the re s cue was subjected to column chromatography (EtOAc:Hexane=1:1) to give 57. 0 mg (26°s) of (R, R) -4- (2-acetyiaminocyclohexyl ) amino 5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. =H NMR
(200 MHz, CDC13) b_1.43 (m, 4 H) , 1.60 (s, 3 H) , 1 .84 (m, 2 H), 2.22 (s, 3 H), 2.30 (m, 2 H), 2.33 (s, 3 H), 3.72 (br, 1H), 4.24 (br, 1H), 5.29 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.48 (m, 3H), 8.35 8.39 (m, 2H) , 8.83 (s, 1 H) ; MS (ES) : 378.3 (M'+1) .
Example 13:
To a solution of 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7X-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (40.0 mg, 0.141 mmol) in pyridine (1.0 mL) was added acetic anhydride (0.108 g, 1.06 mmol) at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (EtOAc:hexane=1:1) to give 32.3 mg (71%) of 4-(2-acetyloxyethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine. 'H NMR (200 MHz, CDC1,) b_1.90 (s, 3H) , 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 4.45 (t, 2H), 5.42 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.49 (m, 3H), 8.42(m, 2H), 11.23 (s, 1H).
Example 14:
A solution of Fmoc-Q-Ala-OH (97.4 mg, 0.313 mmol) and oxalyl chloride (39.7 mg, 27.3 ~L, 0.313 mmol) in dichloromethane (4.0 mL) with 1 drop of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at 0°C for 1 hr followed by addition of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (80.0 mg, 0.285 mmol) and triethylamine (57.6 mg, 79.4 JCL, 0.570 mmol) at 0°C. After 3 hr, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was treated with the solution of 20% piperidine in N,N-dimethylforamide (2.0 mL) for 0.5 hr. After removal of the solvent in vacuo, the residue was washed with diethyl ether:hexane (1:5) to give~3.0 mg (3%) of 4-(6-amino-3-aza-4-oxohexyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrroloi~,3c:
pyrimidine. MS (ES): 353.2 !M'+1).
Example 15:
~ A solution of 4-(2-aminoethyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine (~0.0 mg, 0.249 mmol) and succinic anhydride (27.0 mg, 0.274 mmol) in dichloromethane (4.0 mL) with 1 drop of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with 20% sodium hydroxide (3 x 5.0 mL). The aqueous solution was acidified with 3 M hydrochloride to pH - 7Ø The whole mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (MgSO,) and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to dryness to give 15.0 mg (16%) of 4-(7-hydroxy-3-aza-4,7-dioxoheptyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES): 382.2 (M'+1 ) .
EXample 16:
To 10 mL of dimethylformamide (DMF) at room temperature were added 700 mg of 4-cis-3-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-2-phenyl-5,6-dimethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine followed by 455 mg of N-Boc glycine, 20 mg of N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), 293 mg of hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT) and 622 mg of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarboiimide hydrochloride (EDC1).
The reaction mixture was left stirring overnight. DMF was then removed under reduced pressure and the reaction mixture was partitioned between 20mL of ethyl acetate and 50mL of water. The aqueous portion was extracted further with 2x20mL
of ethyl acetate and the combined organic portions were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Purification on silica gel, eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane gave 410 mg of the desired product: 4-(cis-3-(N-t-butoxycarbonyl-2-aminoacetoxy) cyclopentyl) amino-2-phenyl-5,6,-dimethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]
pyrimidine, MS (ES) (M'+1)=480.2. The ester was then treated with 5 mL of 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichlorome~~a::~ a~
room temperature, left over night and then concept=a~ec.
Trituration with ethyl acetate gave 300 mg of an of= wr_te solid; 4 - ( cis-3 - ( 2 -aminoacetoxy) cyclopentyl ) amino- 5 , 6 -dime t'.~.y 1-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine trifluoroacetic acid salt, MS (ES) (M'+1)=380.1.
One skilled in the art will appreciate that the following compounds can be synthesized by the methods disclosed above:
4-(cis-3-hydroxycyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'+1) = 323 . 1 .
4-(cis-3-(2-aminoacetoxy)cyclopentyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2 phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d] pyrimidinetrifluoroacetic acid salt MS (ES) (M'+1) = 380.1 .
4-(3-acetamido)piperidinyl-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'+1)= 364.2.
4-(2-N'-methylureapropyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine, MS (ES) (M'+1) =353 .4 .
4-(2-acetamidobutyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine, MS (ES) (M'+1) = 352 .4 .
4-(2-N'-methylureabutyl)amino-5,6-dimethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'+1) = 367. 5 4-(2-aminocyclopropylacetamidoethyl)amino-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'+1) = 309.1.
4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(3-chlorophenyl)-7H-pyrrolo (2, 3d] pyrimidine MS (ES) (M-+_)=342.8.
4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(3-fluorcphenyl)-?H-pyrroio (2, 3d] pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'*.) =327. 2.
4-(traps-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino-2-(4-pyridyl)-?H-pyrYolo (2, 3dJ pyrimidine MS (ES) (M'*1 ) =310.2.
Example 17 Scheme IX
Cl Cl CI
\ ----~ ~ \/J~ N \ Br 1~ ~
I \ N N I \ N~ N \ ~ N, N/ -H ~ O~O I ~ ~O
.. O
Cl O
H
--N' \ O
I \ N~ N ~ NH
O~O N \ p \ N~ Ni :r I H a i 30 The pyrrole nitrogen of (7) (Scheme IX) was protected with di-t-butyldicarbonate under basic conditions to yield the corresponding carbamate (22). Radica? bromination of (22) proceeded regioselectively to yield bromide (23). In general, compound (23) served as a key electrophilic >> intermediate for various nucleophilic coupling partners.
Displacement of the alkyl bromide with sodium phenolate trihydrate yielded compound (24). Subsequent displacement of the aryl chloride and removal of the t-butyl carba;r~a~e protecting group occurred in one step yielding des_red compound (25).
Detailed Synthesis of Compounds (22)-(25) in Accordance with Scheme IB CI
H
N~ -N
_ O
O
IS
Di-t-butyl dicarbonate (5.37 g, 24.6 mmol) and dimethyl aminopyridine (1.13 g, 9.2 mmol) were added to a solution containing (7) (1.50 g, 6.15 mmol) and pyridine (30 mL).
After 20 h the reaction was concentrated and the residue was partitioned between CH,C1_ and water. The CH,C1= layer was separated, dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated to yield a black solid. Flash chromatography (Si02; 1/9 EtOAc/Hexanes, Rf 0.40) yielded 1.70 g (80%) of a white solid (22) . 1H NMR (200 MHz, CDC13) b_8.50 (m, 2H, Ar-H) , 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 6.39 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 2.66 (s, 3H,pyrrole-CH3), 1.76 (s, 9H, carbamate-CH;) ; MS, M
+ 1 = 344.1; Mpt - N ~ Br.
175-177°C.
~N N
O
O
N-Bromosuccinimide (508 mg, 2.86 mmol) and AIBN (1.2 m7, C.66 mmol) were added to a solution containing (22) (935 mg, ...7_ mmol) and CC1, (50 mL). The solution was heated to re=_ux.
After 2 h the reaction was cooled to room temperature anc concentrated in vacuo to yield a 'white solid. .'ash chromatography (Si02; 1/1 CH,C1,/Hexanes, RF 0.30) yielded 960 mg (84%) of a white solid (23) . 1H NMR (200 Ngiz, CDCI z) x_6.52 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.48 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 6.76 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 4.93 (s, 2H,pyrrole-CXzBr) , 1.79 (s, 9H, carbamate-CH:) ; MS, M + 1 = 423.9; Mpt = 155-157°C.
CI
N O
1~
N N
~O
O
Sodium phenoxide trihydrate (173 mg, 1.02 mmol) was added in one portion to a solution of bromide (23) (410 mg, 0.97 mmol) dissolved in CH,C1_ (5 mL) and DMF (10 mL) . After 2 h the reaction solution was partitioned between CH,C1- and water.
The water layer was extracted with CH,C1,. The combined CH, C1, layers were washed with water, dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated to yield a yellow solid. Flash chromatography (Si02; 1/6 EtOAc/Hexanes, Rf 0.30) yielded 210 mg (50%) of a white solid (24). 1H NMR (200 l~iz, CDC13) b_8.53 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.48 (m, 3H, Ar-H), 7.34 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 7.03 (m, 3H, Ar-H) , 6. 83 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H) , 5.45 (s, 2H, ArCH,O) , 1.76 (s, 9H, carbamate-CH;) ; MS, M' - 436.2.
O
HN
J
NH
N/
\N Hi .5 A solution containing (24) (85 mg, 0.20 mmol), N-acetylethylenediamine (201 mg, 1.95 mmol) and DMSO (3 mL) was heated to 100'C. After 1 h the temperature was raised to 130'C. After 3 h the reaction was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The water layer was extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined EtOAc layers are washed with water, dried over MgSO" filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography (Si02; 1/10 EtOH/ CHC1_, Rf 0.25) yielded 73 mg (93%) of a white foamy solid (25) . 1H
NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6) S 11.81 (br s, 1H, N-H) , 8.39 (m, 2H, Ar-H), 8.03 (br t, 1H, N-H), 7.57 (br t, 1H, N-H), 7.20 -7.50 (m, 5H, Ar-H) , 6.89 - 7. 09 (m, 3H, Ar-H) , 6 . 59 (s, 1H, pyrrole-H), 5.12 (s, 2H, ArCH:O), 3.61 (m, 2H, NCH_.), 3.36 (m, 2H, NCH-) , 1.79 (s, 3H, COCH;) ; MS, M+ 1 = 402 . 6 The following compounds were obtained in a manner similar to that of Example 17:
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-6-phenoxymethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. mp 196-197°C; MS (ES) : 401 . 6 (M'+1) .
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)methyl-2 phenyl;7H-pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine. MS(ES): 420.1 (M'+1).
4-(2-acetylam_noethyl)amino-6-(4-chlorophencxy~mei~wI-=-phenyl -7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (~S) : 435.. (M'-1' .
4- (2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6- (4-methoxypher.cxy)~ret'.~.y. ..
phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d]pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 432. _ ;~!'-.' .
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-o-(N-pyridin-2-one)methyl ..
phenyl- 7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine . MS (ES) : 403 . ~ (M'+1 ) .
4- (2-acetylaminoethyl) amino-6- (N-phenylamino> met:-~y_-..-phew=-7H-pyrrolo[2,3]pyrimidine. MS(ES): 400.9 (M'+1).
4-(2-acetylaminoethyl)amino-6-(N-methyl-N-phenylam_no)methy-2-phenyl - 7H-pyrrolo [2 , 3d] pyrimidine . MS (ES) : 414 . 9 (M-+1 ) .
4-(2-N'-methylureaethyl)amino-6-phenoxymethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3d] pyrimidine. MS (ES) : 416. 9 (M'+1) .
Example 18: Synthesis of adenosine A1 Antagonists.
Compound 1319 and Compound 1320 (Table 13 below) can be synthesized by the general procedures herein.
HO~~I
CI
NH
N ~
X I ~ N ~ N
N I ~
H X W N
/ I H
Compound 26 X = F Compound X319 .Compound 27 X = C1 Compound 1320 Compound 1319 (81%) 'H-NMR (d;-DMSO) d 1.37 (m, 4H), 1.93 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 4.11 (brs, 1H), 4.61 (d, 1H, J = 4.4 Hz), 6.59 (m, 1H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.49 (dd, 1H, J =
BHz, l4Hz), 8.03 (m, 1H), 8.18 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 11.55 (brs, 1H) . MS (ES) : 327.0 (M'+1) .
Comoo~,uld 1320 (31e) M5 (ES) : 343.1 tM-+1) .
Example 19: Synthesis of adenosine A1 Antagonist.
Compound 1321 (Table 13 below) can be synthesized by :.tee ~ general procedures given below.
0 off ~I Ho,,~
~ ~ I
MCO ''' CN ~ HCI N % \ HCI N ~ \ ~Ni, JOEL II ' N H r I~N~ -"~ N ~, N
Et0 N ~ N / H I I
n,~N
I H
28 29 Nr :.o:rp~u:~~ 1.2 i Compound 28 (10.938, 50.76 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (67 mL). 4-Amidinopyridine hydrochloride (8.0g, 50.76 mmol) and DBU (15.4 g, 101.5 mmol) were added sequentially and the reaction was heated to 85°C. After 22 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the DMF was removed in vacuo.
The dark oil was diluted with 2M HC1 (80 mL) . The reaction was allowed to stand. After 2 hours, the solution was cooled to 10°C and filtered. The solid was washed with cold water and dried to yield 7.408 of a yellow solid, Compound 29 ~5 (69%) . 'H-NN~ (200N~iz, d~-DMSO) d 6.58 (s, 1H) , 7.27 (s, 1H) , 8.53 (d, 2H, J = 5.6), 9.00 (d, 2H, J = 5.2Hz), 12.35 (brs, 1H) . MS (ES) : 212.8 (M'+1) .
Compound 29 (7.4 mmol, 29.8 mmol) was diluted .with POCl,and heated to 105°C. After 18 hours, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and the POCl3is removed in vacuo. The thick dark oil is diluted with MeOH (75mL) followed by ether (120mL). The amorphous red solid is filtered and washed with ether to yield 3.82 g of a red solid. The crude solid is !5 approximately 80% pure and used without further purification in the next reaction. MS (ES): 230.7 (M'+1).
Compound 1321 'H-NMZ ('-5%) (200MH, d.-DMSO) d 1.38 ir;., .~-.
, 1.92 (brs, 2H) , 2.02 (brs, 2H) , (brs, 1H) , 4 .14 (bas, 3.44 1H), 4.56 (d, 1H, J = 4 Hz), 6.63 (m, 1H), 7.15 (m, 1H), ..3~
(d, 1H, J = 6.2 Hz) , 8.20 4.4 Hz) , 8. c5 (d, (d, 2'.-'.'., 2H, J =
J - 4.4Hz) , 11.67 (br s, 1H) MS (ES) 310.2 (M'T1) .
. :
Compound 1501 (Table 15 below) 'H-NMR (70s) (200MHz, CD~OD' c 1.84 (s, 3H), 3.52 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 3.83, t, 2~:, J = 0.0 Hz), 6.51 (d, 1H, J = 3.4Hz), 7.06 (d, 1H, J = 3.8 Hz), ..42 (m, 3H) , 8.36 (m, 2H) . MS (ES) : 296. 0 (M'+1) .
Compound 1502 (Table 15 below) MS (ES): 345.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1500 (Table 15 below) 'H-NMR (200MHz, CDC13) d 1.40 1~ - 1.80 (m, 6H), 1.85 - 2.10 (m, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.50 (d, 3H), 3.90 - 4.10 (m, 2H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 5.50 (d, 1H), 6.03 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m, 3H), 8.37 (m, 2H), 9.15 (brs, 1H) . MS (ES) : 393.3 (M-+1) .
Example 20: Synthesis of adenosine Al Antagonist.
Compound 1504 (Table 15 below) can be synthesized by the general procedures given below.
HO/~
CI CI
2j NH
N
N ~ \ _' I ~ \ .-.~ N
N N
N BOC B~ ~ N BOC ~~ ~ I N~ N N
31 32 S ~ / H
S
Compound 1504 3U Compound 31 (200 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (4 mL).
Triethylamine (51 mg, 0.5mmo1) and thiomorpholine (52 mg, 0.5mmo1) were added sequentially. The solution was mixed for several minutes and allowed to stand for 72 hours. The reaction was diluted with DCM and H=0 and the layers were 3~ separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined DCM layers were dried over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated. Ethyl e~he= was added ;.o the crude sample a::~
the resulting solid was filtered to yield 100mQ ~= a w;~e solid, 32 (62°-.) . 'HIJMR (200Ngiz, CDCI;) d 1.70' (s, 9H) , 2.6c' (brs, 2H) , 2.79 (brs, 2H) , 3.86 (s, 2H) , 7.40' w., 3H; , 8.50 (m, 2H). .
Compound 32 was combined with DMSO (3m~) an3 traps-4-aminocyclohexanol (144mg, 1.25 mmol) and heated ~o 130°C for 4 hours. The reaction was cooled ;.o Yoom temperature, and diluted with EtOAc and H,O. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted wi=h E~OAc (2x). The combined crganic layers were washed w.~h H-O and brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated.
Chromatography (silica, 8:1 CHC13/EtOH) yields 32 mg of a tan oil. Ethyl ether was added and the resulting solid was filtered to yield 5 mg of a white solid (9%).OS~C-148265:
'H-NMR (200MHz, CD,OD): d 1.44 (brm, 4H), 2.03 (brm, 2H), 2.21 (brm, 2H), 2.70 (brm, 8H), 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 4.26 (brs, 1H) , 6.42 (s, 1H) , 7.42 (m, 3H) , 8.33 (m, 2H) .
Example 21: Synthesis of adenosine A1 Antagonist.
Compound 1503 (Table 15 below) can be synthesized by the general procedures given below.
>>
HO~~
CI CI
N \ ~ N \ ~ NH
II ~ ~ I
I \ N BOC Br \ N N N N
I , 80C ~ I
O I \ . N H N
O
Compound 1503 The bromide, compound 31 (220 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in 1:1 DMF:Dichloromethane (5 mL). To this was added K,CO: (71 mg, 0.~2 mmol) and morpholine (0.047 mL, 0.47 mtriol). The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight.
Solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between H-.0 and dichloromethane. The organic layer was d=ied with MgSO~, filtered, and concentrated to c_ve a~
off white solid which upon trituration with ethe_/hexa:~es gave 175mg of a white solid, 33 (84%). 'H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1,) : ( 1.9 (9H, s) , 2.54 (4H, s) , 3.65 (4H, s) , 3. 85 (1H, s), 6.59 (1H, s), 7.45 (3H, m),8.5 (2H, m).
Compound 33 (50 mg, 0.11 mmol) and traps-4-aminocyciohexanol (105 mg, 0.91 mmol) were taken up in DMSO (2mL). The resultant solution was sparged with N_ and then heated to 100~C in an oil bath and stirred overnight. The crude reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted twice with ethyl acetate (50mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H=0. After drying with MgSO, and filtering, the organic layer was concentrated in vacuo to give an orange solid.
1~ Chromatography (silica, 10°s CH,OH in CHzCl~) yielded l5mg (33%) . 'H-NMR ( 200 MHz, CDC1,) : ( 1.24 - 1.62 (4H, m) , 1 . 85 (2H, m), 2.10 (2H, m), 2.26 (4H, m), 3.53 (4H, m), 4.22 (1H, m) , 4 .73 (1H, m) , 5. 85 (1H, d) , 6.15 (1H, s) , 7.25 (3H, m) , 8.42 (2H, M) , 10.0 (1H, s) . MS (ES) : 408 (M' + 1) .
Compounds 1500, 1501, and 1502 can be synthesized using similar preparation steps of Example 20 by treating compound 32 with an appropriately substituted amine.
Yeast (i-Galactosidase reporter geese assays for human adenosine A1 and A2, receptor: Yeast strains (S. cerev_s:ae:~
were transformed with human adenosine A. (A,R; CADUS s~_ai::
CY12660) or human AZa (Aaa; CADUS strain CYB362) and the addition of a lacZ(a-Galactosidase) reporter gene to ~.:t__ize as a functional readout. A complete description o~ she transformations is listed below (see Yeast Strains). NECA
(5'-N-ethylcarboxamidoadenosine), a potent adenosine receptor agonist with similar affinity for A, and Ana receptors, was used as a ligand for all assays. Test compounds were examined at 8 concentrations (0.1 - 10,000 nM) for ability to inhibit NECA-induced a-Galactosidase activity by CY12660 or CY8362.
Preparation of Yeast Stock Cultures: Each of the respective yeast strains, CY12660 and CY8362, were streaked onto an LT
agar plate and incubated at 30°C until colonies were observed.
Yeast from these colonies were added to LT liquid (pH 6.8) and grown overnight at 30°C. Each yeast strain was then diluted to an OD6ee - 1.0-2.0 (approximately 1-2 X 10 cells/ml), as determined spectrophotometrically (Molecular Devices VMAX). For each 6 ml of yeast liquid culture, 4 ml of 40% glycerol (1:1.5 vol:vol) was added ("yeast/glycerol stock"). From this yeast/glycerol stock, ten 1 ml aliquots were prepared and stored at -80°C until required for assay.
Yeast A, R and A~aR Assay: One vial each of CY8362 and CY12660 yeast/glycerol stock was thawed and used to inoculate Supplemented LT liquid media, pH 6.8 (92 m1 LT liquid, to which is added: 5 ml of 40% glucose, 0.45 ml of 1M KOH and 2.5 ml of Pipes, pH 6.8). Liquid cultures were grown 16-18 hr (overnight) at 30°C. Aliquots from overnight cultures were then diluted in LT media, containing 4U/ml adenosine deaminase (Type VI or VII from calf intestinal mucosa, Sigma) , to obtain ODSO~_ = 0.15 (1.5 X 10E cells/ml) for CY8362 (A2aR) and ODEON = 0.50 (5X106 cells/ml) for CY12660 (A1R) .
Assays were conducted with a final volume of 100 u1 in 96-well microtiter plates, such that a final concentratior. o.
DMSO Was achieved in all wells. For primary screening, concentrations of test compounds were utilized (10 uM, luM ).
For compound profiling, 8 concentrations were tested (1000C, 1000, 500, 100, 50, 10, 1 and 0.1 nM) . To eac:: rr,_c=o~ite~
plate, 10 u1 of 20% DMSO was added to "Control " and "Total "
wells while 10 u1 of Test Compound (in 20o DMSO) was added to "Unknown" wells. Subsequently, 10 u1 of NECA (5 uM for A.R, 1 uM for A~aR) were added to "Total" and "Unknown" wells; 10 u1 of PBS was added to the "Control" wells. In the final addition, 80 u1 of yeast strain, CY8362 or CY12660, were added to all wells. All plates were then agitated briefly (LabLine orbital shaker 2-3 min) and allowed to incubate for 4 hrs. at 30~C in a dry oven.
a-Galactosidase activity can be quantitated using either colorimetric (e. g., ONPG, CPRG), luminescent (e. g., Galacton-Star) or fluorometric substrates (e. g., FDG, Resorufin) substrates. Currently, fluorescence detection is preferred on the basis of superior signal: noise ratio, relative freedom from interference and low cost. Fluorescein digalactopyranoside (FDG, Molecular Probes or Marker Gene Technologies), a fluorescent (3-Galactosidase substrate, was added to all wells at 20 ul/well (final concentration - 80 uM). Plates were shaken for 5-6 sec (LabLine orbital shaker) and then incubated at 37°C for 90 min (95o O,/5% CO, incubator). At the end of the 90 min incubation period, (3-Galactosidase activity was stopped using 20 ul/well of 1M
Na=C0~ and all plates shaken for 5-6 sec. Plates were then agitated for 6 sec and relative fluorescence intensity determined using a fluorometer (Tecan Spectrafluor;
excitation = 485 nm, emission = 535 nm).
Calculations: Relative fluorescence values for "Control" wells 3~ were interpreted as background and subtracted from "Total" and "Unknown" values. Compound profiles were analyzed via logarithmic transformation (x-axis: compound concentration) followed by one site competition curve fitting to calculate IC~-. values (GraphPad Prism) .
Yeast strains: Saccharomyces cerevisiae strains CY12660 [farl*1442 tbtl-1 fusl-HIS3 canl stel4::t~l::LYS2 ste3*1156 gpal(41)-Gai3 lys2 ura3 leu2 t=ill: his3; LEU2 PGKp-MfalLeader-hAlR-PHOSterm 2mu-orig REP3 Ampr) and CY8362 [gpalp-rGasElOK farl*1442 tbtl-1 fusl-HIS3 canl stel4::t~~l:
LYS2 ste3*1156 lys2 ura3 leu2 trill his3; LEU2 PGKp-hA2aR 2mu-ori REP3 Ampr] were developed.
LT Media: LT (Leu-Trp supplemented) media is composed of 100g DIFCO yeast nitrogen base, supplemented with the following:
1.0g valine, 1.0g aspartic acid, 0.75g phenylalanine, 0.9g lysine, 0.45g tyrosine, 0.458 isoleucine, 0.3g methionine, 0.6g adenine, 0.4g uracil, 0.3g serine, 0.3g proline, 0.3g cysteine, 0.3g arginine, 0.9g histidine and 1.0g threonine.
Construction of Yeast Strains Expressing Human A1 Adenosine Receptor In this example, the construction of yeast strains expressing a human A, adenosine receptor functionally integrated into the yeast pheromone system pathway is described.
I. Expression Vector Construction To construct a yeast expression vector for the human A1 adenosine receptor, the A= adenosine receptor cDNA was obtained by reverse transcriptase PCR of human hippocampus mRNA using primers designed based on the published sequence of the human A1 adenosine receptor and standard techniques.
The PCR product was subcloned into the NcoI and XbaI sites of the yeast expression plasmid pMPlS.
The ~iMPlS plasmid was created from pLPXt as follows: The XbaI site of YEP51 (Broach, J.R. et al. (1983) "Vectors for high-level, inducible expression of cloned genes in yeast" p.
83-117 in M. Inouye (ed.), Experimental Manipulation of Gene Expression. Academic Press, New York) was eliminated by digestion, end-fill and religation to create Yep~~Nco~Xba.
Another XbaI site was created at the BamHI site by cigesc_c_-.
with BamHI, end-fill, linker (New England Biolabs, # 1080 ligation, XbaI digestion and re-ligation to generate YEP5INcoXt. This plasmid was digested with Esp3; and N;.c and ligated to Leu2 and PGKp fragments generated by PCR. The 2 kb Leu2 PCR product was generated by amplification prom YEP5INco using primers containing Esp31 and BgIII sues. The 660 base pair PGKp PCR product was generated by amplification from pPGKas (Kang, Y.-S. et al. (1990) Mol. Ceil. Biol.
x:2582-2590) with PCR primers containing BglII and NcoI
sites. The resulting plasmid is called pLPXt. pLPXt was modified by inserting the coding region of the a-factor pre-pro leader into the NcoI site. The prepro leader was IS inserted so that the NcoI cloning site was maintained at the 3' end of the leader, but not regenerated at the 5' end. In this way receptors can be cloned by digestion of the plasmid with NcoI and XbaI. The resulting plasmid is called pMPlS.
The pMPlS plasmid into which was inserted the human A1 adenosine receptor cDNA was designated p5095. In this vector, the receptor cDNA is fused to the 3' end of the yeast a-factor prepro leader. During protein maturation the prepro peptide sequences are cleaved to generate mature full-length receptor. This occurs during processing of the receptor through the yeast secretory pathway. This plasmid is maintained by Leu selection (i.e., growth on medium lacking leucine). The sequence of the cloned coding region was determined and found to be equivalent to that in the published literature (GenBank accession numbers S45235 and S56143 ) .
II. Yeast Strain Coastructioa To create a yeast strain expressing the human A, adenosine 3~ receptor, yeast strain CY7967 was used as the .starting parental strain. The genotype of CY7967 is as follows:
MATa gpaD1163 gpal (41) Gai3 far1D1442 tbt-1 FUS1-FiIS3 canl stel4 : : trpl : : LYS2 ste3D1156 lys2 ura3 le~.:2 _ _ _ his3 The genetic markers are reviewed below:
MATa.......... Mating type a.
gpa1D1163........... The endogenous yeast G-protein GPA1 has been deleted.
gpal (41) Gai3...... gpal (41) -Gai3 was integrated into the .. yeast genome. This chimeric Ga protein is composed of the first 41 amino acids of the endogenous yeast Ga subunit GPA1 fused to the mammalian G-protein Gai3 in which the cognate N-terminal amino acids have been deleted.
far1D1442............ FART gene (responsible for cell cycle arrest) has been deleted (thereby preventing cell cycle arrest upon activation of the pheromone response pathway).
tbt-1.................... strain with high transformation efficiency by electroporation.
FUS1-HIS3......... a fusion between the FUS1 promoter and the HIS3 coding region (thereby creating a pheromone inducible HISS gene).
1~ can 1................... arginine/canavinine permease.
stel4::t~l::L gene disruption of STE14, a C-farnesyl YS2.... methyltransferase (thereby lowering basal signaling through the pheromone pathway).
ste3D1156............ endogenous yeast STR, the a factor . pheromone receptor (STE3) was disrupted.
lys2.................... defect in 2-aminoapidate reductase, yeast need lysine to grow.
ura3................... . defect in orotidine-5' -phosphate decarboxylase, yeast need uracil to grow leu2.................... defect in b-isopropylmalate dehydrogenase, yeast need leucine to grow.
trpl.................... defect in phosphoribosylanthranilate, yeast need tryptophan to grow.
his3.................... defect in imidazoleglycerolphosphate dehydrogenase, yeast need histidine to grow.
Two plasmids we_~e transformed into strain CY?c5-electroporation: plasmid p5095 (encoding human A- aaenos_ne receptor;' described above) and plasmid p1584, which is a FUS1-a-galactosidase reporter gene plasmid. Plasmid c_5d4 was derived from plasmid pRS426 (Chri~stianson, '~.W. et ai.
(1992) Gene 110:119-1122). Plasmid pRS426 contai.~.s a polylinker site at nucleotides 2004-2016. A fusion between the FUS1 promoter and the (3-galactosidase gene was inserted at the restriction sites EagI and XhoI to create plasmid p1584. The p1584 plasmid is maintained by Trp select_on (i.e., growth on medium lacking leucine).
The resultant strain.carrying p5095 and p1584, referred to as CY12660, expresses the human A1 adenosine receptor. To grow this strain in licruid or on agar plates, minimal media lacking leucine and tryptophan was used. To perform a growth assay on plates (assaying FUS1-HISS), the plates were at pH
6.8 and contained 0.5-2.5 mM 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole and lacked leucine, tryptophan and histidine. As a control for specificity, a comparison with one or more other yeast-based seven transmembrane receptor screens was included in all experiments.
Construction of Yeast Strains Expressiag Human A2a Adenosine Receptor In this example, the construction of yeast s~rai:a expressinc a human A2a adenosine receptor functionally integ=ated ;nto the yeast pheromone system pathway is described.
I. Expression Vector Construction To construct a yeast expression vector for the human A2a adenosine receptor, the human A2a receptor cDNA was obtained from Dr. Phil Murphy (NIH). Upon receipt of this clone, the A2a receptor insert was sequenced and found to be identical to the published sequence (GenBank accession # S46950). The receptor cDNA was excised from the plasmid by PCR with VENT
polymerase and cloned into the plasmid pLPBX, which drives receptor expression by a constitutive Phosphoglycerate Kinase (PGK) promoter in yeast. The sequence of the .entire insert was once again sequenced and found to be identical with the published sequence. However, by virtue of the cloning strategy employed there were three amino acids appended to the carboxy-terminus of the receptor, GlySerVal.
II. Yeast Strain Construction To create a yeast strain expressing the human A2a adenosine receptor, yeast strain CY8342 was used as the starting ''S parental strain. The genotype of CY8342 is as follows:
MATa far1D1442 tbtl-1 lys2 ura3 leu2 trpl his3 fusl-HIS3 canl ste3D1156 gpaD1163 stel4::trpl::LYS2 gpalp-rGaSElOK (or gpalp-rGaSD229S or gpalp-rGaSElOK+D229S) The genetic markers are as described in Example 1, except for the G-protein variation. For human A2a receptor-expression, yeast strains were utilized in which the endogenous yeast G
protein GPAl had been deleted and replaced by a mammalian Gas.
Three rat GaS mutants were utilized. These variants contain one or two point mutations which convert them into. proteins which couple efficiently to yeast (3Y. They are identified as G,~ElOK (in which the glutamic acid at position ten is replaced with lysine), G,=D229S (in which the aspa=tic ac_~ at position 229 is replaced with serine) and G,~EI~KtD229S tw'.~._c::
contains both point mutations).
Strain CY8342 (carrying one of the .three mutant rat GAS
proteins) was transformed with either the parental vector pLPBX (Receptor ) or with pLPBX-A2a (Receptor'). A plasmic with the FUS1 promoter fused to a-galactosidase coding sequences (described in above) was added to assess the magnitude of activation of the pheromone response pathway.
Functional Assay using Yeast Strains Expressing Human A-Adenosine Receptor In this example, the development of a functional screening assay in yeast for modulators of the human A, adenosine receptor is described.
I. Ligands Used in Assay Adenosine, a natural agonist for this receptor, as well as two other synthetic agonists were utilized for development of this assay. Adenosine, reported to have an ECS~ of approximately 75 nM, and (-)-N6-(2-phenylisopropyl)-adenosine (PIA) with a reported affinity of approximately 50 nM were used in a subset of experiments. 5'-N-ethylcarboxamido adenosine (NECA) was used in all growth assays. To prevent signaling due to the presence of adenosine in the growth media, adenosine deaminase (4U/ml) was added to all assays.
II. Biological Respoase in Yeast The ability of the A: adenosine receptor to functionally couple in. a heterologous yeast system was assessed by introducing the A1 receptor expression vector (p5095, described above) into a series of yeast strains that expressed different G protein subunits. The majority of these transformants expressed Ga subunits of the Gai or Gao subtype. Additional Ga proteins were also tested for the possible identification of. promiscuous receptor-Ga protein coupling. In various strains, a STE18 or a chimeric STE18-Gy2 construct was integrated into the genome cf the yeast.
The yeast strains harbored a defective EIS3 gene and ar.
integrated_copy of FUS1-FiIS3, thereby allowing for select_on in selective media containing 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole (tested at 0.2, 0.5 and 1.0 mM) and lacking histidine. Traps=ormants were isolated and monolayers were prepared o:. me~~a containing 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase and lacking histidine. Five microliters o. various concentrations of ligand (e.g., NECA at 0, 0.1, 1.0 and 10 mM) was applied. Growth was monitored for 2 days. Ligand-dependent growth responses were tested in this manner in the various yeast strains. The results are summarized in Table 1 below. The symbol (-)- indicates that ligand-dependent receptor activation was not detected while (+) denotes l~ ligand-dependent response. The term "LIRMA" indicates liaand independent receptor mediated activation.
Table 3 Yeast Ga subunit GY Strain Resul~
strain subunit Variants CY1316 GPA, STE18 -GPA41-G"I
GPA41-G,_z 1O GPA41-G", GPA41-Ga,z -G,oe i.I RMA
GPA41-GQs=~ ox GPA41-Gas=z~ 9s -X96?:'::.::; :..:::::GPA41-.G~: S. .:: +++
:: :. ..; -:.:: :::.::.:: . .: ;. .
. : ;.:.... ; . . ;::::~E18:;:. . -.
,. 3....::,:.::.:. ::: , . .. ... ~tegrated :: .
CY2120 GPA, STE18 sst2~ +
GPA41-G"1 +
GPA41-G"~ +
GPA41-G,:;
GPA41-Ga,~ -G,oz LIRMA
GPA41-G,sL:ox GPA41-G,s===9s -CY9438 GPA, STE18-Gy2 -GPA41-G,;; +
GPA41-G,:z +
GPA41-Gal; +
GPA41- Ga : z L I RMA
- G,oe GPA41-G,se: ox -GPA41-G,so~=a= -CY10560 GPA.-integrated STE18-Gy2 sst2G ++
As indicated in Table 3, the most robust signaling was found to occur in a yeast strain expressing the GPA,(41)-Gai3 chimera.
III. fusl-LacZ Assay To characterize activation of the pheromone response pathway more fully, synthesis of a-galactosidase through fuslLacZ in response to agonist stimulation was measured. To perform the a-galactosidase assay, increasing concentrations of ligand were added to mid-log culture of human A1 adenosine receptor expressed in a yeast strain co-expressing a StelB-G~~2 ch_:,~e=a and GPAql-Gai3. Transformants were isolated and c_ow-overnight in the presence of histidine and 4 U/ml adenos_::e deaminase. After five hours of incubation with 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase and ligand, induction of ~-calactcs_dase was measured using CPRG as the substrate for G-galactoside.
5 x 105 cells were used per assay.
The results obtained with NECA stimulation indicated that at a NECA concentration of 10 8 M approximately 2-Fold stimulation of (3-galactosidase activity was achieved.
Moreover, a stimulation index of approximately 10-fold was observed at a NECA concentration of 10 5 M.
1~ The utility of this assay was extended by validation of the activity of antagonists on this strain. Two known adenosine antagonist, XAC and DPCPX, were tested for their ability to compete against NECA (at 5 mM) for activity in the (3-galactosidase assay. In these assays, (3-galactosidase induction was measured using FDG as the substrate and 1.6 x 105 cells per assay. The results indicated that both XAC and DPCPX served as potent antagonists of yeast-expressed A:
adenosine receptor, with IC50 values of 44 nM and 49 nM, respectively.
In order to determine if this inhibitory effect was specific to the A1 subtype, a series of complementary experiments were performed with the yeast-based AZa receptor assay (described in Example 4). Results obtained with the A,a yeast-based assay indicated that XAC was a relatively effective A2a receptor antagonist, consistent with published reports. In contrast, DPCPX was relatively inert at this receptor, as expected from published reports.
IV. Radioligand Binding The A, adenosine receptor assay was further characterized by measurement of the receptor's radioligand binding parameters.
Displacement binding of (3H)CPX by several adenosine receptor reference COtTtpOtlIldS, XAC, DPCPX, and CGS,_ W3S analyZ2d ~.:5_:~~
membranes prepared from yeast expressing the humar.
adenosine receptor. The results with yeast membra~es expressing the human A1 adenosine receptor were compared to those from yeast membranes expressing the human A2a adenosine receptor or the human A3 receptor to examine the speci_icity of binding. To perform the assay, fifty mg of memb=apes were incubated with 0.4 nM [3H]CPX and increasing concentrations of adenosine receptor ligands. Incubation was in 50 mM T~is-HC1, pH 7.4, 1 mM EDTA, 10 mM MgCl2, 0.25 % BSA and 2 U/ml adenosine deaminase in the presence of protease inhibitors for 60 minutes at room temperature. Binding was terminated by addition of ice-cold 50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.4 plus 10 mM
MgCl2, followed by rapid filtration over GF/B filters previously soaked with 0.5 % polyethyenimine, using a Packard 96-well harvester. Data were analyzed by nonlinear least sauare curve fitting procedure using Prism 2.01 software.
The ICSp values obtained in this experiment are summarized in Table 4, below:
Table 4 ~~n f ~Ml ComDOUnd XAC 6.6 11.7 53.1 DPCPX 8.5 326.4 1307.0 CGS-15943 13.1 15.8 55.5 NECA 215.5 294.9 34.9 R-PIA 67.6 678.1 23.6 IB-MECA 727.7 859.4 3.1 Alloxozine 1072.0 1934.0 8216.0 These data indicate that the reference compounds have affinities. consistent with those reported in the literature.
The data further indicate that the yeast-based assays are of sufficient sensitivity to discriminate receptor subtype specificity.
Functional Assay using Yeast Strains Expressing a Adenosine Receptor In this example, the development of a functional scree.~.ino assay in, yeast for modulators of the human A_ adenosine receptor is described. ' I. Ligaads Used in Assay The natural ligand adenosine, as well as other thorouchlv characterized and commercially available ligands were used for study of the human A2a receptor functionally expressed in yeast. Three ligands have been used in the establishment of this assay. They include:
~po'' d gi Function IS Adenosine 500 nM agonist 5'-N-ethylcarboxamidoadenosine 10-15 nM agonist (NECA) (-) -N6- (2-phenylisopropyl)-adenosine 100-125 nM agonist (PIA) To prevent signaling due to the presence of adenosine in the growth media, adenosine deaminase (4U/ml) was added to all assays.
II. Biological Response in Yeast A2a receptor agonists were tested for the capacity to stimulate the pheromone response pathway in yeast transformed with the A2a receptor expression plasmid and expressing either GaSElOK, GaSD229S or GaSElOK+D229S. The ability of ligand to stimulate the pheromone response pathway in a receptor dependent manner was indicated by an alteration in the yeast phenotype. Receptor activation modified the phenotype from histidine auxotrophy to histidine prototrophy (activation of fusl-HIS3). Three independent transformants were isolated and grown overnight in the presence of histidine. Cells were washed to remove histidine and diluted to 2 x 106 cells/ml. 5 ~1 of each transformant was spotted onto nonselective media (including histidine) or selective media (1 mM AT) in the absence or presence c. 4 ;
adenosine deaminase. Plates were grown at 30 'C fog hours. In the presence of histidine both Recep~or- (R') and Receptor ~(R ) strains were capable of growth. However, in the absence of histidine only R+ cells grew. Since no liQand had been added to these plates two explanations were possible for this result. One possible interpretation was that the receptor bearing yeast were at a growth advantage due to Ligand Independent Receptor Mediated Activation (LIRMA).
Alternatively the yeast could have been synthesizing the ligand adenosine. To distinguish between these two possibilities, an enzyme which degrades the ligand, adenosine deaminase (ADA), was added to the growing yeast and plates.
In the presence of adenosine deaminase R+ cells no longer grew in the absence of histidine, indicating that the yeast were indeed synthesizing ligand.
This interpretation was confirmed by an A2a growth assay in liquid. In this experiment R+ yeast (a GaSElOK strain expressing the A2a receptor) were inoculated at three densities (1 x 10° cell/ml; 3 x 105 cells/ml; or 1 x 105 cells/ml) in the presence or absence of adenosine deaminase (4 U/ml). The stringency of the assay was enhanced with increasing concentrations (0, 0.1, 0.2 or 0.4 mM)of 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole (AT), a competitive antagonist of imidazoleglycerol-P dehydratase, the protein product of the HIS3 gene. In the presence of adenosine deaminase and 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole yeast grew less vigorously. However in the absence of 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, adenosine deaminase had little effect. Thus adenosine deaminase itself had no direct effect upon the pheromone response pathway.
An alternative approach to measuring growth and one that can be miniaturized for high throughput screening is an A2a 3~ receptor ligand spot assay. A GaSElOK strain expressing the A2a receptor (A2aR+) or lacking the receptor (R-) was grown overnight in the presence of histidine and 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase. Cells were washed to remove histidine and diluted to 5 x 10° cells/ml. 1 x 10 6cells were spread or.~~
selective plates containing 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase a.~.~
0.5 or 1.0 mM 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole (AT) and allowed ~o d=v for 1 hour. 5 ~1 of the following reagents were applied to the monolayer: 10 mM adenosine,' 38.7 mM histidine, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), 10 mM PIA or 10 mM NECA. Cel=s were grown 24 hours at 30°C. The results showed that cells without receptor could only grow when histidine was added to the media. In contrast, R+ cells only grew in areas where the A2a receptor ligands PIA and NECA had been spotted.
Since the plates contained adenosine deaminase, the lack of growth where adenosine had been spotted confirmed that adenosine deaminase was active.
III. fuel LacZ Aseay To quantitate activation of the yeast mating pathway, synthesis of (3-galactosidase through fuslLacZ was measured.
Yeast strains expressing G~SElOK, C~SD229S or C~SElOK+D229S were transformed with a plasmid encoding the human A2a receptor (R+) or with a plasmid lacking the receptor (R-).
Transformants were isolated and grown overnight in the presence of histidine and 4 U/ml adenosine deaminase. 1 x 107 cells were diluted to 1 x 106 cells/ml and exposed to increasing concentrations of NECA for 4 hours, followed by determination of the (3-galactosidase activity in the cells.
The results demonstrated that essentially no Q-galactosidase activity was detected in R- strains, whereas increasing amounts of (3-galactosidase activity were detected in R+
strains expressing either G,SElOK, Gz,D229S or GaSElOK+D229S as the concentration of NECA increased, indicating a dose dependent increase in units of ~-galactosidase detected in response to exposure to increased ligand concentration. This dose dependency was only observed in cells expressing the A2a receptor. Furthermore the most potent GQS construct~for the 3~ A2a receptor was GQ,ElOK. The GQSD229S construct was the second-most potent Gas construct for the A2a receptor, while the G~,ElOK+D229S construct was the least potent of the three G,s constt-ucts tested, although even the G,~E_ Oh~L~I ~ S
construct stimulated readily detectable amounts of galactosidase activity.
For a further description of the assays ident'_'ied, see ;1.S.
Application Serial No. 09/088985, entitled "~'unct_onai Expression of Adenosine Receptors in Yeast", filed June 1998 (Attorney Docket No. CPI-093), the entire contents o~
which.are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
Pharmacological Characterization of the Human Adenosine Receptor Subtypes Material and Methods 1~ Materials. [3H]-DPCPX [Cyclopentyl-1,3-dipropylxantine, 8-[dipropyl-2,3-3H(N)) (120.0 Ci/mmol); [3H)-CGS 21680, [carboxyethyl-3H (N)] (30 Ci/mmol) and [~Z'I] -AB-MECA
([125I]_4_Aminobenzyl-5'-N-Methylcarboxamideoadenosine) (2,200 Ci/mmol) were purchased from New England Nuclear (Boston, MA). XAC (Xantine amine congener); NECA (5'-N-Ethylcarboxamidoadenosine); and IB-MECA from Research Biochemicals International (RBI, Natick, MA). The Adenosine Deaminase and Complete protease inhibitor cocktail tablets were purchased from Boehringer Mannheim Corp. (Indianapolis, IN). Membranes from HEK-293 cells stably expressing the human Adenosine 2a [RB-HA2a]; Adenosine 2b [RB-HA2b] or Adenosine 3 [RB-HA3] receptor subtypes, respectively were purchased from Receptor Biology (Beltsville, MD). Cell culture reagents were from Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) except for serum that. was from Hyclone (Logan, UT).
Yeast strains: Saccharomyces cerevisiae strains CY12660 [farl*~1442 tbtl-1 fusl-HIS3 canl stel4::trpl::LYS2 ste3*1156 gpal(41)-Gai3 lys2 ura3 leu2 trill: his3; LEU2 PGKp-MfalLeader-hAlR-PHOSterm 2mu-orig REP3 Ampr] and CY8362 [gpalp-rGasElOK farl*1442 tbtl-1 fusl-HIS3 cant stel4::trpl:
LYS2 ste3*1156 lys2 ura3 leu2 trill his3; LEU2 PGKp-hA2aR 2mu-on REP3 Ampr] were developed as described above.
Yeast culture: Transformed yeast were grown in Leu-Trp [y:' media (pH 5.4) supplemented with 2% glucose. nor the preparation of membranes 250 ml of LT medium were inoculated with start titer of 1-2 x 106 cells/ml from a 30 mi overnight culture and incubated at 30°C under permanent oxygenation by rotation. After 16 h growth the cells were harvested by centrifugation and membranes were prepared as described below.
Mammalian Tissue Culture: The HEK-293 cells stably expressed human Adenosine 2a receptor subtype (Cadus clone # 5) were grown in Dulbeco's minimal essential media (DMEM) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum and 1X
penicillin/streptomycin under selective pressure using 500 mg/ml 6418 antibiotic, at 37°C in a humidified 5°s C02 atmosphere.
Yeast Cell Membrane Preparations: 250 ml cultures were harvested after overnight incubation by centrifugation at 2,000 x g in a Sorvall RT6000 centrifuge. Cells were washed in ice-cold water, centrifuged at 4°C and the pellet was resuspended in 10 ml ice-cold lysis buffer [5 mM Tris-HC1, pH
7.5; 5 mM EDTA; and 5 mM EGTA) supplemented with Protease inhibitor cocktail tablets (1 tablet per 25 ml buffer).
Glass beads (17 g; Mesh 400-600; Sigma) were added to the suspension and the cells were broken by vigorous~vortexing at 4°C for 5 min. The homogenate was diluted with additional 30 ml lysis buffer plus protease inhibitors and centrifuged at 3,000 x g for 5 min. Subsequently the membranes were peleted at 36,000 x g (Sorvall RCSB, type SS34 rotor) for 45 min. The resulting membrane pellet was resuspended in 5 ml membrane buffer [50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.5; 0.6 mM EDTA; and 5 mM MgCl2]
supplemented with Protease inhibitor cocktail tablets (1 tablet per 50 ml buffer) and stored at -80 °C for further experiments.
Mammalian Cell Membrane Preparations: HEK-293 cell membsapes were prepared as described previously (Duzic E e~ al.: .,'.
Biol. Chem., 267, 9844-9851, Z992). Briefly, cells were Washed with PBS and harvested with a rubber policeman. Cells were pelted at 4°C 200 x g in a Sorvall RT6000 cent= «uge. The pellet was resuspended in 5 ml/dish of lysis buffer at 4°C (5 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.5; 5 mM EDTA; 5 mM EGTA; 0.1 mM
Phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 10 mg/ml pepstatin A; and 10 mg/ml aprotinin) and homogenized in a Dounce homogenizes.
The cell lysate was then centrifuged at 36,000 x g (Sorvall RCSB, type SS34 rotor) for 45 min and the pellet resuspended in 5 ml membrane buffer [50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.5; 0.6 mM EDTA;
5 mM MgCl2; 0.1 mM Phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 10 mg/ml pepstatin A; and 10 mg/ml aprotinin) and stored at -80 °C for further experiments.
The Bio-Rad protein assay kits, based on the Bradford dye-binding procedure, (Bradford, M.: Anal. Biochem. 72:248 (1976)) were used to determine total protein concentration in yeast and mammalian membranes.
Adenosine 1 receptor subtype saturation and competition radioligand binding: Saturation and competition binding on ?5 membranes from yeast cell transformed with human A1 receptor subtype were carried out using antagonist [3H] DPCPX as a radioactive ligand. Membranes was diluted in binding buffer [50 mM Tris-HC1, pH 7.4; containing 10 mM MgCl2; 1.0 mM EDTA;
0.25% BSA; 2 U/ml adenosine deaminase and 1 protease inhibitor cocktail tablet/50 ml] at concentrations of 1.0 mg/ml.
In saturation binding membranes (50 ug/well) were incubate with increasing concentrations of [3H] DPCPX (0.05 - 25 nM) in a final volume of 100 ~1 of binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in the absence and presence of 10 ~.M unlabeled XAC in a 96-well microtiter plate.
In competition binding membranes (50 ~g/well) were .~~c::ba~=
with [3H] DPCPX (1.0 nM) in a final volume of 100 cr.~ c_ binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in the absence and presence of 10 ~M unlabeled XAC or increasing concentrations cf competing compounds in a 96-well microtiter plate.
Adenosine 2a receptor subtype competition =adicli~and binding: Competition binding on membranes from HEK293 cell stably expressing the human A2a receptor subtype were carried out using agonist [3H) CGS-21680 as a radioactive liQand.
Membranes was diluted in binding buffer [50 mM '='ris-HC1, pH
7.4; containing 10 mM MgCl2; 1.0 mM EDTA; 0.250 BSA; 2 U/ml adenosine deaminase and 1 protease inhibitor cocktail tablet/50 ml] at concentrations of 0.2 mg/ml. Membranes (10 ~g/well) were incubate with [3H] CGS-21680 (100 nM) in a final volume of 100 ml of binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in the absence and presence of 50 ~cM unlabeled NECA or increasing concentrations of competing compounds in a 96-well microtiter plate.
Adenosine 3 receptor competi tion radioligand binding:
Competition binding on membranes from HEK293 cell stably expressing the human A3 receptor subtype were carried out using agonist [125I] AB-MECA as a radioactive ligand.
Membranes was diluted in binding buffer [50 mM Tris-HC1, pH
7.4; containing 10 mM MgCl2; 1.0 mM EDTA; 0.250 BSA; 2 U/ml adenosine deaminase and 1 protease inhibitor cocktail tablet/50 ml] at concentrations of 0.2 mg/ml.,Membranes (10 ~cg/well) were incubate with [125I] AB-MECA (0.75 nM) in a final volume of 100 ~1 of binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in the absence and presence of 10 ~cM unlabeled IB-MECA or increasing concentrations of competing compounds in a 96-well microtiter plate.
At the end of the incubation, the Al, Aza and A3 receptor subtypes radioligand binding assays was terminated by the addition of ice-cold 50 mM Tris-HC1 (pH 7.4) buffer supplemented with 10 mM MgCl2, followed by rapid r_1~=a~_~::
over glass fiber filters (96-well GF/B UniFilters, Packa=~;~
previously presoaked in 0.5% polyethylenimine in a Filtemate 196 cell harvester (Packard). The filter plates were dried S coated with 50 ~1 /well scintillatiowfluid (Mic=cSci.t-20, Packard) and counted in a TopCount (Packard). Assays were performed in triplicate. Non-specific binding was 5.6 . 0.5%, 10.8 ~ 1.4% and 15.1 ~ 2.6% of the total binding in a AiR, A2aR and A3R binding assay, respectively.
Adenosine 2b receptor subtype competition radioligand binding: Competition binding on membranes from HEK293 cell stably expressing the human A2b receptor subtype were carried out using A, receptor antagonist [3H] DPCPX as a radioactive ligand. Membranes was diluted in binding buffer [10 mM Hepes-KOH, pH 7.4; containing 1.0 mM EDTA; 0.1 mM Benzamidine and 2 U/ml adenosine deaminase] at concentrations of 0.3 mg/ml.
Membranes ( 15 ~cg/well ) were incubate with [ 3H] DPCPX ( 15 nM) in,a final volume of 100 ~1 of binding buffer at 25°C for 1 hr in the absence and presence of 10 ~cM unlabeled~XAC or increasing concentrations of competing compounds in a 96-well microtiter plate. At the end of the incubation, the assay was terminated by the addition of ice-cold 10 mM Hepes-KOH
(pH 7.4) buffer followed by rapid filtration over glass fiber filters (96-well GF/C UniFilters, Packard) previously presoaked in 0.5% polyethylenimine in a Filtermate 196 cell harvester (Packard). The filter plates were dried coated with 50 ~cl/well scintillation fluid (MicroScint-..20, Packard) and counted in a TopCount (Packard). Assays.were performed in triplicate. Non-specific binding was 14.3 ~ 2.3% of the total binding.
Specific binding of [3H] DPCPX; [3H) CGS-21680 and [125I] AB-MECA was defined as the difference between the total~binding and non-specific binding. Percent inhibition of the compounds was calculated against total binding. Competition data were analyzed by iterative curve fitting to a one site model, and KI values were calculated from ICAO values (Cheng any ?r~~s~:, Biochem. Pharmacol. 22, 3099-3109, 1973) using the Grad:?a~
Prizm 2.01 software.
Results A primary function of certain cell surface receptors .s to recognize appropriate ligands. Accordingly, we. determined ligand binding affinities to establish the =unctional integrity of the Adenosine 1 receptor subtype expressed in yeast. Crude membranes prepared from Saccharomvces cerevisiae transformed with human Adenosine 1 receptor subtype construct exhibited specific saturable binding of (3H) DPCPX with a KD of 4.0 ~ 0.19 nM. The KD and Bmax value were calculated from the saturation isotherm and Scatchard IS transformation of the data indicated a single class of binding sites. The densities of adenosine binding sites in the yeast membrane preparations were estimated to 716.8 ~ 43.4 fmol/mg membrane protein.
The pharmacological subtype characteristics of the recombinant yeast cells transformed with human A1 receptor subtype were investigated with subtype selective adenosine ligands (XAC, DPCPX; CGS-15943; Compound 600; Compound 1002;
NECA, (R)-PIA; IB-NIECA and Alloxazine) that competed with (3H) DPCPX in the expected rank order. Displacement curves recorded with these compounds show the typical,steepness with all the ligands, and the data for each of the ligands could be modeled by a one-site fit. The apparent dissociation constants estimated for the individual compound from the curves (Table 5) are consistent with value published for the receptor obtained from other sources.
Table 5 Ki values for membranes from yeast cells transformed with human A1 receptor subtype Ligands KI ( 5.5 DPCPX 7,1 CGS-1594 10.8 ACA 179 . 6 (R) -PIA 56 .3 IB-MECA 606.5 Alloxazine 894.1 Compound 600 13.9 Compound 1002 9,g Tables 6 through 12 demonstrate the efficacy and structure activity profiles of deazapurines of the invention. Tables 13 and 14 demonstrate selectivity can be achieved for human adenosine receptor sites by modulation of the functionality about the deazapurine structure. Table 14 also demonstrates the surprising discovery that the compounds set forth therein have subnanomolar activity and higher selectivity for the A_,b receptor as compared to the compounds in Table 13.
Effect of N6-Substituen~
NHR
Me Binding Feast Compound ' R Isi (nM) ICAO (nMl 13.9 ~ 97.?
600 ~~~~OH
1423 > 10.000 601 '-~OH
602 ,OH ; fig'" > 10.000 i I
~ ....,pH
H ~ 196.6 44~?.0 603 ~
~~--OH
,- H O ~ > 1 > 1 OOOO
O.OOO
604 ~ .. ' ...~-c-> 10000 H o >IOOOO
I
605 ~~)....,~ I
i I
. > 10000 o ' ?97.9 ,, i i 309.7 > 10000 ..,.OH '-9.1 UH 193.9 411.
(+) OH
o~ 785.6 > 10000 64.8 z NHAc Traru (S.S) 6726.0 z N HAc Trans (R.R) HO,. 33.1 I
s (dl) ~ 816.9 ' ~~ii.0 (dl) 616 .,,.OH 34.3 .~~OH
Efiect of C~-Subsiicuent ,..OH
HN
Me N' ~' Me R/ 'N~N
I
H
' Binatng Ycast Compound R Ki (nM) IC50 (nM) 604.> > 10000 700 N~~
' 157.7 763.1 .
701 i O
198. ' ?78?.~
O
443.6 > 10000 61.1 ?97.0 S
7 0' % \ i 30.1 194.7 S
I
19.9 F
62.8 F i i .: ,14;
70u F 48.7 T.aBLE 8 Effcct of Pwrolc Ring ~uosn:ucnt _,,,,0H
,Ir~ 'J
HN
R"' I~R..
,; N
R' Yeast Binding ICSO
Compound R R. R.. R... ~ (~) Me Me Me ;311 >10000 800 ~ s H Mc H ' _2.3 148.3 H H Me 8.9 i 803 Me !vie ?214 > 10000 y O
' Me Me 863.1 804 ' II M~'~-~ I
VIe Me :~31?
ao~ ~ , ~ Me Me 1841 Me~~~~ ~ , 806 ~ ~ i I
!~ vie ~ Mc 80 % I i M~\\~ ~ i N~ Me N' II Me \N~N
Me AI
Comv_ ound Yeast Bindine IC50 R 1Ci (nMl (nM) ~,,.oH 863.1 i X512 . .
~~~ ' 8451 35.3 T:~BLE 10 Eirect or \E-~ubstituent Me II , Me ~T ~ N
II
' Binding Yeast Compound R ~i (~) IC50 (nM) I
1000 I ,~T1~ ' 1789 >10000 I
H X4.4 186 N~H
O
I 9.8 82.8 ~
1002 N CrL
O
I '_'6.? 19.7 (I
1003 ~ O
I ~ ~ X2.8 545.8 ' NH~
~
i O
i I 1-17.~ ; .97.
I
1005 ~~H I~ I
O i O 11.7 ' ?918 1006 ~NH I
O
692. ~ > 10000 NH-S-?Ne O
~YN~COOH 93.1 ' 32I 7 ~NH~V~_ .~75.j I >IOOOO
N~c ~ 674.9 ~ 9376.0 1011 ~OAc 1-':.9 ~ ?067.5 o ''33.9 3462 ~ 'H-~' o ' .70.1 I 3oo9.s 1013 z~~Hh ~OH '84.9 1300 1014 ''~ '' 179.3 ~ 3713 1016 ~ OH ~ 176.1 ~ ~0~4 i is~-. : 1 Efrect oi'\6-Suosutuet::
Me ~~ie \ ~ ~N
i H
Binding Feast Compound R Ki (t~Ivil ICAO (nNil ~~rH~cK ' 9.8 115..
II
~NN rH. ~3.9 >j1.0 ~NH Nt~te 10.~ lOl.~
O
~ 71.1 32I7 6.~ 58.7 1104 1v CH.
a .
!ate 0 H IO~.~ .~7?. i 1105 ,y 0 y i '_' 7 . 8 -16, , -1106 NCH:
II
O
126. 1?97.0 1107 ~ ~;
o~
~
I, ;
c=~
NHAc ~ ~.~
1109 ~ 9.0 ~~IHAc I S
1110 ~NI~Ac S
NHAc =-~j~'~IHAc T.aBLE 1.
"Rctro-:amide" .-~naioeues :vie I
j We ~~~\
I
H
:~ 1 Bindin_a I 'cast Compound R i Ki (nNi) I IC50 (nM) p i 16.~ 189.4 i ~~~IH, I
p 7.4 45.7 3~ V ~
l v e o ' 95.E ~34~.0 1202 i I
~
' H
p . X39.1 ' -X040.0 ,, NMet i p ~ 1060.0 ~ > 10000 '~~OH .
p 1?7? ~ > 10000 1205 ~ I
B~ I
_ O, so.s ~ .Los~
O
NHMe 48.~ 701.
O
Profile oCSelective Adenosine Antagocists R
~T
Me r , ~ .~r Me .Ph~I~ ~
N
H
Bindine 1i (nMl R ~ rm ~ rL:a ~ o A
Compound ~y'~4c i 9.8- ~ 18.0-I
1300 _ ~~.I 48.6 80.3 ~ 13.0 N HAc 27.8 50.7 84.6 429.8 I ' II
O 20.'_' ~ 73.6 ?0.1 ~ 4.3 i O ~ ~ ;
1303 I j ;
I ~~IHMe ~ I I
~ 17.~ ! I11.~ I 120.6 ~ -~.o ..OH ' ' 1304 ~ ~ ~'~ i 13.9- ~ !
30.9 ; 933.' i 138.0 I '_' 1.:
~ i ~ I
j ,.OH ~ I
_Je~.~
146.6 730.9 30% 9.9 ..O H ; !
. ..
_30c 1 16..~ i 766.3 168.3 71.7 s ,,.OH i 1307 ~ ~ ~~ ~
(dl) ?9.1 I 190.6 1143.0 3.1 1308 ~~OH
'---~/ (=~ I 180 1230 670 . 1.0 1309 i H I
.
~, ~
fife .: I 40 ~ 109 ~ i ~ 109 0..
~~1~ I . ~ i ~(CHy3~ ~
r~ N~"Me i H ~ ?56 76% . ~ <~.6 ??6 I
I O
1311 j ~(CH~a~ j ~Me .
' 981 !
~ 7 i ' H ~
I
;
I
131? O
i I
~(CH~a~
Il ~NHMe l H 443 ?96~ 375 <6_~
'~ 0 ~(CH~~
N
X313= ' H
i 30% 65% 516 ?4 I
Ii ~ ' (CH~2 ~ ~NI-Et t 87 ?04 30 0.03 H
i I
1315 I ~fCH~~~N~N~. i H
7.000 ~ i ~0.000 I ..-X00 '0 O
1316 ~tCH~~~ I~NH3' H » ~ 710.000 710.000 ; 9 H
N' ~ ' Nhi~' ,v 710.000 710.000 720.000 .369 I
I
,.OH
630y 2307.
i318~
s'' 3.7~0.> >6.4 926 630~76 ,..OH
1319~.s 1.8 206 802 270 ,.OH
13 2 C=~ g.p 531 330 ~ ~ 19 i ,.OH
1321'' $,p 131 1031 ~4%i '.-thicnyl-2-yl: =C~-H; ' water soluble: ' R5 and RD are hvdroecn: ' R, is 3-fluorophcnyl:
6 R, is 3-chlorophcnyl:' R, is ~-pyridvl: " % activity :uv7 10 ~M~
Table 14:
Profile of Selective AZb Antagonists R2_ 'O
~5 HN, H
N' / ~N ~ N
H
Compound XRl RZ Binding Ki Data (nM) A~ A2a Aze A3 1400 -O-Ph Me 41.7 21 10.3 14.6 1401 -O-Ph(p)F Me 33 58 8.8 18 1402 -O-Ph(p)C1 Me 825 591 22 60 1403 -N-pyridin- Me 60 41 18 48 2-one 1404 -NH-Ph Me 49 31 4.6 57 TABLE 15. Adenosine A: Receptor Selective Cor,.poun~s * at least 10 times more selective than other three subtv~es.
Compound Structure Ki-A1 elat~ve Rela:ive Relative i-A=a Ki-A,- K=-A;
~~NN
C14~
N
CND
l ~N N
/
HOin...
N!1 N
N
\N N
1319 NH~~~~~~ ON
N
N
\N N
F
~0 13 2 0 NN,..~~.. o-oN
N / ~~i~
~N I N
'S I
a 1500 i~, *
NN' 'o N~N
NM
N
N, \N w 13 21 ,,.~~
NFi IS N~
~N N
N
N
H,~~O
I~1 II%N
N
~N N
//~I
hl~ H1~--~CI~
N
G
».
I w ~NN
Paaes 176-201 relate to compounds specific to the ~-= receptor Summary of the Invention The present invention is also based on compounds which selectively bind to adenosine A2a recep;.or, thereby treating a disease associated with Aza adenosine receptor in a subject by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of such compounds. The disease to be treated are associated with, for example, a central nervoi:s system disorder, a cardiovascular disorder, a renal disorder, an inflammatory disorder, a gastrointestinal disorder, an eye disorder, an allergic disorder or a respiratory disorder.
This invention also features a compounG having the structure:
R~
~N R2 I Rs N
Ar N N
(VI) wherein NR. R= is a substituted or unsuostituted 4-8 membered ring;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring;
wherein R: is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (Ra) (R4) XRa, wherein X is O, S, or NR;, wherein R~ and RS are each independently H or alkyl, wherein R~ and R- are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or Rs, R; and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubsti~uted ring of between 4 and 7 members.
$ wherein R= is wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
with the proviso that NR~R= is not 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl, or pyrrolidino; wi ~h the proviso that NR-_R=
is 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino only when Ar is 4-pyridyl.
This invention also features a method for inhibiting the activity of an A2a adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting said cell with the above-mentioned compounds.
This invention-also provides a compound having the structure:
R~
\ N Rz I Rs N
~Ra 2$ Ar ~N N
H
(VI) wherein NR1R~ is a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered ring;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring;
wherein Ra is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (Re) (R9) XR~, wherein X is O, S, or NR~, wherein Re and Rs are each independently H or alkyl, wherein Rs and R, are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or Rs, R? and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
with the proviso that NR~Rz is not 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl, or pyrrolidino; with the proviso that NR:R= is 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino only when Ar is 9-pyridyl.
In one embodiment of the compound, Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring, phenyl, pyrrole, thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, 2(1H)-pyridone, 4(1H)-pyridone, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxazole, tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, 1H-indole, indoline, benzopyrazole, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzoxazole, purine, coumarin, chromone, quinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, isoquinoline, benzimidazole, quinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,2-c]pyridazine, purido[3,4-b]-pyridine, 1H-pyrazole[3,4-d]pyrimidine, pteridine, 2(1H)-quinolone, 1(2H)-isoquinolone, 1,4-benzisoxaz~ne, benzothiazole, quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide, quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine, phthalazine, cinnoline, or having a structure:
Ra Y
wherein Y is carbon or nitrogen;
wherein Rs is H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, halogen, methoxy, methyl amino, methyl thio;
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
c/
RB\~
~ RS
N' N
Ar N
wherein m is 1 or 2; wherein RA and Ra are each independently be H, -OH, -CHzOH, -CH~CH~OH, -C (=O) NHz, a heteroatom, or -C (=O) NR,R,' ; wherein R3 is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein R~' is alkyl, or XR~" , wherein X is O, or N and R" is substituted alkyl or aryl.
In another embodiment of the compound, R~R~N is (D)-2-aminocarbonyl pyrrolidino, (D)-2-hydroxymethyl pyrrolidino, (D)-2-hydroxymethyl-traps-4-hydroxy pyr=olidino, piperazino, or 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino.
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
Ra wherein m is 0, 1, 2, or 3; wherein Y =s O, S, or NR, wherein R is RA or Ra; wherein Ra and Ra are each independently be H, -OH, -CH20H, -CH,CH,OH, -C (=0) NH2, a hete=oatom, or -C(=O)NR,R,'; wherein R, is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl; wherein R,' is alkyl, or XR3" , wherein X is O, or N and R" is substituted alkyl or aryl.
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
~w,..y NHz \N/
O
N~ I
i \N N
H
(Compound 1600) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H
/>N
N
~N N
H
N
(Compound 1601) In another embodiment ~f the compound, the compound has the structure:
NHz N
O
y N 'N
H
(Compound 1602) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
'OH
/N
1O N~
Ni _N
H
(Compound 1603) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H
N
(Compound 1609) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO~' ..,,,~~iil~ H
N
//
~N ~ ~ N
H
(Compound 1605) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
NH ~ H3 O
(Compound 1606) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
~OH
N
N
N
~N H
N
(Compound 1607) In yet another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
N
In a further embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H
N
This invention further provides a compound having the structure (V) HN
Hs R
N
wherein R is H, or methyl.
In one embodiment of the compound V, the compound has the structure:
HN
~ H3 NN ., N
N
(Compound 1608) In another embodiment of the compound V, the compound has the structure:
HN
Hs This invention also provides a method for treating a disease associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, the compound treats said diseases by stimulating adenylate cyclase.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a mammal.
In another embodiment of the method, the mammal is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said A2a adenosine receptor is associated with Parkinson's disease and diseases associated with locomotor activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition, neutrophil superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, or senile dementia.
Diseases associated with adenosine A1, A2a, A2b and A3 receptors are disclosed in WO 99/06053 and WO-09822465, WO-09705138, WO-09511681, WO-09733879, JP-09291089, PvT/US98/16053 and U.S.
Patent No. 5,516,894, the entire content of which are fully incorporate herein by reference.
This invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of compounds IV, or V; wherein said water-soluble prodrug that is metabolized in vivo to produce an active drug which selectively inhibit A2a adenosine receptor.
In one embodiment of the prodrug, said prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
This invention also provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an A2a adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting said cell with compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of said A2a adenosine receptor.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a system'c formulation.
This invention also provides a method for treating a gastrointestinal disorder in an subject, comprising administering to the an effective amount of compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is diarrhea.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of A2a adenosine receptors.
This invention further provides a method for treating respiratory disorder in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory disorder.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said compound is an antagonist of A2a adenosine receptors.
This invention also provides a method for treating damage to the eye of a subject which comprises administering to said subject an effective amount of compounds IV, or V.
In one embodiment of the method, said damage comprises retinal or optic nerve head damage.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is acute or chronic.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is the result of glaucoma, edema, ischemia, hypoxia cr trauma.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of A2a adenosine receptors.
This invention also provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of compounds IV, or V and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In one embodiment of the pharmaceut._cal composition, said therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat Parkinson's disease and diseases associated with locomotor activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition, neutrophil superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, or senile dementia.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a surgic~:l irrigating solution.
This invention also provides a combination therapy for Parkinson's disease comprising compounds IV and V, and any of the dopamine enhancers.
This invention further provides a combinational therapy for cancer comprising compounds IV and V, and any of the cytotoxic agents.
This invention further provides a combinational therapy for glaucoma, comprising compounds IV or V, and a prostaglandin agonist, a muscrinic agonist, or a b-2 antagonist.
This invention also provides a packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising: (a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of compounds IV, or V; and (b) instructions for using said compound fcr treating said disease in a subject.
This invention also provide a method of preparing compound IV, comprising the steps of CN Rs a) reacting I
HZN N R4 and Ar P
O
to provide H \N/ _Ra P
wherein P is a removable protecting group:
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide H R
N
Ra N
Ar N H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide CI R
s ,"-Ra . and N
Ar N H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NHRiRz to provide NR~R2 R5 Ni N
Ar N H
wherein NR,R= is a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered ring;
wherein Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring;
wherein RS is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (Re) (R4) XRe, wherein X is O, S, or NR~, wherein Re and R
are each independently H or alkyl, wherein R~: and R- are each independently alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R~, R- and the nitrogen together form a substituted or unsubstituted ring of between 4 and 7 members.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
with the proviso that NR~Rz is not 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl, or pyrrolidino; with the proviso that NR~Rz is 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino only when Ar is 4-pyridyl.
This invention further provides a method of preparing compound V, comprising the steps of a) reacting CN Rs O
~d CI
HZN N R Ar P
NC RS
O
to provide Ar ~N R
H N
P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide OH R
s N~
I ~-R
Ar \N N
H
c) treating the produc_ of step b) under suitable conditions to provide CI R
s N
~R ; and ~ N
Ar" N
H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) first with dimethylamine and formaldehyde, then with N-methyl benzylamine and finally with NH2R~ to provide NHR, -Ar wherein Ri is acetomido ethyl; wherein Ar is 4-pyridyl;
wherein R is H, or methyl; wherein Rs is N-methyl-N-benzyl aminomethyl.
As used herein, "A compound is A2a selective." means that a compound has a binding constant to adenosine Aza receptor of at least five time higher then that to adenosine A;, A.,b, or A3.
The invention is further illustrated by the following examples which in no way should be construed as being further limiting.
The contents of all references, pending patent applications and published patent applications, cited throughout this application, including those referenced in the background section, are hereby incorporated by reference. It should be understood that the models used throughout the examples are accepted models and that the demonstration of efficacy in these models is predictive of efficacy in humans.
This invention will be better understood from the Experimental Details which follow. However, one s';il.led in the art will readily appreciate that the specifi::: methods and results discussed are merely illustrative of the invention as described more fully in the claims which follow thereafter.
Example 22: Synthesis of Adenosine AZa Antagonists, compounds 1601, 1602, and 1603.
OH CI ~ ~ ~ /OH
O CN HCI N ~ \ HCI N \ \ N
Me0 ~ ~ I N~ N/ ~ ~ N N -.~ N ~ \
OEt p ' H ~~ H ' N
Et0 N / N / I~ N H
N /
Compound 27 Compound 28 Compound 1601 Compound 26 Compound 26 (10.938, 50.76 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (67 mL).
4-Amidinopyridine hydrochloride (8.0g, 50.76 mmol) and DBU
(15.4 g, 101.5 mmol) were added sequen~,ially and the reaction was heated to 85°C. After 22 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the DMF was removed in vacuo. The dark oil was diluted with 2M HCl (80 mL). The reaction was allowed to stand. After 2 hours, the solution was cooled to 10°C and filtered. The solid was washed with cold water and dried to yield 7.408 of a yellow solid, compound 27 (690). '-H-NMR
(200MHz, dE-DMSO) d 6.58 (s, 1H) , 7.27 (s, 1H) , 8.53 (d, 2H, J
- 5.6), 9.00 (d, 2H, J - 5.2Hz), 12.35 (brs, 1H). MS (ES):
212.8 (M'+1) .
Compound 27 (7.4 mmol, 29.8 mmol) was diluted with POCl; and heated to 105°C. After 18 hours, the redaction is cooled to room temperature and the POCl,is removed in vacuo. The thick dark oil is diluted with MeOH (75mL) followed. by ether (120mL) . The amorphous red solid is filtered and washed with ether to yield 3.82 g of a red solid. The crude solid, compound 28, is approximately 80 o pure and used without further purification in the next reaction. ~H-NMR (200MHz, dti-DMSO) d 6.58 (s, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 8.53 (d, 2H, J = 5.6), 9.00 (d, 2H, J = 5.2Hz), 12.35 (brs, 1H). MS (ES): 212.8 (M'+1).
Compound 1601: DMSO (5 mL) and D-prolinol (500m8, 4.94 mmol) were added to compound 28 (500m8, 2.1~ mmol) was added. The reaction was heated to 120°C. After 18 hours, The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc and H,O. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined organic layers were washed with Hz0 (2x), brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to yield 200m8 of a tan solid. The solid was recrystallized from EtOAc to yield 82 mg of a tan solid ('3%). 'H-NMR (200 MHz, dE-DMSO) d 2.05 (m, 4H), 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.70 - 4.00 (m, 3H), 4.50 (brs, 1H), 4.92 (brs, 1H), 6.62 (m, 1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 8.22 (d, 2H, J - 6.0 Hz), 6.64 (d, 2H, J - 6.2 Hz), MS (ES): 296.0 (M'+1) , mp = 210 - 220''C (decomp. ) .
Compound 1602: Chromatography (silica, 9:1 CHC13/MeOH) yielded mg of a tan solid (20) .=H-NMR (d,;-DMSO) d 2.00 - 2.50 (m, 9H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.21 (m, 1H), 6.71 (d, 1H, J = 3.2 Hz), 7.18 10 (d, 1H, J = 3.2 Hz) , 8 .37 (d, 2H, J = 4 .8 Hz) , 8.56 (d, 2H, J
- 5 .0 Hz) . MS (ES) : 309.1 (M'+1) .
Compound 1603. Chromatography (silicG, 20:1 Hexanes /EtOAc) yielded 135 mg of a tan solid (530) . =H-NMR (d~,-DMSO) d 2.00 (m, 4H) , 3. 43 (brs, 1H) , 3.74 (brs, 2H) , 3. 87 (brs, 1H) , 4 . 49 (brs, 1H) , 4 . 93 (m, 1H) , 6. 56 (m, 1H) , 7 . 12 (m, 1H) , 7. 40 (m, 3H) , 8.34 (m, 2H) , 11. 62 (brs, 1H) . MS (ES) : 295. 1 (M'+1) .
Compound 1605. Into a 50mL RBF 60mg of 2-(4'-pyridyl)-4-Chloropyrimidinopyrrole HC1 salt was dissolved in 2mL anhydrous DMSO. 3-(R)-Hydroy-(D)-prolinol TFA salt (380mg) and 500mg sodium bicarbonate were added thereto. The mixture was then flashed with nitrogen gas for 5min and heated to 130''C. After 2 hours, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and the DMSO was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (lSmL) and saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution (l5mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (lSmL) and dried over Na~S04. After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified by preparative TLC (CH~C1~/MeOH -95/5) to yield 35 mg (50%). -H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1,) ( 2.3-2.5 (1H), 3.4-3.8 (3H), 4.4-4.6 (2H), 6.4 (1H); 7.1 (1H); 8.2 (d, 2H) ; 8.7 (d, 2H) ; 11.0 (1H) . MS (ES) : 312 (M'+1) .
Example 23: Synthesis of Adenosine A,a Antagonist, compound 1606.
~ /OH
CI CI N
S ~ N \ \ N ~ \
~ N HN
N BOC Br ~ / N BOC OMe I ~ N H HN OMe O ~ O
Compound 28 Campound 29 Compound 1606 Compound 28 (200mg) was treated ~.aith DMF (30mL), (, (-dimethylglycine methyl ester (73mg HC? salt in 2mL water) and 500mg sodium bicarbonate. After 18 hours, the DMF was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (30mL) and saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution (l5mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (lSmL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Chromatography (silica, 10:4 hexanes/EtOAc) yielded 150mg of pure product, compound 29 (690) . =H-NMR (200MHz, CDC13) , ( 1.4 (s, 6H) , 3.8 (s, 3H) ; 3.9 (s, 2H); 6.4 (s, 1H); 7.4-7.5 (m, 3H); 8.4 (m, 2H); 9.8 (s, 1 H ) .
Compound 1606:
Procedure is the same as Compound 1605 (72o). -H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1;), ( 1.3 (s, 6H), 1.7-1.9 (m, 2H); 2.05-2.30 (m, 2H);
3.6-4.1 (m, 11H); 4.80-4.95 (m, 1H); 6.4 (s, 1H); 7.4-7.6 (m, 3H) ; 8.3-8.4 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H) , 10 (s, 1H) . MS (ES) : 424 .0 (M;+1) .
The following compounds can be synthesized in the same manner.
Compound 1600: (510). MS (ES): 326.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1607: 1H-NMR (200MHz, CDC1:), ( 1.40 - 1.80 (m, 5H), 2.80 - 3.50 (m, 3H), 4.60 - 4.80 (m, 3H), 6.66 (d, 1H, J -6.2Hz), 7.26 (m, 1H), 8.21 (d, 2H, J = 6.3Hz), 8.65 (d, 2H, J
- 5.8Hz), 11.90 (s, 1H). MS (ES): 310.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1608: (64 0) . iH-NMR (200MHz, d;-DMSO) , ( 1.75 (s, 3H) , 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.56 (m, 6H), 7.23 - 7.41 (m, 5H), 8. 00 (brs, 1H) , 8 .23 (d, 2H, J = 6. OHz) , 8 . 63 (d, 2H, J = 5. 4 Hz), 8.82 (brs, 1H), 11.56 (brs, 1H). r~S (ES): 444.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1604: 1H-NMR (200MHz, CD~OD) ( 3.40 (m, 4H), 4.29 (m, 4H) , 6. 99 (s, 1H) , 7.5 - 7.2 (m, 3H) , 7.90 (d, 2H) , 8.39 (d, 2H) , 8. 61 (d, 2H) . MS (ES) : 357.0 (M' +1) .
TABLE 16. Adenosine A=a Receptor Selective Compounds * at least S times more selective than other three subtypes.
ompound Structure elaciveCi-A2a elativ elativ i-A1 i-A2b ti-A3 NHz .."",1 N
O
N /
~I
\N N
H
601 ~'. OH
",~nii~
N
N
~N N
H
N
602 .. NHz N
O
N /
\N N
H
N
..""'"~OH
N
N
y ~N N
H
N
S N
N
H
H
N
N
1S ~
~N N
I H
N
OH
.""~~p C~
H N C
f6C
~OH
N
IS
N
~N N
H
N
1608 H~ 0 H
~ ~, NH N
N
~CH3 ~N ~N
N
Paaes 202-256 relate to compounds spec~.fic to the A; receptor Summary of the Invention The present invention is also based on compounds which selectively bind to adenosine A3 receptor, thereby treating a disease associated with A3 adenosine receptor in a subject by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of such compounds. The disease to be treated are associated with, for example, asthma, hypersens_tivity, rhinitis, hay fever, serum sickness, allergic vasculitis, atopic dermantitis, dermantitis, psorasis, eczema, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, eosinophillic chlorecystitis, chronic airway inflammation, hypereosinophilic syndromes, eosinophilic gastroenteritis;
edema, urticaria, eosinophilic myocardial disease, episodic angioedema with eosinophilia, inflarrunatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, allergic granulomatosis, carcinomatosis, eosinophilic granuloma, familial histiocytosis, hypertension, mast cell degranulation, tumor, cardiac hypoxia, cerebral ischemia, diuresis, renal failure, neurological disorder, mental disorder, cognitive disorder, myocardial ischemia, bronchoconstriction, arthritis, autoimmune disease, Crohn's disease, Grave's disease, diabetes, multiple sclerosis, anaemia, psoriasis, fertility disorders, lupus erthyematosus, reperfusion injury, brain arteriole diameter, the release of allergic mediators, scleroderma, stroke, global ischemia, central nervous system disorder, cardiovascular disorder, renal disorder, inflammatory disorder, gastrointestinal disorder, eye disorder, allergic disorder, respiratory disorder, or immunological disorder.
This invention also features a compound having the structure:
R2~
N R, _ N
Rs to wherein R~ is H and R~ is cyclopropyl methylamino carbonylethyl, cis-3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, acetamido butyl, methylamino carbonylamino butyl, ethylamino carbonylamino propyl, methylamino carbonylamino oropyl, 2-acetyl amino-3-methyl butyl, N,N-diethylamino carbonylamino ethyl, thioacetamido ethyl, 3-amino acetyloxy cyclopentyl, 3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, 2-pyrrolyl carbonyl aminoethyl, 2-imidazolidinone ethyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-methyl propyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-phenyl ethyl, 3-hydroxy azetidino, 2-imidazolyl ethyl, acetamido ethyl, 1-(R)-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl, N-methylaminocarbonyl pyridyl-2- methyl, or R~, Rz and the nitrogen together are 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, or 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino.
wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six menbered ring, pyrrole, thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, 2(1H)-pyridone, 4(1H)-pyridone, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazola, oxazole, tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dih~droindole, 1H-indole, indoline, benzopyrazole, 1,3-ben~odioxole, benzoxazole, purine, coumarin, chro:none, quinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, isoquinoline, benzimidazole, quinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,2-c]pyridazine, purido[3,4-b]-pyridine, 1H-pyrazole[3,4-d]pyrimidine, pteriaine, 2(1H)-quinolone, 1(2H)-isoquinolone, 1,4-benzisoxazine, benzothiazole, quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide, quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine, phthalazine, or cinnoline.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl.
This invention also features a method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting said cell with the above-mentioned compounds.
typical practice and is known to those skilled in the art.
Typical synthetic schemes for the preparation of deazapurine intermediates of the invention are outlined below in Scheme I.
This invention also provides a method of preparing compound IV, comprising the steps of O
a) reacting CN Rs R ~~d ~CI
HZN \N/ s R3 P
NC Rs O
to provide R
3~ N R
H i s P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cycli~ation conditions to provide OH R
s N~
Rs R3 ~N N
H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide CI R
s ~N \ ~ Rs ; and R3/ \N N
H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NHRtRa to provide :VR~RZ R
s N
Rs Ra N/ H
wherein R: is H and R~ is cyclopropyl methyiaminc carbonylethyl, cis-3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, acetamido butyl, methylamino carbonylamino butyl, e~hylamino carbonylamino propyl, methylamino carbonylamino propyl, 2-acetyl amino-3-methyl butyl, N,N-diethylamino carbonylamino ethyl, thioacetamido ethyl, 3-amino ace~yloxy cyclopentyl, 3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, 2-pyrrolyl carbonyl aminoethyl, 2-imidazolidinone ethyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-methyl propyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-phenyl ethyl, 3-hydroxy azetidino, 2-imidazolyl ethyl, acetamido ethyl, 1-(R)-phenyl-2 hydroxyethyl, N-methylaminocarbonyl pyridyl-2- methyl, or R:, Rz and the nitrogen together are 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrclidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, or 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino.
wherein R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted four to six membered ring;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein 'R6 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl.
This invention also provides a method of preparing compound of V, comprising the steps of CN Rs O
a) reacting ~CI
HzN N ~ ~d Rz I
P
NC Rs O
to provide R
z H I
P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide OH R
s N~
Rz ~N N
H
c) treating the product of step b) under suitable conditions to provide CI R
N
~ rRs ; and Rz/ \ N/ N
H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with NI-I2CH2(CH2)mCH2NHC(=O)R1 to provide 12NHC(=O)RI
N
Rs Rz wherein m is 0, l, or 2;
wherein R~ is cyclopropyl methyl, methyl, methylamino, or aminomethyl;
wherein R~ is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein RE is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (R9) (R~o) NR~Rs, wherein R4 and Rio are each H or alkyl, wherein R~ and Rs are each alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R~, Rs and the nitrogen together form a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
This invention further provided a method of preparing compound VI, comprising CN RS
a) reacting O
CI
HZN N Rs and Rz P
NC RS
O
to provide ~N R
H N s P
wherein P is a removable protecting group;
b) treating the product of step a) under cyclization conditions to provide N
Rs Rz c) treating the product ofstep b) under suitable conditions to provide CI R
s N
r Rs ; and N
Rz N H
d) treating the chlorinated product of step c) with HN
NHAc to provide Rz/ N I-I
wherein Rz is unsubstituted aryl.
wherein R; is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein RE H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (RS) (R~o) NR?Ra, wherein R9 and R~. are each H or alkyl, wherein R~ and Re are each alkyl cr cycloalkyl, or R-, R,--and the nitrogen together form a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
\N R~
( Rs N
Rs R3 ~N H
IV
wherein R~ is H and R~ is cvclopropyl methylamino carbonylethyl, cis-3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, acetamido butyl, methylamino carbonylamino butyl, e_hylamino carbonylamino propyl, methylamino carbonylamino propyl, 2-acetyl amino-3-methyl butyl, N,N-diethylamino carbonylamino ethyl, thioacetamido ethyl, 3-amino acetyloxv cvclopentvl. 3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, 2-pyrrolyl carbonyl aminoethyl, 2-imidazolidinone ethyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-methyl propyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-phenyl ethyl, 3-hydroxy azetidino, 2-imidazolyl ethyl, acetamido ethyl, 1-(R)-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl, N-methylaminocarbonyl pyridyl-2- methyl, or R., R~ and the nitrogen together are 3-acetamido piperadino, 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, or 3-hydroxymethyl p-peradino.
wherein Rs is a substituted or unsubstituted benzene, pyrrole, thiophene, furan, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, 2(1H)-pyridone, 4(1H)-pyridone, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, oxazole, tetrazole, naphthalene, tetralin, naphthyridine, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, 2,3-dihydroindole, 1H-indole, indoline, benzopyrazoie, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzoxazole, purine, coumarin, chromone, quinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, isoquinoline, benzimidazole, quinazoline, pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazine, pyrido[3,2-c]pyridazine, purido[3,4-b]-pyridine, 1H-pyrazole[3,4-d]pyrimidine, pteridine, 2(1H)-quinolone, 1(2H)-isoquinolone, 1,4-benzisox.azine, benzothiazole, quinoxaline, quinoline-N-oxide, isoquinoline-N-oxide, quinoxaline-N-oxide, quinazoline-N-oxide, benzoxazine, phthalazine, or cinnoline.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein RE is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H3C ~
NH
O ' -NH
NH
H
N /
~H
\N N
H
CI
In another embodiment of the compound, R3 is phenyl.
In another embodiment of the compound, Rs is hydrogen or methyl.
In another embodiment of the compound, Rs is hydrogen, methyl, phenyl, 3-chlorophenyloxy methyl, or traps-2- phenylamino methyl pyrrolidino methyl.
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
O
)m H R~
HN
I Rs /
N
Rs Rz \N H
V
wherein m is 0, 1, or 2;
wherein R~ is cyclopropyl methyl, methyl, methylamino, or aminomethyl;
wherein Rz is aryl, substituted aryl, or heteroaryl;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (RS) (R~o) NR~R~~, wherein R:. and R:o are each H or alkyl, wherein R~ and Rs are each alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R?, Re and the ni'rogen together form a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
In one embodiment of compound V, m is 0 and Rz is phenyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, m is 1 and Rz is phenyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, m is 2 and Rz is phenyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, R~ and Rs are methyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, Rs and Rs are methyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, Rs and Rs are methyl.
In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the structure:
HZN
O NH
NH
N
~ CH3 ~N N
H
(Compound 1316) In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the structure:
-O
HN
(Compound 1311) In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the structure:
S
NH
O
NH
CH ~
N
~CH 3 ~N N
H
(Compound 1202) In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the structure:
~NH
O NH
NH
(Compound 1310) In another embodiment of compound V, the compound has the structure:
/cH , HN
~O
N /N
J
(Compound 1312) This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
HO, '..,~~~~~NH
(Compound 609) This invention also provides a compounc; having the structure:
NHAc J
N
Rs Rz N hi VI
wherein R~ is unsubstituted aryl.
wherein Rs is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl;
wherein RE H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, amino, substituted aryl, wherein said substituted alkyl is -C (R5) (R~o) NR~Re, wherein Rs and Rm are each H or alkyl, wherein R~ and Re are each alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R~, Re and the nitrogen together form a ring system of between 4 and 7 members.
In one embodiment of compound VI, the compound has the structure:
O
(Compound 1309) In one embodiment of compound 1309, the compound has the structure:
H
,~~y\N CH3 N
N
,--cH3 N/ ~N
H
In another embodiment of compound 1309, the compound has the structure:
H
N O
J
I CHs N
~CH3 N~ ~N
H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
R~
VII
wherein R, is 3-hydroxy cyclopentyl ethylamino carbonylamino propyl, N,N-diethylamino carbonylamino ethyl, thioacetamido ethyl, 3-amino acetyloxy cyclopentyl, 3-hydroxy cyclopentyl, 2-pyrrolyl carbonyl aminoethyl, 2-imidazolidinone ethyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-methyl propyl, 1-aminocarbonyl-2-phenyl ethyl, 3-hydroxy azetidino, 2-imidazolyl ethyl, acetamido ethyl, 1-(R)-phenyl-2-hydroxyethyl, or N-methylaminocarbonyl pyridyl-2- methyl;
wherein R3 and R~ are independently H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or aryl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
(Compound 1700) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H3C\ /N' 'O
v H~II~r'/N
NH
CHI
N
~CH~
~N ~N
H
(Compound 1701) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HN
(Compound 1702) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
NH
O NH
NH
N
~CH 3 \N N
H
(Compound 1704) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
-o NH CH
N /
~CH
~N N
I H
(Compound 1705) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
S
\NH
N
~N N
H
(Compound 1706) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
'NH
N
I
~N N
H
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
NH
N
~ I
~N N
H
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H
HN
NH
N /
I
~N N
I H
(Compound 1707) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
O
HN
N
NH
/
N N
H
1$
(Compound 1708) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
2$
(Compound 1709) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HZN O
NH
(Compound 1710) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
NH
~i '~ o (Compound 1712) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
$ NH
HN \
O
N ~ HN
N m (Compound 1713) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
NH
HN \
O
HN
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
NH
(Compound 1714) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
m",....
NH
N
W I
~N N O
H
CI
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
0\\
~NH
S
(Compound 1715) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
1 S CH, In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
Rz R, ~ ~
N
Ra N
~Rs .N _ N
H
VIII
wherein R~, R. and the nitrogen together are 3-hydroxy pyrrolidino, 3-methyloxy carbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, 3-aminocarbonylmethyl pyrrolidino, or 3-hydroxymethyl piperadino;
wherein R3 and Rq are independently H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or aryl.
In one embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
N
N
~N N
H
/
(Compound 1711) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
io I \
(Compound 1703) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO~
N
N
\
'N N
H
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HO
N
15 In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
H~
N
30 (Compound 1716) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
HOC
,N ~ N O
H
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
N
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
NHz N
15 (Compound 1717) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
Hz ci N
\ \N H O
,~ \ /
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
NHZ
N
/~ ~ CI
In another embodiment ~f the compound, the compound has the structure:
~~o.
., r., ci (Compound 1718) In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
OH
In another embodiment of the compound, the compound has the structure:
~OH
N
N
N H
CI
This invention also provides a method for treating a disease associated with A3 adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VI, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, the subject is a mammal.
In another embodiment of the method, tl-:e mammal is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said A3 adenosine receptor is associated with a central nervous system disorder, a cardiovascular disorder, asthma, hypersensitivity, rhinitis, hay fever, serum sickness, allergic vasculitis, atopic dermantitis, dermantitis, psorasis, eczema, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, eosinophillic chlorecystitis, chronic airway inflammation, hypereosinophilic :syndromes, eosinophilic gastroenteritis, edema, urticaria, eosinophilic myocardial disease, episodic angioedema with eosinophilia, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, allergic granulomatosis, carcinomatosis, eosinophilic granuloma, =amilial histiocytosis, hypertension, mast cell degranulation, rumor, cardiac hypoxia, cerebral ischemia, diuresis, renal failure, neurological disorder, mental disorder, cognitive disorder, myocardial ischemia, bronchoconstriction, arthrit_.s, autoimmune disease, Crohn's disease, Grave's disease, diabetes, multiple sclerosis, anaemia, psoriasis, fertility disorders, lupus erthyematosus, reperfusion injury, brain arteriole diameter, the release of allergic mediators, scleroderma, stroke, global ischemia, central nervous system disorder, cardiovascular disorder, renal disorder, inflammatory disorder, gastrointestinal disorder, eye disorder, allergic disorder, respiratory disorder, or immunological disorder.
Diseases associated with adenosine A1, A2a, A2b and A3 receptors are disclosed in WO 99/06053 and WO-09822465, WO-09705138, WO-09511681, WO-09733879, JP-09291089, PCT/US98/16053 and U.S.
Patent No. 5, 516, 894, the entire content of which are fully incorporate herein by reference.
This invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII; wherein said water-s soluble prodrug that is metabolized in vivo to an active drug which selectively inhibit A3 adenosine receptor.
In one embodiment of the prodrug, said prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
This invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
This invention also provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting said cell with any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of said A3 adenosine receptor.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
This invention also provides a method for treating a gastrointestinal disorder in an subject, comprising administering to the an effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is diarrhea.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
This invention further provides a method for treating respiratory disorder in a subject, comp=ising administering to the subject an effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, said disorder is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory disorder.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, said compound is an antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
This invention also provides a method for treating damage to the eye of a subject which comprises administering to said subject an effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII.
In one embodiment of the method, said damage comprises retinal or optic nerve head damage.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is acute or chronic.
In another embodiment of the method, said damage is the result of glaucoma, edema, ischemia, hypoxia or trauma.
In another embodiment of the method, the subject is a human.
In another embodiment of the method, the compound is an antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
This invention also provide a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In one embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat a respiratory disorder or a gastrointestinal disorder.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said gastrointestinal disorder is diarrhea.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said respiratory disorder is asthma, allergic rhinitis, or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceut-cal composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
In another embodiment of the pharmaceutical composition, said pharmaceutical composition is a surgical irrigating solution.
This inventio also provides a packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with A3 adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising: (a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds IV, V, VI, VII, or VIII; and (b) instructions nor using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
Compounds represented by the formula It', V, VI, VII, and VIII
can be synthesized by the Schemes I-IX.
As used herein, "A compound is A3 se..ective." means that a compound has a binding constant to adenosine A3 receptor of at least ten time higher then that to adenosine A1, AZa, or A~b.
The invention is further illustrated by the following examples which in no way should ~>e construed as being further limiting.
The contents of all references, pending patent applications and published patent applications, cued throughout this application, including those referenced in the background section, are hereby incorporated by reference. It should be understood that the models used throughout the examples are accepted models and that the demonstration of efficacy in these models is predictive of efficacy in humans.
A skilled artisan will know that metabolism of the compounds disclosed herein in a subject produces certain biologically active metabolites which can serve as c:rugs.
This invention will be better understood from the Experimental Details which follow. However, one s::illed in the art will readily appreciate that the specific methods and results discussed are merely illustrative of the invention as described more fully in the claims which follow thereafter.
Example 24: Adenosine A3 Antagonist Experimentals Compound 1700 (Table 17 below): MS (ES): 366.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1710 (Table 17 below): MS (ES;. 381.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1316 (Table below): MS (ES): 353.2 (M'+1).
Compound 1703 (Table below): MS (ES): 357.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1719 (Table ~-DMSO) ( 1.75 17 below) : '-H-NMR
(200MHz, d (m, 2H), 3.11 (m, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 5.72 (m, 1H), 5.96 (m, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 8.32 (m, 2H).
Compound 1704 (Table 17 below): MS (ES): 367.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1706 (Table 17 below) : '-H-NMR (200MHz, CDC13) d 1.22 (m, 2H) , 1 . 60-2. 40 (m, 4H) , 4 .53 (m, 1H) , 4 . 94 (m, 1H) , 5.70 (d, 1H, J = 8.2 Hz) , 6.35 (d, 1H, J = 2 . 8 Hz) , 6. 97 (d, 1H, J
- 2.0 Hz), 7.50 (m, 3H), 8.40 (m, 2H), 10.83 (brs, 1H).
Compound 1707 (Table 17 below): MS(ES): 347.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1708 (Table 17 below): MS (ES) 399.0 (M-+1).
Compound 1709 (Table 17 below): MS (ES! 385.9 (M'+1).
Compound 1710 (Table 17 below): MS (ES) 434.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1711 (Table 17 below) : iH-NMR (200MHz, CD,OD) d 3.95 (d, 2H, J - 5.8Hz), 4.23 - 4.31 (m, 2H), 4.53 (t, 2H, J -8.8Hz), 6.30 (d, 1H, J = 3.OHz), 6.98(d, 1H, = 3.OHz), J 7.45 - 7.48 (m, 3H ) , 7.83 - 8.42 (m, 2H) 9.70 (brs,1H) . MS (ES) , 281.1 (M++1) .
OSIC-148313 'H-NMR 3.02 (m, 2H), 3.92 (200MHz, CD30D) (m, d 2H), 5.09 (2, 2H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 6.90-7.04 1H), 6.92 (br s, (m, 2H), 7.02 (m, 1H), 7.21 (dd, 1H, J - 8.2Hz), 7.40 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.80 (br s, 1H), 8.33 (m, 2H).
MS (ES): 445.1 (M'+1).
Compound 1713 (Table 17 below): -H-NMR (200MHz, CDCl;) d 1.65-1.80(m, 7H), 1.88-2.00(m, 1H), 2.10 - 2.40 (m, 1H), 2.70-3.05 (m, 3H), 3.09-3.14 (m, 2H), ~.16-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.45 (d, 1H, J = l4Hz), 3.53-3.60 (m, 2H), .,.84-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.97 (d, 1H, J - l4Hz), 5.55 (t, 1H, J - 5.8Hz), 6.17 (s, 1H), 6.55-6.59 (m, 2H), 6.64-6.71 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.46 (m, 3H), 8.38-8.42 (m, 2H), MS (ES): 484.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1714 (Table 17 below): MS (ES): 471.0 (M1+1).
Compound 1715 (Table 17 below): MS (ES): 505.0 (M'+1).
Compound 1716 (Table 17 below): iH-NMR (200MHz, CD70D) d 1.6~
(m, 1H), 2.18(m, 1H), 2.49 (br d, 2H, = 6.2Hz), 2.64(m, J
1H), 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.93 (m, 1H), 4 . 10 (m, 1H) 5.06 (2, 2H) , 6.58 (s, 1H) 6. 92 (m, 2H) 7.02 , , , (m, 1H), 7.23(dd, 1H, J = 8.lHz), 7.39 3H), 8.32 (m, 2H).
(m, MS (ES) : 477.1 (M'+1) .
Compound 1717 (Table below): =H-NMR(200MHz, CD:OD)d 1.69 (m, 1H), 2.26 (m, 1H), 2.42 (d, 2H, = 7.4Hz), 2.72 (m, 1H), J
3.53 (m, 1H), 3.83 (m, 1H), 4.02 (m, ~H), 4.14 (dd, 1H, J
=
10.6, 7.OHz) 5.14 (2, 2H) , 6. 69 1H) , 6. (m, H) 7.06 , (s, 96 2 , (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H, J = 8.OHz), 9 (m, 3H),8.35 (m, 2H).
7.3 MS (ES) : 462.2 (M'+1) .
Compound 1718 (Table 17 1.40 below):
'-H-NMR
(200MHz, CD,OD) d - 2.00 (m, 5H), 3.52 (d, 2H, 7.6Hz), 3.80 - 4.00 (m, 1H),4.00 - 4.20 (m, 3H), 4.50 (m, 2H), 6.36 - 0.50 (m, 2H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 6.84 - 6.92 (m, 1H),7.05 (t, 1H, J = 8.2Hz), 7.30 7.45 -(m, 3H) , 8.24 (d, 2H, J 9.8Hz) . MS (ES) : 449.0 (M'+1) = .
TABLE 17. Adenosine A; Receptor Selective Compounds * at least 10 times more selective than other three subtypes.
ompound Structure i-A1 i-A2a i-A2b i-A3 NH
O' ~NH
CH ~
N
CHI
~N N
H
H3C' /O
CHI
HN
~CH 3 NH CHI
N / I
''//~CH ~
~N N
H
H
O
N
N
,--CH3 ~N ~N
H
~ 01 H,c H3C~N~0 HN
NH
CHI
N
rCH, ~N N
H
311 H,c ~o HN
S
NH
CH ~
f--CH ~
N /
~N ~N
1~ H
312 /cH, HN
~O
H ~N
NH
CHI
N
?5 I ~H3 ~N N
H
Z
J
310 H,c~
NH
O~NH
NH
CH, ~CH, N /
~N N
I H
HzN
O ~NH
NH
CH, J---CH, N /
~ \N HH
702 H,c' /s H~N
NH
~CH~
N /
~N N
H
to 15 Ho 20 ( N
H
704 cH, -NH
O"NH
NH
N~ ~ \
'///~CH~
\N N
I H
NHZ
O
NH
CH, N /
~CH3 ~N ~N
H
~ /
HO
NH
N
I
~N N
H
HN
NH
N /
I
~N N
H
//o HN
7 0 8 ~~II'N
NH
N
~N N
H
15 i-s~N O
NH
CFA /
N
H
NH
N /
N
N H
HO
N
i ~N N
H
N~NH
H
CI
~N N
H
c~
713 ~ /N
r1 ~'H
O
HN
I ~~---~ 1 W
N
H
HO
NH
N
~N N
H
CI
H
O
715 ~NH
/ NN~
/ NH
CI
N
~N~H~
HOC
N
CI
N
~N H O
NHi N
~ c1 N
\N N O
H
25 71g ~ -oH
N
N ~ ~ii~
~N I H O
I
a \NH
O NH
NF.
H
IO N ~~H
~N N
H
CI
IS
This invention provides a compound having the structure:
.."--~'~O . .
H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
fsJ NH2 N
O
N ~
I
N~ N
I i H
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
fSJ NH2 N
N ~ ~ O-I
wN N
H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
H O (S) ( 11 NH2 N
O
N
I ~
N
I i H
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
(S) NH2 N O O
N
I OH
~ / N/ H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
(S) N H z N ~CONHz O O
N
I
N/ H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
~S~ NH2 N
O OH
N \
I
\ N~ H O
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
lS~ N H 2 N
O
N
I
I \ N/ H
/
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
N ~S~ NH2 N O
\ ~ ~ \ OfOH
~N N
H
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
OH
N
HN
Ni ~ N
~N N
H
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
OH
HN
N , OH
\ ~N N O
/ H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
OH
HN 'OH
N~ O
\ ~N N
/ H
OH
HN
N~ \ O-\ wN I ~O
N
I H
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
N ~S~ NH2 N~ O O
N ~ ~ O~O
N
H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
N~NH2 N~ O O
OOH
, N
H
This invention further provides a compound having the structure:
OH
HN
N , NH2 \ ~ I N\' -O
I N H
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating a disease associated with A~ adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of compounds 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1519, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method, wherein the subject is a mammal.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method, wherein the mammal is a human.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method, wherein said A~ adenosine receptor is associated with cognitive disease, renal failure, cardiac arrhythmias, respiratory epithelia, transmitter release, sedation, vasoconstriction, bradycardia, negative cardiac inotropy and dromotropy, branchoconstriction, neutropil chemotaxis, reflux condition, or ulcerative condition.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a water-soluble prodrug of compound 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520, wherein the water-soluble prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce an active drug which selectively inhibits A~ adenosine receptor.
In a further embodiment the invention provides, wherein said prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the above prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an Ai adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting the cell with compounds 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method for inhibiting the activity of an Ai adenosine receptor in a cell, wherein the compound is an antagonist of the A~ adenosine receptor.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method for inhibiting the activity of an A1 adenosine receptor in a cell, wherein the cell is human cell.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method for inhibiting the activity of an Ai adenosine receptor in a human cell, wherein the compound is an antagonist of A~
adenosine receptors.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating a disease associated with A~ adenosine receptor in a subject, wherein said disease is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory disorder.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating a disease associated with A~ adenosine receptor in a subject, wherein said disease is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory disorder and wherein the subject is a human.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating the above disease, wherein said compound is an antagonist of Ai adenosine receptors.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a combination therapy for asthma, comprising the compound 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520, and a steroid, (32 agonist, glucocorticoid, lucotriene antagonist, or anticolinergic agonist.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating a respiratory disorder with the compound 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520, wherein said respiratory disorder is asthma, allergic rhinitis, or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
In a further embodiment the inventi:~n provides the above pharmaceutical composir_ion(s), wherein said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above pharmaceutical composition(s), wherein said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above pharmaceutical composition(s), wherein said pharmaceutical composition is a surgical irrigating solution.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with Ai adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising:
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1519, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520; and (b) instructions for using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of tl~e compound 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1514, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, or 1520.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above pharmaceutically acceptable salt, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound 1509, 1511, 1515, 1518, or 1519 contains a cation selected from the group consisting of sodium, calcium and ammonium.
In yet a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating a disease associated with A~ adenosine receptor in a subject, wherein the A~ adenosine receptor is associated with congestive heart failure.
Exemplification Example 21: Synthesis of 1-[6-(4-Hydroxy-4-phenyl-piperidin-1-yl-methyl)-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (1505).
Compound 1505 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of Example 17 using synthesis scheme IX with L-prolineamide and 4 phenyl-piperidin-4-of to obtain:
~R~ NH2 OH
H
=H-NMR (d~-DMSO) d 1.53 (s, 1H), 1.60 (s, 1H), 1.84-2.30 (m, 6H) , 2. 66 (m, 2H) , 3. 60 (s, 2H) , 3. 88 (m, 1H) , 4 .02 (m, 1H) , 9 . 66 (d, 1H, J = 6.8Hz) , 4 .73 (s, 1H) , 6.44 (s, 1H) , 6.94 (s, 1H), 7.12 - 7.50 (m, 10H), 8.35 (m, 2H), 11.6 (brs, 1H); MS
(ES): 305.1 (M'+1); mp = 234-235°C.
Example 22: Synthesis of [N-(2-Phenyl-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d]pyrimidin-9-yl)(L)-prolinamide (i506) Compound 1506 was synthesized using synthesis scheme VII with L-prolineamide to obtain:
~S~ N H 2 N
O
N ~
I ~
N
1 s ~ / ~ 5os -H-NMR (DMSO-do) d 2.05 (m, 4H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.70 (d, 1H, J=8.OHz), 6.58 (brs, 1H), 6.95 (brs, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H, J=3.4Hz), 7.40 (m, 3H), 7.50 (brs, ~H), 8.40 (m, 2H), 11.6 (brs, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 308.3 (M'+1) . mp= 236-238''C.
Example 23: Synthesis of [N-(2-phenyl-6-methoxymethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(L)-prolinamide (1507) Compound 1507 was synthesized using precursor compound 23 of synthesis scheme IX to obtain:
CI CI
N ~ ~ Br N ~ ~ O-N' N HOCH3, DCM, CF3C02Ag ~ N~ N
0 rt, 1 h I / O O
23 ~ 4 Bromide 23 (4.238, lOmmol) is dissolved in anhydrous methanol (60mL) and DCM (120mL) and treated ~nith Aa0=CCF- under N- at rt for 1h. The solid is removed by filtration and washed with DCM
(2x20mL) . The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is redissolved in DCM (80mL). The resulted solution is then washed with saturated NaHCO, solution and brine, dried over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated to give 3.718 (4, 99=) off white solid. =H-NMR (CDCl;) d 1.75 (s, 9H) , :3.51 (s, 3H) , 4 .83 (s, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 8.52 Im, 2H).
CI
(S~ NHz N \ \ O-I, r o \ ~N N L-Prolineamide, DMSO N \ ~ O-I~ I
4 p O 120°C, 4h \ N' N
H
Aryl chloride 4 (2.4488, 6.55mmo1), DMSO (lSmL), L-prolineamide (4.0g, 35.Ommo1) and NaHC03 (2.98) are combined and heated to 120°C under nitrogen. After 4h, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (60m1). The resulted slurry is extracted with DCM (10x). The comb~.ned organic layers are washed with saturated NaHCO; solution and brine, dried over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated to give 2.488 brown solid. Pure product (1.868, 810) is obtained after flash column as white solid. White crystals are gotten from THF/hexane. M.p. - 213-215°C. 1H-NMR (CDC13) d 2.15 (m, 3H), 2.52 (m, 1H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 9.42 (s, 2H), 5.08 (d, 1H, J=8.2Hz), 5.49 (brs, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 7.08 (brs, 1H), 7.42 (m, 3H) , 8.38 (m, 2H) , 9.78 (brs, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 352.2 (M'+1) .
Example 24: Synthesis of 4-Hydroxy-1-(2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (1508) Compound 1508 was obtained with synthesis scheme VII using cis-hydroxy prolineamide to obtain:
HO ~S~
~S~ N H 2 N
O
N ~
I
~ ~ N/ H
'-H-NMR (dG-DMSO) d 1.90 (m, 1H), 3.85 (d, 1H, J = 9.2Hz), 4.08 (m, 1H), 4.37 (s, 1H), 4.67 (dd, 1H, J = 8.8, 4.OHz), 5.30 (s, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 2H), 7.37 (m, 3H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 8.37 (m, 2H), 11.65 (brs, 1H); MS (ES): 324.2 (M'+1); mp = 268-271°C.
Example 25: Synthesis of 3-[4-((S)-2-Carbamoyl-pyrrolodin-1-yl)-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl]-propionic acid (1509) Compound 1509 was obtained using precursor compound 23 of synthesis scheme IX to obtain:
CI CI
Br N
Na,HP04, NaH,P04 I \ ~ CHO
N/ ~O DMSO, SO°C, 3.5h ~ \ N/ ~O
~ 23 O ~ 7 O
The tert-butoxycarbonyl protected ar,:jl bromide 23 (~.Og, 9 . 5mmo1 ) , dry DMSO ( 25m1 ) , NaH~PO; ( 4 54mg, 3 . 7 9mmol ) and Na HPO.
(1.62g, 11.4mmo1) were combined and heated to 50~C under argon for approximately 3.5h. The mixture was then poured into water (200m1) and extracted with three 100m1 portions of EtOAc. The combined organic layers were thoroughly washed with water, brine, dried over MgSO;, filtered and concentrated to give a yellow solid which was purified by triturati ng with ethanol . to give 1.558 of a pale yellow solid (7). The mother liquor was purified by flash chromatography (10°-., EtOAc in hexane) to give an additional 454mg (60%). iH-NMR (CDC1;,) d 1.77 (s, 9H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 8.52 (m, 2H) 10.39 (s, 1H); m.p.= 156°C
(dec) .
CI CI
N
~ CHO (ph)3p-CHCO_tBu O THF, 0°C, 1h I ~ 8 O O
N/ N \ N/ N
Aldehyde 7 (600mg, l.7mmo1) was dissolved in dry THF (20m1) and cooled to 0°C under argon. To this was added a 0°C solution of (tert-butoxycarbonylmethylene)-triphenylphosphorane (694mg, l.8mmo1) in lOml of dry THF dropwise through a cannula. After 3h the mixture was concentrated and purified by triturating with ethanol to give 565mg ( 73 0 ) of a white solid ( 8 ) . 1HNMR
(CDCl;) d 1.58 (s, 9H), 1.79 (s, 9H), n.46 (d, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 8.56 ;m, 2H).
CI O CI O
N \
O I ~ O
N N ~ _H, . Pd-C \ N
~O THF. EtOAC I / N ~O
A solution of compound 8 (565mg l.2mmo1) in 5m1 THF was diluted to 100m1 with EtOAc. After adding 600mg of catalyst (5o wt Pd, 50o H-O) and purging with argon, the mixture was hydrogenated under atmospheric pressure. After 8h the mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified with flash chromatography (loo EtOAc in hexane) to isolate 200mg (350) of 9 as a clear oil that crystallized upon standing. -HNMR (CDCl_) d 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.75 (s, 9H), 2.65 (t, 2H), 3.32 (t, 2H), 6.41 (s, 1H) 7.45 (m, 3H), 8.51 (m, 2H).
CI O
N \.~ \ N O
I ~ O L-prolinamide O
\ N ~ ~ N
/ O DMSO, 85"C I ~ O
O \ N N
~ / 10H
Aryl chloride 9 (200mg, 0.44mmo1), DMSO (lOml) and L-prolinamide (440mg, 4.4mmo1) were combined and heated to 85°C
under argon. After 14 hours the mixture is cooled to room temperature and partitioned between water and ethyl acetate.
The layers were separated and the aqueous layer washed with EtOAc (3x).' The combined organic layers were thoroughly washed with water (3x), brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to give 10 as a yellow film which was purified by flash chromatography (2.5% MeOH in CH.,C1-,). 185mg (970). MS
(ES) : 435.8 (M-+1) .
(S) NH2 (S) NH2 N O
O O O
N \ HCI, dioxane N \
I , \ O I OH
\ N N ~ \ N~ N
~ i 10H ~ ~ H
Ester 10 (30mg, mmol) in 5m1 dioxane was hydrolyzed by adding 0.5m1 concentrated HC1. After 3 hours the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and recrystali~ed in EtOH/ EtOAc to obtain 1509 as a white solid (20mg, 6101. MS (ES): 380 (M'+1).
Example 26: Synthesis of [N-(2-phenyl-E-aminocarbonyl l~ methoxymethyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-(L)-prolinamide (1510) Compound 1510 was obtained using precursor compound 23 of synthesis scheme IX to obtain:
N \ Br N \
HOCH2C02CH3, I ~
\ N N \ Ni 'N
O DCM, AgOTf, rt, 2h 23 ~ 12 Bromide 23 (1.278, 3mmo1) and molecular sieve (5g) are stirred in anhydrous methyl glycolate (5.8g, 60mmo1) and DCM (40mL).
The solution is treated with AgOTf under N~ and allowed to stir for 3h. The solid is removed by filtrat_on and washed with DCM
(2x20mL) . The filtrate is concentrated _'.n vacuo. The residue is redissolved in DCM (80mL). The resulted solution is Lhen was~nec with water, saturated NaHCO: solution and brine, dried over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated to give 1.358 (990) off white solid (12). =H-NMR (CDC13) d 1.75 (s, 9H;, 3.80 (s, 3H), 5.0 (s, 2H) , 6.78 (s, 1H) , 7.47 (m, 3H) , 8. 52 (m, 2H) .
CI ~C02CH3 N ~S~ NH2 N ~ O O C02CH3 L-Prolineamide N ~ ~ O~
\N N DMSO, 120°C, 4h ~ i N~N~
i Aryl chloride 12 (177mg, 0.41mmo1), DMSO (lOmL), L-prolinamide (466mg, 4mmo1) and NaHCO, (500mg) are combined and heated to 120°C under nitrogen. A:'ter 4h, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (60m1). The resulted slurry is extracted with DCM (5x30mL). The combined organic layers are washed with saturated NaHCO;solutio:z and brine, dried over MgSOq, filtered and concentrated to give brown solid. Pure product (154mg, 920) is obtained after flash column as white solid (13) . -H-NMR (CDC1,) d 2.15 (m, 3H) , 2. 52 (m, 1H) , 3.55 (s, 3H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 5.08 (s, 1H, ), 5.85 (brs, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 7.08 (brs, 1H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 8.40 (m, 2H), 10.58 (brs, 1H); MS (ES): 410.1 (M'+1).
(SJ NH2 (SJ NHz O z \ O~ NH3/HOCH3 N \ O O~ ONH
N' N rt, 4 h I
/ ~ O ~ / \N H
Methyl ester 13 (124mg, 0.3mmo1) is dissolved in HOCH, (l5mL).
Ammonia is bubbled through the solution for 0.5h. The reaction mixture is then stirred for another 3h at rt. After removal of solvent lilmg of a white solid (1510, 93~) is obtained. -H-NMR
(CDC1~,) d 1 . 82 (m, 3H) , 2.20 (m, 1H) , 2. 80 (m, 1H) , 3. 10 (m, 1H), 3.63 (dd, 2H, J;=13.8Hz, J~=19.4Hz), 3.87 (m, 1H), 4.07 (m, 1H), 4.97 (m, 1H), 5.96 (m, 2H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 6.86 (brs, 1H), 7.11 (brs, 1H), 7.37 (m, 3H), 8.28 (m, 2H), 11.46 (brs, 1H); MS
(ES) : 394.8 (M-+1) .
Example 27: Synthesis of [4-(2-Carbamoylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-dJpyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid] (1511) Compound 1511 was synthesized using precursor compound 15 of synthesis scheme VII to obtain:
CI CI
N ~ N ~ \
\ NaH, then PhSOzCI ~ ~ ' N
N N 'N
H DMF
O =S
15 020 °C, 4h 16 / \
To a suspension of sodium hydride (780mg of a n0~. oi'.
suspension, 19.5mmo1) in dry DMF (20mL), cooled by an ice/water bath, under nitrogen, is added a solution of the pyrrolopyrimidine 15 ( 2 . 00g, 7 . 52mmo1 ) in DI~~1F ( l 0m L ) ov er 5 min. After 15 min, benzenesulfonyl chloride (l.2mL, 9.40mmo1) is added, then the cooling bath is removed. After 4h, the reaction mixture is poured into a mixture of ice and sat. NaHCO:
sol., the precipitated solid is filt.e~ed off and triturated with acetone (3 ) and methanol (2 ), yielding 2.378 of a beige solid. This solid (16) contains approx. lOmol-o DMF (based on that 83o yield) and can be used in the next step; a pure sample can be obtained by chromatography on silica gel using acetone as eluent. =H-NMR (CDC1;): d 6.70 (d, J - 4.2Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.68 (m, 6H), 7.76 (d, J = 4.2Hz, 1H), 8.24-8.32 (m, 2H), 1~ 8.48-8.56 (m, 2H); IR (solid): n = 314n cm--, 1585, 1539, 1506, 1450, 1417, 1386, 1370, 1186, 1176, 1154, 1111, 1015, 919, 726, 683, 616, 607; MS (ES): 372/370 (MH~); :np = 226-227 °C.
C~ Ct N ~ LDA, then CO2 N ~
I
\ \N N ~.O THF I ~ N~ N 'O O
O'S ~ OsS
16 ~ \ -~8 °C, ~ h, 17 / \
then ~ rt To a solution of the N-sulfonyl compound 16 (337mg, 0.911mmo1) in dry THF (34mL), cooled by dry ice/acetone, is added LDA~THF
(l.OmL, 1.5M solution in cyclohexane, l.5mmo1). After 45min, carbon dioxide is bubbled into the solution for 5min, then the cooling bath is removed. When the solution has reached ambient temp., the solvents are evaporated, yielding 398mg of the salt 17, containing 0.5 equiv. of (iPr).,NCO..Li, as yellow solid. The salt is used without purification in the next step. =H-NMR (D~-DMSO): d = 6.44 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.75 (m, 6H), 8.33-8.40 (m, 2H), 8.53 (dd, J = 8.0, l.6Hz, 2H).
(S) NHz _ N
N ~ \ O ~i+ O OH
N O L-prolinamide _N / N~ NS;O O
/ ~S'O DMSO
17 0 ° ~ 1g o 80 C, 15.5h A solution of the lithium salt 17 (50mg) and L-prolinamide (122mg, 1.07mmo1) in DMSO (l.SmL) is heated under nitrogen to 80 °C for 15.5h. 4 o aq. acetic acid (lOmL) is added to the cooled solution, and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (5~lOmL). The combined organic layers are washed with 4o aq.
acetic acid (lOmL), water (lOmL) and brine (lOmL) and are dried over MgS04. Filtration and concentration gives 40mg of 18 as a yellowish solid, which is used without purification in the next step. 1H-NMR (CD~OD) : d = 1. 95-2. 36 (m, 4H) , 3. 85-3. 95 (m, 1H), 3.95-4.17 (m, 1H), 4.72 (brs, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.45-7.70 (m, 3H), 8.33-8.50 (m, 4H).
(SJ NHz (SJ NH2 N
N ~ O OH NaOH ; N ~ O OH
N O MeOH ~ \
N
/ O S%O 20 °C, 2h I ~ N H O
1g / \ / 1511 A solution of sodium hydroxide in methanol (l.SmL, 5M, 7.5msnol) is added to a solution of the pyrrolopyrimidine 18 (40mg, 0.081mmo1) in methanol (2mL). After 2h, the pH is adjusted to 5, most of the methanol is evaporated, tze mixture is extracted with EtOAc (5 lOmL), the combined organic layers are washed with brine and dried over MgS04. Filtration and concentration yields 24mg of a pale yellow solid, which is triturated with toluene/EtOAc/MeOH to yield 15.6mg (55s) cf the acid 1511 as slightly yellowish solid. =H-NMR (CD;OD): d - 2.05-2.20 (m, 4H), 3.95-4.10 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.85 (brs, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.42 (m, 3H), 8.38-8.45 (m, 2H); IR (solid): n =
3192 cm-', 2964, 2923, 2877, 1682, 1614, 1567, 1531, 1454, 1374, 1352, 1295, 1262, 1190, 974, 754, 700; MS (ES): 352 (M'+1); m.p.
- 220 °C (decomp.).
Example 28: Synthesis of 1-(6-methyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-4-yl)-(S)-pyrrolidine-2 -carboxylic acid amide (1512) Compound 1512 was synthesized by the following steps:
CI ~S~ NHz N ~ L-Prolineamide N O
I ~\~ N ~ \
N~ N DMSO, 85°C I
H ~ N~ N
H
20 ~ 1512 Aryl chloride 20 (3g, 10.7 mmol), DMSO (50m1) and (S)-prolinamide were combined and heated to 85°C under argon. After stirring overnight (l4hrs), the mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into 800m1 of wager. This was extracted with three 200m1 portions of EtO~c. ! he ~ombi ned organic 1 avers were thoroughly washed with water (3 x 300 ml), trine, dried over MgSO~, filtered and concentrated to give a dark brown solid. The solid was recrystallized twice from EtOAc to yield 1.958 (57°) of a tan solid (1512). =HNMR(DMSO-d~) d 1.8-2.2 (m, 4H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 4.6 (d, 1H) 6.2 (s, 1H) , 6.9 (s, 1H) , 7.2 (m, 3H) , 7.3 (s, 1H) , 8.4 (m, 2H) , 11 .5 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 322 (M-+1) Example 29: Synthesis of 1-[6-(2-Hydroxy-ethoxymethyl) -2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-dJpyrimidin-4-yl]-pyrrolidine-2-carb oxylic acid amide(1513) Compound 1513 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of Example 17 using synthesis scheme IX with L-prolineamide and ethane-1,2-diol to obtain:
N ~S~ NH2 N O
O ~/~'O H
~N N
H
MS (ES) : 382 (M'+1) .
Example 30: Synthesis of 4-(6-Imidazol-1-ylmethyl-2-phenyl-7H-pyrroio[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-cyclohexanol (i514).
Compound 1514 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of Example 17 using synthesis scheme IX with N-6 amino cyclohexanol and imidazole to obtain:
OH
N
HN
Ni ~ N
\ ~N N
MS (ES) : 389 (M'+1) Example 31: Synthesis of 4-(4-Hydroxy-cyclohexylamino) -2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid (1515) Compound 1515 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of Example 27 using synthesis scheme IX with N-6 amino cyclohexanol to obtain:
OH
HN
N , OH
N O
N H
MS (ES): 353 (M'+1) 1~ Example 32: Synthesis of 4-[6-(2-Hydroxy-ethoxymethyl) -2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-cyclohexanol (1516) Compound 1516 was synthesized in a manner similar to that of Compound 1513 using synthesis scheme IX with N-6 amino cyclohexanol to obtain:
OH
HN 'OH
Ni ~ O
N
I \ \N H
MS (ES) : 383 (M'+l;
Example 33: Synthesis of 4-(4-Hydroxy-cyclohexylamino) -2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1517) CI
CI
N ~ ~ O-Li+ CH I N ~ OCH3 w ~ N p s I
'N :S'0 ~ \ N/ N O O
O / O~S
20 °C, 3h A solution of the lithium salt 17 (0.13mmo1) in dry DMF (4mL) is stirred with methyl iodide (O.lmL, i.6mmo1) at 20 °C under argon for 3h. DMF is evaporated, and aaueous ammonium chloride solution is added (l5mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3~15mL), the combined organic layers are washed with water (2'lOmL) and brine (lOmL) and are dried over MgS04. Filtration and concentration gives 2lmg (38o) of the methyl ester 22.
CI 1. H2N~~~OH ,,.OH
N ~ ~ OCH3 I DMSO, 80 °C, 5h, HN
N~ N O then 20 °C, 13.5h OCH
/ :S'0 N ~ ~ 3 O 2. NaOH, MeOH, 20 min ~ I _ ~ N O
N H
l~
A solution of the methyl ester 22 (24.5mg, 0.057mmol) and 4 trans-aminocyclohexanol (66mg, 0.57mmo1) in DMSO (l.SmL) is heated under nitrogen to 80 °C for 5i'., then the heating is stopped, and stirring at 20 °C is continued for 13.5~~. 4% aq.
acetic acid (lOmL) is added to the cooled solution, and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3'lOmL). The combined organic layers are washed with 4o aq. acetic acid (lOmL), water (lOmL) 2N NaOH (lOmL), water (lOmL), and brine (lOmL) and are dried over MgSO;. To a solution of the crude material obtained after filtration and concentration (1H NMR indicates about 500 removal of the benzenesulfonyl group) in THF (2mL) is added a solution of NaOH in MeOH (0.5mL of 5~_ solution, 2.5mmo1) at ambient temperature. After 20min, water and sat. NaHCO;
solution (5mL each) are added, and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (4'l5mL). The combined organic layers are washed with 2N NaOH (lOmL), water (lOmL), and brine (lOmL) and are dried over MgSO~ . Chromatography of the crude material obtained after filtration and concentration on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/EtOAc 1:1 O 1:2 yields 8.6mg (410) .of 1517 as a white solid, mp. 225-227 °C. 1H-NMR (CD30D): d = 1.38-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.95-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.25 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 4.20-4.35 (m, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.47 (m, 3H), 8.35-8.42 (m, 2H); IR (solid): n = 3352 cm-~, 3064, 2935, 2860, 1701, 1605, 1588, 1574, 1534, 1447, 1386, 1333, 1263, 1206, 1164, 1074, 938, 756, 705; MS (ES) : 367 (MH') .
Example 34: Synthesis of [4-(2-Carbamoyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl) -2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-ylmethoxy]-acetic acid methyl ester (1518) Compound 1518 was synthesized in a manner similar to example 26 using precursor compound 12 to obtain:
N~NH2 N~ O O
N
N
MS (ES) : 410 (M'+1) Example 35: Synthesis of [4-(2-Carbamoyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl) -2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-ylmethoxy]-acetic acid (1519) Compound 1519 was synthesized in a manner similar to compound 1518 wherein the methyl ester group was hydrolized with a base to obtain:
fsl N~ O O
OOH
N
H
ll~
MS ~ . 396 (M'+1) l~
Example ~ . Synthesis of 4-(4-Hydroxy-cyclohexylamino)-2-phenyl-7H-_ -rolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid amide (1520) ,,.. - ,OH
,, HN HN
N ~ OCH3 N~ ~ NH2 I , ~~ MeOH
N N O o ~ _ ~-~O
H 20 C,10d I / N H
Gaseous ammonia is condensed into a solution of the pyrrolopyrimidine 23 (7.8mg, 0.021mmo1) in methanol (6mL), cooled by dry ice/acetone, until a total volume of l2mL is reached. After stirring for lOd at 20 °C, the solvents are evaporated, and the residue is purified by preparative TLC on silica gel, eluting with 5o MeOH in CH~C1~. The material thus obtained is triturated with ether to yield 6.5mg (880) of the amide 1520 as white solid, mp. 210-220 °C (decomp.). '-H-NMR
(CD;OD) : d = 1 . 40-1 . 60 (m, 4H) , 2.00-2. 15 (m, 2H) , 2. 15-2 .25 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.70 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.35 (rr:, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.47 (m, 3H), 8.34-8.40 (m, 2H); IR (solid): n = 3358 cm-=, 3064, 3025, 2964, 2924, 2853, 1652, 1593, 1539, 1493, 1452, 1374, 1326, 1251, 1197, 1113, 1074, 1028, 751, 699; MS (ES):
352 (MH') .
Activity of Compounds Adenosine 1 (A,) receptor subtype saturation and competition radio ligand binding were carried out for compounds 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, 1509, 1510, 1511, 1512, 1513, 1519, 1516, 1517, 1518, 1519, and 1520 as described herein and inter alia, on pages 152-153 of this specification. All of the above referenced compounds equaled or surpassed the A, receptor binding affinity of reference compounds 1318 or 1319 as described herein and, inter alia, in Table 13, on page 171 of the specification.
The water solubilities of the above compounds listed in Table 18 are expected to be better than reference compounds 1318 or 1319 due to their cLogP values, which we=a calculated usina the computer program CS ChemDraw, ChemDraw Ultra ver. 6.0 X1999 as provided by CambridgeSoft Corporation., 100 Cambridge Park Drive, Cambridge, MA 02140.
The compounds specific to the A: receptor listed in Table 18 had lower cLogP values, between about 1.5 to about 3.4, as compared to reference compounds 1318 or 1319 with a cLogP value about 3.8. It was not predicted that the more polar Ai receptor compounds listed in Table 18 having lower cLogP values than the reference compounds 1318 or 1319 would still retain the potency and A, receptor binding selectivity as compared to those reference compounds.
Table 18 Compound cLogP
1505 4.1 1506 3.0 1507 2.88 1508 2.1 1509 2.
1510 1.5 1511 2.7 1512 3.37 1513 2 .
1514 2.8 1515 3.1 1516 2.q 1517 3 . 4 1518 2.4 1519 2.2 1520 2.~
Paces 288-293 relate to additional compounds specific to A_ receptor This invention provides a compound having the structure:
~(RJ NH2 N/ O
~N
I ~ ~N~N /N
i H
This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
NHZ
\ ' (R I I \\
N O
~N
iO ~ ~ N ~ ~ N
~N~ /
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for treating a disease associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of compounds 1609 or 1610.
The invention also provides the above method, wherein the subject is a mammal.
The invention further provides the above method, wherein the mammal is a human.
The invention also provides the method for treating a disease associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a subject, wherein the Ana adenosine receptor is associated with locomotor activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition, neutrophil superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, senile dementia, or Parkinson's disease.
The invention provides the above method, wherein the compound treats the diseases by stimulating adenylate cyclase.
The invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of the compound 1609 or 1610, wherein the water-soluble prodrug is metabolized in vivo to an active drug tc selectively inhibit an Ana adenosine receptor.
The invention also provides a water-soluble prodrug of the compound 1609 or 1610, wherein the prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the water-soluble prodrug of the compound 1609 or 1610, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an AZa adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting the cell with compound 1609 or 1610.
S The invention also provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an A.,a adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting the cell with compound 1609 or 1610, wherein the compound is an antagonist of said A,~ adenosine receptor.
The invention also provides the above method, wherein the cell is a human cell.
The invention also provides the above method, wherein the cell is a human cell and the compound is an antagonist of A?a adenosine receptors.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1609 or 1610 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical composition, wherein the therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat Parkinson's disease and diseases associated with locomotor activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition, neutrophil superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, or senile dementia.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical composition, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical composition, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical composition, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
The invention also provides the above pharmaceutical composition, wherein the pharmaceutical composition is a surgical irrigating solution.
The invention also provides a combination therapy for Parkinson's disease, comprising the compounds 1609 or 1610, and any of the dopamine enhancers.
The invention also provides a combination therapy for cancer, comprising the compound 1609 or 1610, and any of the cytotoxic agents.
The invention also provides a combination therapy for glaucoma, comprising the compound 1609 or 1610, and a prostaglandin agonist, a muscrinic agonist, or a (3-2 antagonist.
The invention also provides a packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with Ana adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising:
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1609 or 1610; and (b) instructions for using the compound for treating said disease in a subject.
Exemplification Example 41: Synthesis of 1-(6-Phenyl-2-pyridin-4-yl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid amide (1609) .
Compound 1609 was synthesized by reacting L-prolinamide with the appropriate chloride intermediate described in synthesis scheme II on page 82 to obtain:
~~RJ \'NH2 .~il~
N O
~N
~N~N /N
i H
-H-NMR (dE,-DMSO) d 1.95-2.15 (m, 4H), 4.00 (brs, 1H), 4.15 (brs, 1H), 4.72 (brs, 1H), 6.90 (brs, 1H), 7.19 (brs, 1H), 7.30 (t, 1H, J - 7.OHz), 7.44 (t, 2H, J - 7.OH~), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.92 (brs, 2H), 8.26 (d,2H, J = 6.2Hz), 8.65 (d, 2H, J = 6.2Hz); MS
(ES): 384.9 (M'+1); Mpt = 280-316°C (decomp.).
Example 42: Synthesis of 1-[6-(3-Methohy-phenyl)-2-pyridin-.
yl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-dJpyrimidin-4-ylJ-pyrrolidine-2-carbo~vlic acid amide (1610).
Compound 1610 was synthesized by reacting L-prolinamide with the appropriate chloride intermediate described in synthesis scheme II on page 82 to obtain:
NHz ~~R I I \' N o ~N
N \ N
~N~ /
H
'-H-NMR(dE-DMSO) d 2.07 (m, 4H) , 3.85 (s, 3H) , 4 .02 (m, 1H) , 4.17(m,lH), 4.75(m,lH), 6.89(m,lH), 7.00(s,lH), 7.23(s,lH), 7.35 (t, 1H, J=8.2Hz) , 7 .53 (s, 2H) , 7. 60 (s, 1H) , 8.28 (d, 2H, J=5. 8Hz) , 8. 67 (d, 2H, J=5.8Hz) , 12.37 (s, 1H) ; MS (ES) : 415.0 (M'+1) .
Activity of Compounds Adenosine 2a (A~a) receptor subtype competition radio ligand binding were carried out for compounds 1609 and 1610 as described herein and inter alia, on page 153 of this specification. Compounds 1609 and 1610 were found have A.,a receptor binding affinity and selectivity.
Paaes 294-300 relate to additional co~noounds specific to A_:
receptor This invention also provides a compound having the structure:
N
N
H
NH
N \
\ N~ N
H
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting the cell with the compound 1720.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, wherein the compound is an antagonist of the A3 adenosine receptor.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, wherein the cell is human cell.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, wherein the cell is a human cell and wherein the compound is an antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
In a further embodiment the invention. provides a method of treating damage to the eye of a subject which comprises administering to the subject a composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1720.
In a further embodiment the invention provides the above method, wherein the damage comprises retinal or optic nerve head damage.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a therapy for glaucoma, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1720.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a therapy for glaucoma comprising one or more adenosine receptor antagonists, preferably comprising an adenosine receptor A3 antagonist (preferably an N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, most preferably [2-(3H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-(2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-9-yl)-amine).
In an alternative embodiment the invention provides a combination therapy for glaucoma comprising an adenosine receptor A3 antagonist (preferably an N-6 substituted 7-deazapurine, most preferably [2-(3H-Imidazol-4-yl)-ethyl]-(2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-amine)) and one or more other compounds selected from the group consisting of beta adrenoceptor antagonists (i.e. beta adrenergic antagonists or -blockers) (e. g. timolol maleate, betaxolol, carteolol, levobunolol, metipranolol, L-653328 (the acetate ester of L-652698), beta 1 adrenoceptor antagonists), alpha-2 adrenoceptor agonists (e. g. aplaclonidine, brimonidine, AGN-195795, AGN-190837 (an analog of Bay-a-6781)), carbonic anhydrase inhibitors (brinzolamide, dorzolamide, MK-927 (an inhibitor of the human carbonic anhydrase II isoenzyme), inhibitors of carbonic anhydrase IV isoenzyme), cholinergic agonists (e. g.
muscarinic cholinergic agonists, carbachol, pilocarpine HC1, pilocarpine nitrate, pilocarpine, pilocarpine prodrugs (e. g.
DD-22A)), prostaglandins and prostaglandin receptor agonists (e. g. latanoprost, unoprostone isopropyl, PGF2 alpha agonists, prostanoid-selective FP receptor agonis's, PG agonists such as the hypotensive prostamides), angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors (e. g. Spirapril, spiraprilat), AMPA receptor antagonists, 5-HT agonists (e. g. a selective 5-HT 1A receptor agonist such as MKC-242 (5-3-[((2S)-1,4-benzodioxan-2-ylmethyl)amino]propoxy-1,3-benxodioxole HC1), angiogenesis inhibitors (e. g. the steroid anecortave), NMDA antagonists (e. g. HU-211, memantine, the cannabinoid NMDA-receptor agonist dexanabinol, prodrugs and analogs of dexanabinol, NR2B-selective antagonists (e. g. eliprodil (SL-82.0715)), renin inhibitors (e. g. CGP-38560, SR-43845), cannabinoid receptor agonists (e. g. tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and THC analogs, selective CB2 cannabinoid receptor agonists (e.g. L-768242, L-759787), compounds such as anandamide that bind to both brain-specific CBl receptors and peripheral CB2 receptors), angiotensin receptor antagonists (e. g., angiotensin II receptor antagonists (e.g. CS-088), selective angiotensin II AT-I
receptor antagonists, such as iosartan potassium',, hydrochlorothiazide (HCTZ), somatostatin agonists (e.g. the non-peptide somatostatin agonist NNC-26-9100), glucocorticoid antagonists, mast cell degranulation inhibitors (e. g.
nedocromil), alpha-adrenergic receFtor blockers (e. g.
dapiprazole, alpha-2 adrenoceptor antagonists, alpha 1 adrenoceptor antagonists (e.g. aunazosin)), alpha-2 adrenoceptor antagonists, thromboxane A2 mimetics, protein kinase inhibitors (e. g. H7), prostaglandin F derivatives (e. g.
S-1033), prostaglandin-2 alpha antagonists (e. g. PhXA-34), dopamine D1 and 5-HT2 agonists (fenoldopam), nitric-oxide-releasing agents (e. g. NCX-904 or NCX-905, nitric-oxide-releasing derivatives of timolol), 5-HT 2 antagonists (e. g.
sarpogrelate), NMDA antagonists (e.g. prodrugs and analogs of dexanabinol), alpha 1 adrenoceptor antagonists (e. g.
bunazosin), cyclooxygenase inhibitors (e.g. diclofenac, or the non-steroidal compound nepafenac), inosine, dopamine D2 receptor and alpha 2 adrenoceptor agonists (e. g. talipexole), dopamine Dl receptor antagonist and D2 receptor agonists (e. g.
SDZ-GLC-756), vasopressin receptor antagonists (e. g.
vasopressin V2 receptor antagonists (e. g. SR-121463)), endothelin antagonists (e.g. TBC-2576), 1-(3-hydroxy-2-phosphonylmethoxypropyl;cytosine (HPMPC) and related analogs and prodrugs, thyroid hormone receptor ligands (e.g. KB-130015), muscarinic Ml agonists, NMDA-receptor antagonists (e.g. the cannabinoid NMDA-receptor antagonist dexanabinol), PG
agonists such as the hypotensive lipids, prostamides, sodium channel blockers, NMDA antagonists, mixed-action ion channel blockers, beta adrenoceptor antagonist and PGF2 alpha agonist combinations (e. g. latanoprost and timo?ol), guanylate cyclase activators (e. g. atrial natriuretic :peptide (ANP) or non-peptide mimetics, inhibitors of ANP neutral endopeptidase, nitrovasodilators (e. g. nitroglycerin, hydrala~ine, sodium nitroprusside), endothelin receptor modulators (e.g. ET-1 or non-peptide mimetics, sarafotoxin-S6c), ethacrynic acid, other phenoxyacetic acid analogs (e. g. indacrinone, ticrynafen), actin disrupters (e. g. latrunculin), calcium channel blockers (e.g. verapamil, nifedipine, brovincarline, nivaldipine) and neuroprotective agents.
A combination therapy for glaucoma, comprising the compound of 1702, and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of beta adrenoceptor antagonists, alpha-2 adrenoceptor agonists, carbonic anhydrase inhibitors, cholinergic agonists and prostaglandin receptor agonists.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1720 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with A3 adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising:
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of the compound 1720; and (b) instructions for using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
In a further embodiment the invention provides a method of making a composition which comprises the compound 1720, the method comprising admixing the compound 1702 with a suitable carrier.
In a further embodiment the i:~vention provides a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of compound 1720, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt contains an anion selected from the group consisting of malefic, fumaric, tartaric, acetate, phosphate and mesylate.
Exemplification Example 43: Synthesis of [2-(3H-Imidazol-9-yl)-ethyl]-(2-phenyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-dpyrimidin-4-yl)-amine (1720) Compound 1720 was synthesized using precursor compound 1 of synthesis scheme VII to obtain:
N
Ci ~N
H
N
I ~ histamine, DMSO, NH
~N N
~ / H 120°C, 6.5h N ~ \
1 ~ w N, Aryl chloride 1 (400mg, 1.50mmo1), DMSO (lOmL) and histamine (1.678, l5.Ommo1) are combined and heated to 120°C under nitrogen. After 6.5h, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2x), dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to yield 494mg of a brown solid. The solid is washes; with cold MeOH and recrystallized from MeOH to yield 197mg (430) of an off white solid (1720). '-H-NMR (CD,OD) d 3.05 (t, 2H, J = 7.OHz), 3.94 (t, 2H, J = 7.OHz), 6.50 (d, 1H, J = 3.5Hz), 6.88 (brs, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H, J = 3. 5Hz) , 7. 42 (m, 3H) , 7. 57 (s, 1H) , 8 . 34 (m, 2H) ;
MS (ES) : 305.1 (M'+1) ; Mpt = 234-235°C.
Activity of Compounds Adenosine 3 (A3) receptor competition radio ligand binding was carried out for compound 1720 as described herein and inter alia, on pages 153-154 of this specification. Compound 1720 was found to have an A, receptor binding affinity greater than 10 times that of reference compound 1308 as described herein and, inter alia, in Table 13, on page 169 of the specification.
Incorporation by Reference All patents, published patent applications and other references disclosed herein are hereby expressly .incorporated herein by reference.
Equivalents Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain, using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to specific embodiments of the invention described specifically herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed in the scope of the following claims.
This invention further provides compounds having the formula:
RyN~R2 S
N
~Rs N/ N
H
XI
wherein R1NR2 together form a ring having the structure:
HO
or NHZ
or R1 is H and R2 is OH
R5 is H, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or alkylaryl.
Claims (82)
1. A compound having the structure:
wherein R1NR2 together form a ring having the structure:
or R1 is H and R2 is: R5 is H, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or alkylaryl.
wherein R1NR2 together form a ring having the structure:
or R1 is H and R2 is: R5 is H, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or alkylaryl.
2. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
3. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
4. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
5. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
6. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
7. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
8. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
9. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
10. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
11. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
12. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
13. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
14. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
15. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
16. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
17. The compound of claim 1, having the structure:
18. A method for treating a disease associated with A1 adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the subject is a mammal.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the mammal is a human.
21. The method of claim 18, wherein said A1 adenosine receptor is associated with cognitive disease, renal failure, cardiac arrhythmias, respiratory epithelia, transmitter release, sedation, vasoconstriction, bradycardia, negative cardiac inotropy and dromotropy, branchoconstriction, neutropil chemotaxis, reflux condition, or ulcerative condition.
22. A water-soluble prodrug of the compounds of claim 1, wherein the water-soluble prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce an active drug which selectively inhibits Ai adenosine receptor.
23. The prodrug of claim 22, wherein said prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
24. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the prodrug of claim 22 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
25. A method for inhibiting the activity of an A1 adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting the cell with a compound of claim 1.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein the compound is an antagonist of the A1 adenosine receptor.
27. The method of claim 25, wherein the cell is human cell.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the compound is an antagonist of A1 adenosine receptors.
29. The method of claim 18, wherein said disease is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, allergic rhinitis, or an upper respiratory disorder.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein the subject is a human.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein said compound is an antagonist of A1 adenosine receptors.
32. A combination therapy for asthma, comprising the compound of claim 1, and a steroid, .beta.2 agonist, glucocorticoid, lucotriene antagonist, or anticolinergic agonist.
33. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 1, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
34. The method of claim 29, wherein said respiratory disorder is asthma, allergic rhinitis, or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
35. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 33, wherein said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
36. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 33, wherein said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
37. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 33, wherein said pharmaceutical composition is a surgical irrigating solution.
38. A packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with A1 adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising:
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 1; and (b) instructions for using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 1; and (b) instructions for using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
39. A pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of claim 1.
40. The pharmaceutically acceptable salt of claim 39, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of claims 6, 8, 12, 15, or 16 contains a cation selected from the group consisting of sodium, calcium and ammonium.
41. The method of claim 18, wherein the A1 adenosine receptor is associated with congestive heart failure.
42. A compound having the structure:
43. A compound having the structure:
44. A method for treating a disease associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 42 or 43.
45. The method of claim 44, wherein the subject is a mammal.
46. The method of claim 45, wherein the mammal is a human.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein said A2a adenosine receptor is associated with locomotor activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition, neutrophil superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, senile dementia, or Parkinson's disease.
48. The method of claim 44, wherein the compound treats said diseases by stimulating adenylate cyclase.
49. A water-soluble prodrug of the compound of claim 42 or 43, wherein said water-soluble prodrug that is metabolized in vivo to an active drug which selectively inhibit A2a adenosine receptor.
50. The prodrug of claim 49, wherein said prodrug is metabolized in vivo by esterase catalyzed hydrolysis.
51. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the prodrug of claim 49 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
52. A method for inhibiting the activity of an A2a adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting said cell with a compound of claims 42 or 43.
53. The method of claim 52, wherein the compound is an antagonist of said A2a adenosine receptor.
54. The method of claim 53, wherein the cell is a human cell.
55. The method of claim 53, wherein the compound is an antagonist of A2a adenosine receptors.
56. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claims 42 or 43 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
57. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 56, wherein said therapeutically effective amount is effective to treat Parkinson's disease and diseases associated with locomotor activity, vasodilation, platelet inhibition, neutrophil superoxide generation, cognitive disorder, or senile dementia.
58. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 56, wherein said pharmaceutical composition is an ophthalmic formulation.
59. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 56, wherein said pharmaceutical composition is an periocular, retrobulbar or intraocular injection formulation.
60. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 56, wherein said pharmaceutical composition is a systemic formulation.
61. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 56, wherein said pharmaceutical composition is a surgical irrigating solution.
62. A combination therapy for Parkinson's disease, comprising the compounds of claim 42 or 43, and any of the dopamine enhancers.
63. A combinational therapy for cancer, comprising the compound of claim 42 or 43, and any of the cytotoxic agents.
64. A combinational therapy for glaucoma, comprising the compound of claim 42 or 43, and a prostaglandin agonist, a muscrinic agonist, or a .beta.-2 antagonist.
65. A packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with A2a adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising:
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 42 or 43; and (b) instructions for using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 42 or 43; and (b) instructions for using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
66. A pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of claim 42 or 43.
67. The pharmaceutically acceptable salt of claim 66, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of claim 41 or 42 contains anion selected from the group consisting of maleic, fumaric, tartaric, acetate, phosphate and mesylate.
68. A compound having the structure:
69. A method for inhibiting the activity of an A3 adenosine receptor in a cell, which comprises contacting the cell with a compound of claim 68.
70. The method of claim 69, wherein the compound is an antagonist of the A3 adenosine receptor.
71. The method of claim 69, wherein the cell is human cell.
72. The method of claim 71, wherein the compound is an antagonist of A3 adenosine receptors.
73. A method of treating damage to the eye of a subject which comprises administering to the subject a composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 68.
74. The method of claim 73, wherein the damage comprises retinal or optic nerve head damage.
75. A therapy for glaucoma, comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 68.
76. A combination therapy for glaucoma, comprising the compound of claim 68, and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of beta adrenoceptor antagonists, alpha-2 adrenoceptor agonists, carbonic anhydrase inhibitors, cholinergic agonists, prostaglandins and prostaglandin receptor agonists, angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors, AMPA
receptor antagonists, 5-HT agonists, angiogenesis inhibitors, NMDA antagonists, renin inhibitors, cannabinoid receptor agonists, angiotensin receptor antagonists, hydrochlorothiazide (HCTZ), somatostatin agonists , glucocorticoid antagonists, mast cell degranulation inhibitors, alpha-adrenergic receptor blockers, alpha-2 adrenoceptor antagonists, thromboxane A2 mimetics, protein kinase inhibitors, prostaglandin F derivatives, prostaglandin-2 alpha antagonists, dopamine D1 and 5-HT2 agonists, nitric-oxide-releasing agents, 5-HT 2 antagonists, cyclooxygenase inhibitors, inosine, dopamine D2 receptor and alpha 2 adrenoceptor agonists, dopamine D1 receptor antagonist and D2 receptor agonists, vasopressin receptor antagonists, endothelin antagonists, 1-(3-hydroxy-2-phosphonylmethoxypropyl)cytosine (HPMPC) and related analogs and prodrugs, thyroid hormone receptor ligands, muscarinic M1 agonists, sodium channel blockers, mixed-action ion channel blockers, beta adrenoceptor antagonist and PGF2 alpha agonist combinations, guanylate cyclase activators, nitrovasodilators , endothelin receptor modulators, ethacrynic acid, other phenoxyacetic acid analogs, actin disrupters, calcium channel blockers and neuroprotective agents.
receptor antagonists, 5-HT agonists, angiogenesis inhibitors, NMDA antagonists, renin inhibitors, cannabinoid receptor agonists, angiotensin receptor antagonists, hydrochlorothiazide (HCTZ), somatostatin agonists , glucocorticoid antagonists, mast cell degranulation inhibitors, alpha-adrenergic receptor blockers, alpha-2 adrenoceptor antagonists, thromboxane A2 mimetics, protein kinase inhibitors, prostaglandin F derivatives, prostaglandin-2 alpha antagonists, dopamine D1 and 5-HT2 agonists, nitric-oxide-releasing agents, 5-HT 2 antagonists, cyclooxygenase inhibitors, inosine, dopamine D2 receptor and alpha 2 adrenoceptor agonists, dopamine D1 receptor antagonist and D2 receptor agonists, vasopressin receptor antagonists, endothelin antagonists, 1-(3-hydroxy-2-phosphonylmethoxypropyl)cytosine (HPMPC) and related analogs and prodrugs, thyroid hormone receptor ligands, muscarinic M1 agonists, sodium channel blockers, mixed-action ion channel blockers, beta adrenoceptor antagonist and PGF2 alpha agonist combinations, guanylate cyclase activators, nitrovasodilators , endothelin receptor modulators, ethacrynic acid, other phenoxyacetic acid analogs, actin disrupters, calcium channel blockers and neuroprotective agents.
77. A combination therapy for glaucoma, comprising the compound of claim 68, and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of beta adrenoceptor antagonists, alpha-2 adrenoceptor agonists, carbonic anhydrase inhibitors, cholinergic agonists and prostaglandin receptor agonists.
78. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 68 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
79. A packaged pharmaceutical composition for treating a disease associated with A3 adenosine receptor in a subject, comprising:
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 68; and (b) instructions for using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
(a) a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 68; and (b) instructions for using said compound for treating said disease in a subject.
80. A method of making a composition which comprises the compound of claim 68, the method comprising admixing the compound of claim 68 with a suitable carrier.
81. A pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of claim 68.
82. The pharmaceutically acceptable salt of claim 81, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt contains an anion selected from the group consisting of maleic, fumaric, tartaric, acetate, phosphate and mesylate.
Applications Claiming Priority (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/728,616 US7160890B2 (en) | 1999-12-02 | 2000-12-01 | Compounds specific to adenosine A3 receptor and uses thereof |
US09/728,607 | 2000-12-01 | ||
US09/728,607 US6664252B2 (en) | 1999-12-02 | 2000-12-01 | 4-aminopyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds specific to adenosine A2a receptor and uses thereof |
US09/728,316 US6680322B2 (en) | 1999-12-02 | 2000-12-01 | Compounds specific to adenosine A1 receptors and uses thereof |
US09/728,316 | 2000-12-01 | ||
US09/728,616 | 2000-12-01 | ||
PCT/US2001/045280 WO2002057267A1 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2001-11-30 | Compounds specific to adenosine a1, a2a, and a3 receptor and uses thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2430577A1 true CA2430577A1 (en) | 2002-07-25 |
Family
ID=27419112
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002430577A Abandoned CA2430577A1 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2001-11-30 | Compounds specific to adenosine a1, a2a, and a3 receptor and uses thereof |
Country Status (20)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1347980A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP4579497B2 (en) |
CN (1) | CN1263757C (en) |
AP (1) | AP1893A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2002248151B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BR0115847A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2430577A1 (en) |
CZ (1) | CZ20031831A3 (en) |
EA (1) | EA007254B1 (en) |
HU (1) | HUP0400692A3 (en) |
IL (1) | IL155962A0 (en) |
ME (1) | MEP35308A (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA03004717A (en) |
NO (1) | NO327207B1 (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ525885A (en) |
OA (1) | OA13295A (en) |
PL (1) | PL363245A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2002057267A1 (en) |
YU (1) | YU42703A (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA200303729B (en) |
Families Citing this family (39)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5090531A (en) * | 1990-01-10 | 1992-02-25 | Lord Corporation | Electrophoretic fluid differential |
AR020590A1 (en) | 1998-06-02 | 2002-05-22 | Cadus Pharmaceutical Corp | 7-DIAZAPURINA-N-6 REPLACED, A METHOD FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT UNDERSTAND IT |
US6680324B2 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2004-01-20 | Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds specific to adenosine A1 receptors and uses thereof |
DE10148883A1 (en) | 2001-10-04 | 2003-04-10 | Merck Patent Gmbh | New fused bi- or tricyclic pyrimidine derivatives, are phosphodiesterase V inhibitors useful e.g. for treating impotence, cardiovascular disorders, inflammation or tumors |
CA2468673C (en) * | 2001-11-30 | 2011-01-25 | Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds specific to adenosine a1 and a3 receptors and uses thereof |
EP2198867A1 (en) * | 2001-12-07 | 2010-06-23 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrimidine-based compounds useful as GSK-3 inhibitors |
KR20040068317A (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2004-07-30 | 오에스아이 파마슈티컬스, 인코포레이티드 | Pyrimidine a2b selective antagonist compounds, their synthesis and use |
US20030229067A1 (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2003-12-11 | Arlindo Castelhano | Pyrrolopyrimidine A2b selective antagonist compounds, their synthesis and use |
AU2003270701B2 (en) * | 2002-10-31 | 2009-11-12 | Amgen Inc. | Antiinflammation agents |
HUP0203976A3 (en) * | 2002-11-15 | 2004-08-30 | Sanofi Aventis | Adenozine a3 receptors, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
UY29177A1 (en) | 2004-10-25 | 2006-05-31 | Astex Therapeutics Ltd | SUBSTITUTED DERIVATIVES OF PURINA, PURINONA AND DEAZAPURINA, COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN METHODS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND ITS USES |
MY179032A (en) | 2004-10-25 | 2020-10-26 | Cancer Research Tech Ltd | Ortho-condensed pyridine and pyrimidine derivatives (e.g.purines) as protein kinase inhibitors |
EP3421471B1 (en) | 2006-04-25 | 2021-05-26 | Astex Therapeutics Limited | Purine and deazapurine derivatives as pharmaceutical compounds |
US20070260203A1 (en) * | 2006-05-04 | 2007-11-08 | Allergan, Inc. | Vasoactive agent intraocular implant |
TW200808819A (en) * | 2006-06-19 | 2008-02-16 | Solvay Pharm Gmbh | Use of adenosine A1 antagonists in radiocontrast media induced nephrophaty |
CN101861321B (en) | 2007-10-11 | 2013-02-06 | 阿斯利康(瑞典)有限公司 | Pyrrolo [2, 3 -D] pyrimidin derivatives as protein kinase B inhibitors |
AR070127A1 (en) | 2008-01-11 | 2010-03-17 | Novartis Ag | PIRROLO - PIRIMIDINAS AND PIRROLO -PIRIDINAS |
NZ586642A (en) | 2008-01-11 | 2012-04-27 | Natco Pharma Ltd | Novel pyrazolo [3, 4 -d] pyrimidine derivatives as anti -cancer agents |
BR112013025410A2 (en) | 2011-04-01 | 2016-12-20 | Astrazeneca Ab | therapeutic treatment |
MX367640B (en) | 2011-11-30 | 2019-08-29 | Astrazeneca Ab | Combination treatment of cancer. |
AU2013204533B2 (en) | 2012-04-17 | 2017-02-02 | Astrazeneca Ab | Crystalline forms |
BR112014030416A2 (en) * | 2012-06-07 | 2017-06-27 | Hoffmann La Roche | compound, methods for tankyrase 1 inhibition and cancer treatment, use of a compound, composition and invention. |
JP6599852B2 (en) * | 2013-06-21 | 2019-10-30 | ゼニス・エピジェネティクス・リミテッド | Novel substituted bicyclic compounds as bromodomain inhibitors |
NZ714669A (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2021-07-30 | Zenith Epigenetics Ltd | Novel bicyclic bromodomain inhibitors |
AU2014298051B2 (en) | 2013-07-31 | 2018-11-15 | Zenith Epigenetics Ltd. | Novel quinazolinones as bromodomain inhibitors |
US10179125B2 (en) | 2014-12-01 | 2019-01-15 | Zenith Epigenetics Ltd. | Substituted pyridines as bromodomain inhibitors |
WO2016087936A1 (en) | 2014-12-01 | 2016-06-09 | Zenith Epigenetics Corp. | Substituted pyridinones as bromodomain inhibitors |
CN107207474B (en) | 2014-12-11 | 2021-05-07 | 恒翼生物医药科技(上海)有限公司 | Substituted heterocycles as bromodomain inhibitors |
EP3233846A4 (en) | 2014-12-17 | 2018-07-18 | Zenith Epigenetics Ltd. | Inhibitors of bromodomains |
EP3248980B1 (en) * | 2015-01-20 | 2023-09-06 | Wuxi Fortune Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd | Jak inhibitor |
EP3290418B1 (en) | 2015-04-29 | 2019-05-15 | Wuxi Fortune Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd | Janus kinase (jak) inhibitors |
KR102081272B1 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2020-02-25 | 우시 포춘 파마슈티컬 컴퍼니 리미티드 | Janus kinase inhibitor |
CN105771672B (en) * | 2016-04-18 | 2018-03-02 | 天津工业大学 | A kind of antipollution antibiotic aromatic polyamide reverse osmosis composite film and preparation method |
WO2018161910A1 (en) * | 2017-03-07 | 2018-09-13 | 广州再极医药科技有限公司 | Aminopyrimidine five-membered heterocyclic compound, and intermediate, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof |
CN108017584B (en) * | 2017-06-20 | 2021-03-23 | 南开大学 | A3Small molecule antagonists of adenosine receptors |
KR20210033444A (en) * | 2018-06-04 | 2021-03-26 | 엑스사이언티아 엘티디 | Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds as adenosine receptor antagonists |
CN110128316B (en) * | 2019-05-22 | 2021-08-31 | 北京大学深圳研究生院 | Preparation method of 5-substituted beta-proline and derivatives thereof |
CN110272373B (en) * | 2019-07-02 | 2022-07-29 | 天津国际生物医药联合研究院 | Selective adenosine A 1 Receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
CN114085178A (en) * | 2021-12-29 | 2022-02-25 | 苏州楚凯药业有限公司 | Preparation method of 4-methyl-1-propyl-2-amino-1H-pyrrole-3-nitrile |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2895961B2 (en) * | 1992-12-17 | 1999-05-31 | フアイザー・インコーポレイテツド | Pyrrolopyrimidines as CRF antagonists |
US5780450A (en) * | 1995-11-21 | 1998-07-14 | Alcon Laboratories, Inc. | Use of adenosine uptake inhibitors for treating retinal or optic nerve head damage |
AR020590A1 (en) * | 1998-06-02 | 2002-05-22 | Cadus Pharmaceutical Corp | 7-DIAZAPURINA-N-6 REPLACED, A METHOD FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT UNDERSTAND IT |
JP2003519102A (en) * | 1999-12-02 | 2003-06-17 | オーエスアイ・ファーマスーティカルズ・インコーポレーテッド | Compounds specific for the adenosine A 1 lower, 2 A lower and 3 A lower receptors and uses thereof |
CA2468673C (en) * | 2001-11-30 | 2011-01-25 | Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds specific to adenosine a1 and a3 receptors and uses thereof |
-
2001
- 2001-11-30 EA EA200300628A patent/EA007254B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2001-11-30 CN CNB018224601A patent/CN1263757C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2001-11-30 YU YU42703A patent/YU42703A/en unknown
- 2001-11-30 HU HU0400692A patent/HUP0400692A3/en unknown
- 2001-11-30 EP EP01997029A patent/EP1347980A4/en not_active Ceased
- 2001-11-30 CA CA002430577A patent/CA2430577A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2001-11-30 AU AU2002248151A patent/AU2002248151B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2001-11-30 NZ NZ525885A patent/NZ525885A/en active IP Right Revival
- 2001-11-30 MX MXPA03004717A patent/MXPA03004717A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2001-11-30 OA OA1200300148A patent/OA13295A/en unknown
- 2001-11-30 PL PL01363245A patent/PL363245A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-11-30 ME MEP-353/08A patent/MEP35308A/en unknown
- 2001-11-30 AP APAP/P/2003/002807A patent/AP1893A/en active
- 2001-11-30 JP JP2002557944A patent/JP4579497B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2001-11-30 WO PCT/US2001/045280 patent/WO2002057267A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2001-11-30 BR BR0115847-3A patent/BR0115847A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-11-30 CZ CZ20031831A patent/CZ20031831A3/en unknown
- 2001-11-30 IL IL15596201A patent/IL155962A0/en unknown
-
2003
- 2003-05-14 ZA ZA200303729A patent/ZA200303729B/en unknown
- 2003-06-02 NO NO20032482A patent/NO327207B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EA007254B1 (en) | 2006-08-25 |
MXPA03004717A (en) | 2004-06-30 |
AU2002248151B2 (en) | 2008-02-21 |
NO20032482D0 (en) | 2003-06-02 |
NO327207B1 (en) | 2009-05-11 |
WO2002057267A1 (en) | 2002-07-25 |
EA200300628A1 (en) | 2003-12-25 |
PL363245A1 (en) | 2004-11-15 |
HUP0400692A3 (en) | 2007-09-28 |
JP2004517896A (en) | 2004-06-17 |
OA13295A (en) | 2007-04-13 |
JP4579497B2 (en) | 2010-11-10 |
MEP35308A (en) | 2011-02-10 |
CZ20031831A3 (en) | 2004-05-12 |
EP1347980A1 (en) | 2003-10-01 |
HUP0400692A2 (en) | 2004-07-28 |
BR0115847A (en) | 2004-02-25 |
NZ525885A (en) | 2005-01-28 |
CN1489590A (en) | 2004-04-14 |
IL155962A0 (en) | 2003-12-23 |
EP1347980A4 (en) | 2005-02-09 |
CN1263757C (en) | 2006-07-12 |
AP1893A (en) | 2008-09-23 |
AP2003002807A0 (en) | 2003-06-30 |
NO20032482L (en) | 2003-07-28 |
YU42703A (en) | 2006-03-03 |
ZA200303729B (en) | 2004-05-14 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2430577A1 (en) | Compounds specific to adenosine a1, a2a, and a3 receptor and uses thereof | |
US6680324B2 (en) | Compounds specific to adenosine A1 receptors and uses thereof | |
CA2334200C (en) | Pyrrolo[2,3d]pyrimidine compositions and their use | |
US6673802B2 (en) | Compounds specific to adenosine A3 receptor and uses thereof | |
AU784878B2 (en) | Compounds specific to adenosine A1 A2A and A3 receptors and uses thereof | |
US6680322B2 (en) | Compounds specific to adenosine A1 receptors and uses thereof | |
US6664252B2 (en) | 4-aminopyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds specific to adenosine A2a receptor and uses thereof | |
US20020094974A1 (en) | Compounds specific to adenosine A3 receptor and uses thereof | |
AU2002248151A1 (en) | Compounds specific to adenosine A1, A2A, and A3 receptor and uses thereof | |
CA2468673C (en) | Compounds specific to adenosine a1 and a3 receptors and uses thereof | |
US6686366B1 (en) | Compounds specific to adenosine A3 receptor and uses thereof | |
KR100897430B1 (en) | Compounds specific to adenosine a1, a2a and a3 receptor and uses thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |